Owner's Manual 2016 Expresscargo

User Manual: 2016-expresscargo

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 345

Download
Open PDF In Browser	View PDF

2k16_CS6_Chevrolet_Express_23149317A.ai 1 7/27/2015 2:44:21 PM

CMY

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Contents

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Keys, Doors, and Windows . . . . . 24
Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Instruments and Controls . . . . . . . 86
Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 130
Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . . 163
Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Service and Maintenance . . . . . 294
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
Customer Information . . . . . . . . . 310
Reporting Safety Defects . . . . . . 321
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Introduction

The names, logos, emblems,
slogans, vehicle model names, and
vehicle body designs appearing in
this manual including, but not limited
to, GM, the GM logo, CHEVROLET,
the CHEVROLET Emblem, and
EXPRESS are trademarks and/or
service marks of General Motors
LLC, its subsidiaries, affiliates,
or licensors.
For vehicles first sold in Canada,
substitute the name “General
Motors of Canada Limited” for
Chevrolet Motor Division wherever it
appears in this manual.
This manual describes features that
may or may not be on the vehicle
because of optional equipment that
Litho in U.S.A.
Part No. 23149317 A First Printing

was not purchased on the vehicle,
model variants, country
specifications, features/applications
that may not be available in your
region, or changes subsequent to
the printing of this owner manual.
If the vehicle has the Duramax®
Diesel engine, see the Duramax
diesel supplement for additional and
specific information on this engine.

Canadian Vehicle Owners
Propriétaires Canadiens
A French language manual can be
obtained from your dealer, at
www.helminc.com, or from:
On peut obtenir un exemplaire de
ce guide en français auprès du
concessionnaire ou à l'adresse
savant:

If the vehicle has the CNG engine,
see the Express/Savana CNG
Compressed Natural Gas
supplement for additional and
specific information on this engine.

Helm, Incorporated
Attention: Customer Service
47911 Halyard Drive
Plymouth, MI 48170

Refer to the purchase
documentation relating to your
specific vehicle to confirm the
features.

Using this Manual

Keep this manual in the vehicle for
quick reference.

To quickly locate information about
the vehicle, use the Index in the
back of the manual. It is an
alphabetical list of what is in the
manual and the page number where
it can be found.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Introduction

Danger, Warning, and
Caution
Warning messages found on vehicle
labels and in this manual describe
hazards and what to do to avoid or
reduce them.

{ Danger
Danger indicates a hazard with a
high level of risk which will result
in serious injury or death.

{ Warning
Warning indicates a hazard that
could result in injury or death.

Caution
Caution indicates a hazard that
could result in property or vehicle
damage.

Vehicle Symbol Chart
Here are some additional symbols
that may be found on the vehicle
and what they mean. For more
information on the symbol, refer to
the Index.
A circle with a slash through it is a
safety symbol which means “Do
Not,” “Do not do this,” or “Do not let
this happen.”

Symbols
The vehicle has components and
labels that use symbols instead of
text. Symbols are shown along with
the text describing the operation or
information relating to a specific
component, control, message,
gauge, or indicator.

M : Shown when the owner
manual has additional instructions
or information.
* : Shown when the service
manual has additional instructions
or information.
0 : Shown when there is more
information on another page —
“see page.”

9 : Airbag Readiness Light
# : Air Conditioning
! : Antilock Brake System (ABS)
% : Audio®Steering Wheel Controls

or OnStar (if equipped)

J : Brake System Warning Light
" : Charging System
I : Cruise Control
` : Do Not Puncture
^ : Do Not Service
B : Engine Coolant Temperature
O : Exterior Lamps
_ : Flame/Fire Prohibited
. : Fuel Gauge
+ : Fuses
3 : Headlamp High/Low-Beam
Changer

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Introduction

i : Top Tether Anchors for Child
Restraints

* : Malfunction Indicator Lamp
: : Oil Pressure
} : Power
/ : Remote Vehicle Start
> : Safety Belt Reminders
7 : Tire Pressure Monitor
_ : Tow/Haul Mode
d : Traction Control/StabiliTrak®
a : Under Pressure
M : Windshield Washer Fluid

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

In Brief

Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . .
Parking Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Instrument Panel
Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

Initial Drive Information
Initial Drive Information . . . . . . . . . . 8
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Airbag On-Off Switch . . . . . . . . . . 11
Mirror Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . . 12
Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . . 14
Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

Vehicle Features
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . .
Radio(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Portable Audio Devices . . . . . . . .
Bluetooth® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . .

17
18
19
19
19
19

20
20
21
21

Performance and Maintenance
Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Tire Pressure Monitor . . . . . . . . . . 22
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . . 22
E85 or FlexFuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Driving for Better Fuel
Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Roadside Assistance
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

In Brief

Instrument Panel

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

In Brief
1. Air Vents 0 162.
2. Driver Information Center (DIC)
Buttons (Out of View). See
Driver Information Center (DIC)
0 106.
3. Turn Signal Lever. See Turn
and Lane-Change Signals
0 126.
Windshield Wiper/Washer 0 88.
4. Horn 0 88.
5. Hazard Warning Flashers
0 126.

12. Power Outlet 110 Volt
Alternating Current. See Power
Outlets 0 92.
13. Rear Heating System 0 159 (If
Equipped).
14. Passenger Airbag On-Off
Switch (If Equipped). See
Airbag On-Off Switch 0 61.
15. Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control 0 188 (If
Equipped).

6. Instrument Cluster 0 94.

16. Tow/Haul Mode Button (If
Equipped). See Tow/Haul
Mode 0 186.

7. Shift Lever. See Automatic
Transmission 0 182.

17. Steering Wheel Controls 0 87
(If Equipped).

Manual Mode 0 185 (If
Equipped).
8. Climate Control Systems
0 157.
9. Infotainment 0 130.
10. Power Outlets 0 92.
11. USB Port (If Equipped). See
Auxiliary Devices 0 144.

18. Steering Wheel Adjustment
0 87 (Out of View), (If
Equipped).
19. Hood Release. See Hood
0 214.
20. Cruise Control 0 190 (If
Equipped).
Fast Idle System 0 177 (If
Equipped).
21. Parking Brake 0 187.

22. Data Link Connector (DLC)
(Out of View). See Malfunction
Indicator Lamp (Check Engine
Light) 0 101.
23. Instrument Panel Illumination
Control 0 127.
Dome Lamp Override. See
Dome Lamps 0 127.
24. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 124.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

In Brief

Initial Drive
Information

panic alarm. Press L again to
cancel the panic alarm or move the
ignition to ON/RUN.

This section provides a brief
overview about some of the
important features that may or may
not be on your specific vehicle.

See Keys 0 24 and Remote Keyless
Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 26.

Remote Vehicle Start

For more detailed information, refer
to each of the features which can be
found later in this owner manual.

Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) System
If equipped, the RKE transmitter is
used to remotely lock and unlock
the doors from up to 60 m (197 ft)
away from the vehicle.

If equipped, the engine can be
started from outside of the vehicle.

Starting the Vehicle
RKE Transmitter with Remote
Start Shown

Q : Press to lock all doors.
Lock and unlock feedback can be
personalized. See Vehicle
Personalization 0 118.

K : Press to unlock the driver door.
Press K again within five seconds
to unlock all remaining doors.

j : Press to unlock only the cargo
doors.

L : Press and release to locate
the vehicle. Press L and hold for
more than two seconds to sound the

1. Press and release
RKE transmitter.

Q on the

2. Immediately press and hold /
for at least four seconds or until
the turn signal lamps flash.
3. Start the vehicle normally after
entering.
When the vehicle starts, the parking
lamps will turn on.
Remote start can be extended.

Canceling a Remote Start
To cancel a remote start, do one of
the following:

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

In Brief
.

Press and hold / until the
parking lamps turn off.

Turn on the hazard warning
flashers.

Turn the vehicle on and then off.

if equipped. From the inside, slide
the manual lever on the door up
or down.

See Manual Windows 0 37.

Power Windows

See Door Locks 0 29.

Power Door Locks

See Remote Vehicle Start 0 28.

Door Locks
Manual Door Locks

If equipped, press
unlock the doors.

T to lock or

See Power Door Locks 0 30.
Lock and unlock the door from the
outside using the key or the Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter,

Windows
Manual Windows
Turn the hand crank on each door
to raise or lower the side door
windows.

If equipped with power windows,
press or pull up on the switch to
lower or raise the window. The
driver door also has a control to
operate the front passenger window.

Express-Down
The driver window switch also has
an express-down feature that allows
the window to be lowered without
holding the switch. Press fully and
release the window switch marked
AUTO to activate the express-down
mode. This mode can be canceled

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

In Brief

at any time by pulling up on the
switch. To open the window part
way, lightly tap the switch until the
window is at the desired position.
See Power Windows 0 37.

3. Try to move the seat back and
forth to be sure the seat is
locked in place.

Reclining Seatbacks

See Seat Adjustment 0 41.

Power Seats

Seat Adjustment
Manual Seats

To recline the seatback:
1. Lift the lever on the inboard
side of the seat.

To adjust the manual seat:
1. Lift the bar under the front
edge of the seat cushion to
unlock the seat.
2. Slide the seat to the desired
position and release the bar.

To adjust a power seat, if available,
use the controls on the front of
the seat:
. Adjust the seat by moving the
center knob up, down, right,
or left.
. Raise and lower the front or rear
of the seat cushion by moving
the right or left lever up or down.
See Power Seat Adjustment 0 41.

2. Move the seatback to the
desired position, and then
release the lever to lock the
seatback in place.
3. Push and pull on the seatback
to make sure it is locked.
To return the seatback to the upright
position:

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

In Brief
1. Lift the lever fully without
applying pressure to the
seatback, and the seatback will
return to the upright position.

Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 48.

Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System) 0 72.

2. Push and pull on the seatback
to make sure it is locked.

Airbag On-Off Switch

See Reclining Seatbacks 0 41.

Safety Belts

If the instrument panel has one of
the switches pictured in the
following illustrations, the vehicle
has an airbag on-off switch that you
can use to manually turn on or off
the front outboard passenger airbag.
Canada and Mexico
To operate the airbag on-off switch,
use the vehicle key.
See Airbag On-Off Switch 0 61 for
important information.

Mirror Adjustment
Exterior Mirrors
Refer to the following sections for
important information on how to use
safety belts properly.
. Safety Belts 0 46.
.

How to Wear Safety Belts
Properly 0 47.

United States

Vehicles with manual outside
mirrors can be adjusted by moving
the mirror up and down or left and
right so you can see a little of the
side of the vehicle, and a clear view
of objects behind you.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

In Brief
Push the tab forward for daytime
use and pull it rearward for
nighttime use to avoid glare of the
headlamps from behind.
See Manual Rearview Mirror 0 37.

Steering Wheel
Adjustment

If equipped with power mirrors,
select each mirror by turning the
knob clockwise for the passenger
side mirror or counterclockwise for
the driver side mirror. Adjust the
mirror angle by moving the knob in
the desired direction.
Keep the selector switch in the
center position when not adjusting
either outside mirror.

If equipped, towing mirrors can be
adjusted manually for a clear view
of the objects behind you.
Manually fold the mirrors inward to
prevent damage when going
through an automatic car wash. To
fold, pull the mirror toward the
vehicle. Push the mirror outward to
return it to the original position.

Interior Mirror
Adjust the rearview mirror for a clear
view of the area behind your
vehicle.

If equipped with a tilt steering wheel,
the lever is on the left side of the
steering column.
To adjust the steering wheel:
1. Pull the lever to move the
steering wheel up or down into
a comfortable position.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

In Brief
2. Release the lever to lock the
steering wheel in place.
See Steering Wheel Adjustment
0 87.

Interior Lighting
Dome Lamps
The dome lamps come on when any
door is opened. They turn off after
all the doors are closed.

this position, the dome lamps
remain on whether a door is opened
or closed.

Exterior Lighting

E DOME OFF : This button is
located above the instrument panel
brightness knob.
Press the button in and the dome
lamps remain off when a door is
opened. Press the button again so
that the dome lamps come on when
a door is opened.
Reading Lamps
If equipped with reading lamps,
press the button located next to
each lamp to turn it on or off.
The vehicle may also have reading
lamps in other locations. The lamps
cannot be adjusted.

The instrument panel brightness
knob extends when D is pressed.
To manually turn on the dome
lamps, press D then turn the knob
clockwise to the farthest position. In

For more information on interior
lighting, see:
. Instrument Panel Illumination
Control 0 127.
. Entry/Exit Lighting 0 128.

The exterior lamp control is on the
instrument panel to the left of the
steering wheel.

O : Briefly turn the control to this
position to turn the automatic
headlamps off or back on.
AUTO : Automatically turns the
exterior lamps on and off,
depending on outside lighting.

; : Turns on the parking lamps,
taillamps, instrument panel lights,
and license plate lamps.
2 : Turns on the headlamps,
parking lamps, taillamps, instrument
panel lights, and license plate
lamps.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

In Brief

See:
. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 124.
. Automatic Headlamp System
0 125.

Windshield Wiper/Washer

6 : Use to adjust the delay time
between wipes. Turn the band up or
down for more frequent wipes or
less frequent wipes.

d : Slow wipes.
a : Fast wipes.
9 : Use to turn the wipers off.
L : Push the paddle on top of the
turn signal lever to spray washer
fluid on the windshield.
See Windshield Wiper/Washer 0 88.

The lever is on the left side of the
steering column.

8 : Use for a single wiping cycle.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

In Brief

Climate Controls
The vehicle's heating, cooling, and ventilation can be controlled with these
systems.

Vehicles without Air Conditioning
1. Fan Control
2. Temperature Control

3. Air Delivery Mode Control

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

In Brief

Transmission
Range Selection Mode

Vehicles with Air Conditioning
1. Fan Control
2. Temperature Control
3. Air Delivery Mode Control
4. Rear Window Defogger

See Climate Control Systems 0 157.
See Rear Heating System 0 159,
if equipped or Rear Climate Control
System 0 159, if equipped.

If equipped, Range Selection Mode
helps control the vehicle's
transmission and vehicle speed
while driving downhill or towing a
trailer by letting you select a desired
range of gears.
To use this feature:
1. Move the shift lever to
M (Manual Mode).
2. Press the +/− buttons on the
shift lever, to select the desired
range of gears for current
driving conditions.
When M (Manual Mode) is selected,
a number displays in the DIC next to
the M indicating the current gear.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

In Brief
Grade Braking is not available when
Range Selection Mode is active.
See Tow/Haul Mode 0 186.
While using Range Selection Mode,
Cruise Control and the Tow/Haul
Mode can be used. See Manual
Mode 0 185.

Vehicle Features
Infotainment System
If the vehicle has a base radio it is
included in this manual. See the
separate infotainment manual for
information on the connected radios,
audio players, phone, navigation
system, and voice or speech
recognition. There is also
information on settings and
downloadable applications (if
equipped).

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

In Brief

Radio(s)

CAT (category) can display.
Continue pressing to highlight the
desired tab, or press the softkey
located under any one of the tabs
and the information about that tab
displays.
For more information about these
and other radio features, see
Infotainment 0 130.

Storing a Favorite Station
Depending on which radio the
vehicle has, radio stations are
stored as either favorites or presets.

Radio with CD/MP3

O : Press to turn the system on and
off. Turn to increase or decrease the
volume.
BAND : Press to choose between
FM1, FM2, AM, and SiriusXM®.

f : Turn to select radio stations.
© SEEK or ¨ SEEK : Seek or scan
stations.

4 : Press to switch the display
between the radio station frequency
and the time. While the ignition is
off, press this button to display the
time. Press to display additional text
information related to the current
FM-RDS station or MP3 song.
A choice of additional information
such as Channel, Song, Artist, and

For vehicles with a FAV button, a
maximum of 36 stations can be
stored as favorites using the six
softkeys below the radio station
frequency tabs and by using the
radio FAV button. Press FAV to go
through up to six pages of favorites,
each having six favorite stations
available per page. Each page of
favorites can contain any
combination of AM and FM stations.
For more information on storing a
favorite station, see Operation
0 134.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

In Brief
Setting the Clock
To set the time and date for the
Radio with CD (MP3):
1. Press H and the HR, MIN, MM,
DD, and YYYY (hour, minute,
month, day, and year) display.
2. Press the softkey under any
one of the tabs to be changed.
3. Press the © SEEK or ¨ SEEK
buttons, s REV or \ FWD
buttons, or by turning f
clockwise or counterclockwise
to increase or decrease the
time or date.
For detailed instructions on setting
the clock for your specific audio
system, see Clock 0 91.

Satellite Radio
SiriusXM® is a satellite radio service
based in the 48 contiguous United
States and 10 Canadian provinces.
SiriusXM satellite radio has a wide
variety of programming and
commercial-free music, coast to
coast, and in digital-quality sound.

A fee is required to receive the
SiriusXM service.
For more information, refer to:
. www.siriusxm.com or call
1-866-635-2349 (U.S.)
. www.xmradio.ca or call
1-877-209-0079 (Canada)
See Satellite Radio 0 137.

Portable Audio Devices
This vehicle may have an auxiliary
input on the radio faceplate and a
USB port on the instrument panel.
External devices such as an iPod®,
laptop computer, MP3 player,
or USB storage device can be
connected to the auxiliary port using
a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) input cable or the
USB port depending on the audio
system.
See "Using the Auxiliary Input Jack"
and "Using the USB Port" in
Auxiliary Devices 0 144.

Bluetooth®
If equipped with a Bluetooth system,
it allows users with a
Bluetooth-enabled cell phone to
make and receive hands-free calls
using the vehicle’s audio system
and controls.
The Bluetooth-enabled cell phone
must be paired with the Bluetooth
system before it can be used in the
vehicle. Not all phones will support
all functions. For more information,
see www.gm.com/bluetooth and
Bluetooth 0 149.

Steering Wheel Controls

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

In Brief

If equipped with audio steering
wheel controls, some audio controls
can be adjusted at the steering
wheel.

¨ : Press to seek the next radio

w : Press to go to the next favorite
radio station, track on a CD,
or folder on an iPod® or USB
device.

See Steering Wheel Controls 0 87.

station, the next track while sourced
to the CD, or to select tracks and
folders on an iPod® or USB device.

Cruise Control

c / x : Press to go to the
previous favorite radio station, track
on a CD, or folder on an iPod® or
USB device. Also press to reject an
incoming call, or end a current call.

SET− : Press briefly to set the
speed and activate cruise control,
or press and hold to decelerate.
If cruise control is already active,
use to decrease vehicle speed.

[ : Press to disengage cruise
control without erasing the set
speed from memory.

b / g : Press to silence the vehicle

See Cruise Control 0 190.

speakers only. Press again to turn
the sound on. Press and hold longer
than two seconds to interact with
OnStar® or Bluetooth systems,
if equipped.

Rear Vision
Camera (RVC)

e : Press to increase volume.
− e : Press to decrease volume.

If equipped with cruise control, use
the following buttons:

SRCE : Press to switch between
the radio and CD, and for equipped
vehicles, the front auxiliary.

I : Press to turn cruise control on
or off. The white indicator comes on
in the instrument cluster when
cruise control is turned on.

+RES : If there is a set speed in
memory, press briefly to resume to a
previously set speed, or press and
hold to accelerate. If cruise control
is already active, use to increase
vehicle speed.

If equipped, the RVC displays a
view of the area behind the vehicle
when the vehicle is shifted into
R (Reverse). The display will appear
on either the inside rearview mirror
or navigation screen, if equipped.
To clean the camera lens, located
above the license plate, rinse it with
water and wipe it with a soft cloth.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

In Brief
See Rear Vision Camera (RVC)
0 193.

Parking Assist
If equipped, Rear Parking Assist
(RPA) uses sensors on the rear
bumper to assist with parking and
avoiding objects while in
R (Reverse). It operates at speeds
less than 8 km/h (5 mph) and uses
audible beeps to provide distance
and system information.
Keep the sensors on the vehicle's
rear bumper clean to ensure proper
operation.
See Parking Assist 0 195.

Power Outlets
The accessory power outlets can be
used to plug in electrical equipment,
such as a cell phone or an MP3
player.
The vehicle may have two
accessory power outlets on the
instrument panel.
Remove the cover to access and
replace when not in use.
See Power Outlets 0 92.

Performance and
Maintenance
Traction Control/
Electronic Stability
Control
The vehicle may have a traction
control system that limits wheel spin
and the StabiliTrak system that
assists with directional control of the
vehicle in difficult driving conditions.
Both systems turn on automatically
every time the vehicle is started.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

In Brief
.

Press and release the
StabiliTrak button again to turn
on both systems.

See Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control 0 188.

Tire Pressure Monitor
This vehicle may have a Tire
Pressure Monitor System (TPMS).

To turn off traction control, press
and release the StabiliTrak
button g. The appropriate DIC
message will display. See Ride
Control System Messages
0 115.
To turn off both traction control
and StabiliTrak, press and hold
the StabiliTrak button g until the
StabiliTrak OFF light Y
illuminates and the appropriate
DIC messages display. See Ride
Control System Messages
0 115.

The low tire pressure warning light
may come on in cool weather when
the vehicle is first started, and then
turn off as the vehicle is driven. This
may be an early indicator that the
tire pressures are getting low and
the tires need to be inflated to the
proper pressure.
The TPMS does not replace normal
monthly tire maintenance. Maintain
the correct tire pressures.
See Tire Pressure Monitor System
0 259.

Engine Oil Life System
The low tire pressure warning light
alerts to a significant loss in
pressure of one of the vehicle's
tires. If the warning light comes on,
stop as soon as possible and inflate
the tires to the recommended
pressure shown on the Tire and
Loading Information label. See
Vehicle Load Limits 0 170. The
warning light will remain on until the
tire pressure is corrected.

The engine oil life system calculates
engine oil life based on vehicle use
and displays a DIC message when
it is necessary to change the engine
oil and filter. The oil life system
should be reset to 100% only
following an oil change.
Resetting the Oil Life System
1. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN,
with the engine off.
2. Fully press and release the
accelerator pedal slowly three
times within five seconds.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

In Brief
.

Always follow posted speed
limits or drive more slowly when
conditions require.

Keep vehicle tires properly
inflated.

Combine several trips into a
single trip.

Replace the vehicle's tires with
the same TPC Spec number
molded into the tire's sidewall
near the size.

Driving for Better Fuel
Economy

Follow recommended scheduled
maintenance.

Driving habits can affect fuel
mileage. Here are some driving tips
to get the best fuel economy
possible.
. Avoid fast starts and accelerate
smoothly.
. Brake gradually and avoid
abrupt stops.
. Avoid idling the engine for long
periods of time.
. When road and weather
conditions are appropriate, use
cruise control.

Roadside Assistance
Program

3. Turn the key to LOCK/OFF.
See Engine Oil Life System 0 219.

E85 or FlexFuel
Vehicles with a yellow fuel cap can
use either unleaded gasoline or
ethanol fuel containing up to 85%
ethanol (E85). See E85 or FlexFuel
0 198. For all other vehicles, use
only the unleaded gasoline
described under Fuel 0 197.

U.S.: 1-800-243-8872
TTY Users (U.S. Only):
1-888-889-2438
Canada: 1-800-268-6800
New Chevrolet owners are
automatically enrolled in the
Roadside Assistance Program.
See Roadside Assistance Program
0 315.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and
Windows
Keys and Locks
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . 28
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Power Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Cargo Door Relocking . . . . . . . . . 30
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Automatic Door Locks . . . . . . . . . 30
Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

Doors
Side Door (60/40
Swing-Out) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Sliding Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Rear Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

Vehicle Security
Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Immobilizer Operation . . . . . . . . . 34

Exterior Mirrors
Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manual Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trailer-Tow Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

35
35
36
36
36

Interior Mirrors
Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . 37
Manual Rearview Mirror . . . . . . . . 37

Windows
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manual Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Swing-Out Windows . . . . . . . . . . .
Enhanced Technology Glass . . .
Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

37
37
37
38
38
39

Keys and Locks
Keys

{ Warning
Leaving children in a vehicle with
the ignition key is dangerous and
children or others could be
seriously injured or killed. They
could operate the power windows
or other controls or make the
vehicle move. The windows will
function with the keys in the
ignition, and children or others
could be caught in the path of a
closing window. Do not leave
children in a vehicle with the
ignition key.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Keys, Doors, and Windows
Warning (Continued)
impacted, and airbags may not
deploy. To reduce the risk of
unintentional rotation of the
ignition key, do not change the
way the ignition key and Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter,
if equipped, are connected to the
provided key rings.

{ Warning
If the key is unintentionally
rotated while the vehicle is
running, the ignition could be
moved out of the RUN position.
This could be caused by heavy
items hanging from the key ring,
or by large or long items attached
to the key ring that could be
contacted by the driver or
steering wheel. If the ignition
moves out of the RUN position,
the engine will shut off, braking
and steering power assist may be
(Continued)

The ignition key and key rings, and
RKE transmitter, if equipped, are
designed to work together as a
system to reduce the risk of
unintentionally moving the key out
of the RUN position. The ignition
key has a small hole to allow
attachment of the provided key ring.
It is important that any replacement
ignition keys have a small hole. See
your dealer if a replacement key is
required.
The combination and size of the
rings that came with your keys were
specifically selected for your
vehicle. The rings are connected to
the key like two links of a chain to
reduce the risk of unintentionally

moving the key out of the RUN
position. Do not add any additional
items to the ring attached to the
ignition key. Attach additional items
only to the second ring, and limit
added items to a few essential keys
or small, light items no larger than
an RKE transmitter.

The key is used for the ignition and
all door locks.
The key has a bar-coded key tag
that the dealer or qualified locksmith
can use to make new keys. Store
this information in a safe place, not
in the vehicle.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Keys, Doors, and Windows

See your dealer if a replacement
key or additional key is needed.
If it becomes difficult to turn a key,
inspect the key blade for debris.
Periodically clean with a brush
or pick.
With an active OnStar subscription,
an OnStar Advisor may remotely
unlock the vehicle. See OnStar
Overview 0 325.

Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) System
See Radio Frequency Statement
0 321.
If there is a decrease in the RKE
operating range:
. Check the distance. The
transmitter may be too far from
the vehicle.
. Check the location. Other
vehicles or objects may be
blocking the signal.
. Check the transmitter's battery.
See “Battery Replacement” later
in this section.

If the transmitter is still not
working correctly, see your
dealer or a qualified technician
for service.

Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) System Operation
If equipped, the RKE transmitter
functions work up to 60 m (197 ft)
away from the vehicle.
Other conditions can affect the
performance of the transmitter. See
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System 0 26.

RKE Transmitter with Remote
Start Shown

Q (Lock) : Press once to lock all
doors. If enabled through the Driver
Information Center (DIC), the
parking lamps flash once to indicate
locking has occurred.
The horn may chirp when Q is
pressed again within five seconds.
See Vehicle Personalization 0 118.

K (Unlock) : Press to unlock the
driver door. If K is pressed again
within five seconds, all remaining
doors unlock.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Keys, Doors, and Windows
The interior lamps come on and
stay on for 20 seconds or until the
ignition is turned on. If enabled
through the DIC, the parking lamps
flash twice to indicate unlocking has
occurred. See Vehicle
Personalization 0 118.

j (Cargo Door) : Press to unlock
only the cargo doors.

/ (Remote Vehicle Start) : For
vehicles with this feature, press Q
and then press and hold / for at
least four seconds or until the turn
signal lamps flash to start the
engine from outside the vehicle
using the RKE transmitter. See
Remote Vehicle Start 0 28.

L (Vehicle Locator/Panic
Alarm) : Press and release to
locate the vehicle. The turn signal
lamps flash and the horn sounds
three times.
Press and hold L for more than
two seconds to sound the panic
alarm. The turn signal lamps flash
and the horn sounds repeatedly for
30 seconds. The alarm turns off
when the ignition is moved to ON/

RUN or L is pressed again. The
ignition must be in LOCK/OFF for
the panic alarm to work.

Programming Transmitters to
the Vehicle
Only RKE transmitters programmed
to the vehicle will work. If a
transmitter is lost or stolen, a
replacement can be purchased and
programmed through your dealer.
When the replacement transmitter is
programmed to the vehicle, all
remaining transmitters must also be
programmed. Any lost or stolen
transmitters no longer work once the
new transmitter is programmed.
Each vehicle can have up to
four transmitters programmed to it.

Caution
When replacing the battery, do
not touch any of the circuitry on
the transmitter. Static from your
body could damage the
transmitter.

Battery Replacement
Replace the battery if the REPLACE
BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY
message displays in the DIC. See
Key and Lock Messages 0 114.

To replace the battery:
1. Separate the transmitter with a
flat, thin object, such as a flat
head screwdriver.
. Carefully insert the tool into
the notch located along the
parting line of the

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Keys, Doors, and Windows

transmitter. Do not insert
the tool too far. Stop as
soon as resistance is felt.

when doing so. Check local
regulations for any requirements on
remote starting of vehicles.

Twist the tool until the
transmitter is separated.

Do not use the remote start feature
if the vehicle is low on fuel. The
vehicle may run out of fuel.

2. Remove the old battery. Do not
use a metal object.
3. Insert the new battery, positive
side facing down. Replace with
a CR2032 or equivalent
battery.
4. Snap the transmitter back
together.

Remote Vehicle Start
This vehicle may have a remote
start feature. This feature allows you
to start the engine from outside the
vehicle. It may also start the
vehicle's heating or air conditioning
systems. See Climate Control
Systems 0 157.
Laws in some local communities
may restrict the use of remote
starters. For example, some laws
may require a person using remote
start to have the vehicle in view

The RKE transmitter range may be
less while the vehicle is running.
There are other conditions which
can affect the performance of the
transmitter, see Remote Keyless
Entry (RKE) System 0 26.

/ (Remote Vehicle Start) : This
button will be on the RKE
transmitter if you have remote start.
To start the engine using the remote
start feature:
1. Press and release
transmitter.

Q on the

2. Immediately press and hold /
until the turn signal lamps
flash. If you cannot see the
vehicle's lamps, press and hold
for at least four seconds.
When the engine starts, the
parking lamps will turn on and
remain on while the engine is

running. The doors will be
locked. The airbag readiness
light will be on during a remote
start. It should turn off when
the ignition is turned to ON/
RUN. See Airbag Readiness
Light 0 98.
The engine will continue to run
for 10 minutes. After
30 seconds, repeat the steps if
a 10-minute extension is
desired. Remote start can be
extended only once.
After entering the vehicle during a
remote start, insert and turn the key
to ON/RUN to drive the vehicle.
The maximum number of remote
starts between ignition cycles with
the key is two.
If the remote start procedure is used
again before the first 10 minute time
frame has ended, the first
10 minutes will immediately expire
and the second 10 minute time
frame will start.
After the engine has been remote
started two times, the ignition switch
must be turned to ON/RUN and then

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Keys, Doors, and Windows
back to LOCK/OFF using the key
before the remote start procedure
can be used again.
To cancel a remote start do any of
the following:
.

Press and hold / until the
parking lamps turn off.

Turn on the hazard warning
flashers.

Turn the ignition on and then
back off.

The remote vehicle start feature will
not operate if:
. The key is in the ignition.
.

The hood is open.

The hazard warning flashers
are on.

There is an emission control
system malfunction. See
Malfunction Indicator Lamp
(Check Engine Light) 0 101.

The engine coolant temperature
is too high.

The oil pressure is low.

Two remote vehicle starts have
already been provided.

Warning (Continued)
extreme heat and can suffer
permanent injuries or even
death from heat stroke.
Always lock the vehicle
whenever leaving it.

Door Locks

{ Warning
Unlocked doors can be
dangerous.
. Passengers, especially
children, can easily open
the doors and fall out of a
moving vehicle. When a
door is locked, the handle
will not open it. The chance
of being thrown out of the
vehicle in a crash is
increased if the doors are
not locked. So, all
passengers should wear
safety belts properly and the
doors should be locked
whenever the vehicle is
driven.
. Young children who get into
unlocked vehicles may be
unable to get out. A child
can be overcome by
(Continued)

Outsiders can easily enter
through an unlocked door
when you slow down or stop
the vehicle. Locking the
doors can help prevent this
from happening.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Keys, Doors, and Windows

Cargo Door Relocking

Automatic Door Locks

If the vehicle is equipped with
Keyless Entry, see Remote Keyless
Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 26.

If the cargo door is open when the
lock button is pressed on the door
or the RKE transmitter, all doors will
lock except the cargo door. The
cargo door will lock immediately
when it is closed or when the
delayed locking feature functions.

The vehicle may have an automatic
lock/unlock feature. This feature can
be programmed using the Driver
Information Center (DIC). See
Vehicle Personalization 0 118.

Power Door Locks

Delayed Locking

This feature protects you from
locking the key in the vehicle when
the key is in the ignition and a door
is open.

To lock the door from the inside,
slide the manual lever on the door
down. To unlock the door, slide the
manual lever up.
From the outside, use the key.

When locking the doors with the
power lock switch and a door open,
the doors will lock five seconds after
the last door is closed. The horn
chirps to signal that the delayed
locking feature is in use.
Pressing e or Q on the RKE
transmitter will override the delayed
locking feature and immediately lock
all the doors.
This feature will not operate if the
key is in the ignition.
If equipped, press
unlock the doors.

T to lock or

When a door is locked, the inside
door handle will not work.

This feature can be programmed
using the Driver Information
Center (DIC). See “DELAY DOOR
LOCK” in Vehicle Personalization
0 118.

Lockout Protection

If the power lock switch is pressed
when either the driver, passenger,
or rear door is open, all the doors
will lock and then the driver door will
unlock. This feature does not
include the side cargo door.
If the vehicle has an ambulance
package, this feature is disabled.

Safety Locks
Security locks are located on the
front portion of the 60/40 side
swing-out door or the side
sliding door.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Keys, Doors, and Windows

Doors
Side Door (60/40
Swing-Out)

60/40 Swing-Out Side
Door — Driver Side Shown,
Passenger Side Similar
For the 60/40 side swing-out door,
move the button to the right for the
driver side door or to the left for the
passenger side door to engage the
security feature.
Move the button to the left for the
driver side door or to the right for
the passenger side door to return
the door locks to normal operation.

Side Sliding Door
For the side sliding door, move the
button up to engage the security
feature. Move the button down to
return the door locks to normal
operation.

To open the front portion of a 60/
40 door from the outside, pull out on
the handle and open the door.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Keys, Doors, and Windows
To open the rear portion of a 60/
40 door from the outside, pull the
handle on the side of the rear door
and pull the door toward you.

Sliding Door

To close the 60/40 side doors, close
the rear door first. Then close the
front door. Check to make sure that
both doors are completely closed.

To open the front portion of a 60/
40 door from the inside, pull the
handle toward you and push the
door open.

The swing-out doors have a check
strap assembly in the door frame to
keep the door from opening beyond
90 degrees.
To open the door beyond
90 degrees, close the door partially,
pull the check strap toward you and
then open the door. When the door
is closed, the check strap will
automatically re-engage.

To open the sliding side door from
the outside, pull the handle toward
the rear of the vehicle and slide the
door open.
To close the sliding side door from
the outside, use the handle to slide
the door toward the front of the
vehicle.
When the door is closed, it will be
flush with the side of the body.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Keys, Doors, and Windows

Rear Doors

Warning (Continued)

{ Warning

To open the sliding side door from
the inside, pull the handle toward
the rear of the vehicle. Then, slide
the door toward the rear of the
vehicle.
To close the sliding side door from
the inside, grasp the handle and
slide the door toward the front of the
vehicle.
Make sure the door is completely
closed before driving away.

Unlocked doors can be
dangerous.
. Passengers, especially
children, can easily open
the doors and fall out of a
moving vehicle. When a
door is locked, the handle
will not open it. The chance
of being thrown out of the
vehicle in a crash is
increased if the doors are
not locked. So, all
passengers should wear
safety belts properly and the
doors should be locked
whenever the vehicle is
driven.
. Young children who get into
unlocked vehicles may be
unable to get out. A child
can be overcome by
extreme heat and can suffer
permanent injuries or even
(Continued)

death from heat stroke.
Always lock the vehicle
whenever leaving it.
.

Outsiders can easily enter
through an unlocked door
when you slow down or stop
the vehicle. Locking the
doors can help prevent this
from happening.

To open the rear doors from the
outside, pull the handle toward you
to open the passenger side rear
door first.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Keys, Doors, and Windows

Vehicle Security
This vehicle has theft-deterrent
features; however, they do not make
the vehicle impossible to steal.

Immobilizer
See Radio Frequency Statement
0 321.

Immobilizer Operation
To open the driver side rear door,
pull the latch release at the inside
edge of the door.
To close the rear doors, close the
driver side rear door first. Then
close the passenger side rear door.
Check to make sure both doors are
completely closed.

This vehicle is equipped with the
PASS-Key® III+ (Personalized
Automotive Security System)
theft-deterrent system. PASS-Key III
+ is a passive theft deterrent
system.
The system is automatically armed
when the key is removed from the
ignition.
You do not have to manually arm or
disarm the system.
The security light will come on if
there is a problem with arming or
disarming the theft-deterrent
system.

When the PASS-Key III+ system
senses that someone is using the
wrong key, it shuts down the
vehicle's starter and fuel systems.
The starter will not work and fuel will
stop being delivered to the engine.
Anyone using a trial-and-error
method to start the vehicle will be
discouraged because of the high
number of electrical key codes.
If the engine does not start and the
security message comes on, the
key may have a damaged
transponder. Turn the ignition off
and try again.
If the engine still does not start, and
the key appears to be undamaged,
try another ignition key. If the engine
still does not start with the other key,
the vehicle needs service. If the
vehicle does start, the first key may
be faulty. See your dealer or a
locksmith who can service the
PASS-Key III+ to have a new
key made.
It is possible for the PASS-Key III+
decoder to learn the transponder
value of a new or replacement key.
Up to eight keys may be

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Keys, Doors, and Windows
programmed for the vehicle. This
procedure is for learning additional
keys only. If all the currently
programmed keys are lost or do not
operate, you must see your dealer
or a locksmith who can service
PASS-Key III+ to have keys made
and programmed to the system.
See your dealer or a locksmith who
can service PASS-Key III+ to get a
new key blank that is cut exactly as
the ignition key that operates the
system.
To program the new key:
1. Verify the new key has
stamped on it.

2. Insert the original, already
programmed key into the
ignition lock cylinder and start
the engine. If the engine will
not start, see your dealer for
service.
3. After the engine has started,
turn the key to LOCK/OFF and
remove the key.

4. Insert the key to be
programmed and turn it to ON/
RUN within 10 seconds of
removing the previous key.

Exterior Mirrors

The security message will turn
off once the key has been
programmed. It may not be
apparent that the security
message went on due to how
quickly the key is programmed.

{ Warning

5. Repeat Steps 1–4 if additional
keys are to be programmed.
If you lose or damage a
PASS-Key III+ key, see your dealer
or a locksmith who can service
PASS-Key III+ to have a new
key made.
Do not leave the key or device that
disarms or deactivates the
theft-deterrent system in the vehicle.

Convex Mirrors

A convex mirror can make things,
like other vehicles, look farther
away than they really are. If you
cut too sharply into the right lane,
you could hit a vehicle on the
right. Check the inside mirror or
glance over your shoulder before
changing lanes.
The passenger side mirror is convex
shaped. A convex mirror's surface is
curved so more can be seen from
the driver seat.

Manual Mirrors
Adjust the mirrors by pressing the
mirror up and down and left and
right.
The mirrors can be manually folded
in or out.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Keys, Doors, and Windows

On the lower portion of each mirror
is an auxiliary convex mirror.
A convex mirror's surface is curved
so you can see more from the driver
seat. The auxiliary convex mirrors
can be adjusted manually by
pressing the mirror.

The mirrors can be manually folded
in or out.

Heated Mirrors

Power Mirrors

1 (Rear Defogger) : Press to
heat the mirrors.
An indicator light in the button lights
when the outside heated mirrors are
activated.

Trailer-Tow Mirrors

See “Rear Window Defogger” under
Climate Control Systems 0 157 for
more information.

Select each mirror by turning the
knob clockwise for the passenger
side mirror or counterclockwise for
the driver side mirror. The center
position is neutral.
Vehicles with towing mirrors can be
adjusted manually for a clear view
of the objects behind you.
On the lower portion of each mirror
there is an auxiliary convex mirror
that can be adjusted manually to
provide an extended field of view.

For vehicles with heated mirrors:

Adjust the mirror angle by moving
the knob in the desired direction.
The auxiliary convex mirrors can
only be adjusted manually.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Keys, Doors, and Windows

Interior Mirrors
Interior Rearview Mirrors
Adjust the rearview mirror for a clear
view of the area behind the vehicle.
Do not spray glass cleaner directly
on the mirror. Use a soft towel
dampened with water.

Manual Rearview Mirror
Push the tab forward for daytime
use and pull it rearward for
nighttime use to avoid glare of the
headlamps from behind.
Cargo vans without rear door glass
may not have an inside rearview
mirror.

Windows

{ Warning
Never leave a child, a helpless
adult, or a pet alone in a vehicle,
especially with the windows
closed in warm or hot weather.
They can be overcome by the
extreme heat and suffer
permanent injuries or even death
from heat stroke.

Manual Windows
Operate the manual windows by
turning the hand crank on each door
to raise or lower the side door
windows.

Power Windows

{ Warning
Children could be seriously
injured or killed if caught in the
path of a closing window. Never
leave keys in a vehicle with
children. See Keys 0 24.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Keys, Doors, and Windows

If equipped with power windows,
press the switch to lower the
window and pull the switch up to
raise it.

Swing-Out Windows

The driver door also has a control to
operate the front passenger window.
The power windows will work when
the ignition is in ON/RUN or ACC/
ACCESSORY, or when Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) is active.
See Retained Accessory Power
(RAP) 0 179.
Rear Swing‐Out Windows

Express-Down
The driver window switch has an
express-down feature that allows
the window to be lowered without
holding the switch. Press fully and
release the switch marked AUTO to
activate the express-down mode.
This mode can be canceled at any
time by pulling up on the switch. To
open the window part way, lightly
tap the switch until the window is at
the desired position.

Side Swing-Out Window
To open the side door swing-out
window, pull up on the latch at the
edge of the window. Swing the
window out and push down on the
latch to lock the window into place.
To close the window, pull the latch
toward you and push down on the
latch to lock it.

The vehicle also has rear swing‐out
windows. The rear swing-out
windows work the same way as the
side swing‐out window, but the latch
is located at the bottom edge of the
window.

Enhanced Technology
Glass
The vehicle may be equipped with
Enhanced Technology Glass (ETG).
ETG is part of the overall occupant
protection system on passenger and
crew vans. ETG may help keep
passengers sitting next to these
fixed windows from being ejected

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Keys, Doors, and Windows
through the glass in some, but not
all crashes. Even with this glass,
safety belts must still be worn at all
times. For passenger and crew
vans, use only ETG glass approved
for the vehicle for replacement when
damaged.
The following table shows laminated
glass location, based on vehicle
model and options.

Vehicle Configuration

ETG Locations

Passenger Vans with five or more
seating positions

Sliding door forward window (if
equipped) and rear-most side
windows

Long Wheelbase Cargo Vans

Rear-most side windows

Crew Vans

Sliding door forward window (if
equipped) and rear-most side
windows.

Sun Visors

Visor Vanity Mirror

To block out glare, swing down the
sun visors. You can also swing them
to the side.

The vehicle may have visor vanity
mirrors, with or without lamps. Lift
the mirror cover to turn the lamps
on, if equipped.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Seats and Restraints

Seats and
Restraints
Head Restraints
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

Front Seats
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Power Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . 41
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . 41

Rear Seats
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

Safety Belts
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
How to Wear Safety Belts
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Safety Belt Use During
Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Safety Belt Extender . . . . . . . . . . .
Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . .
Safety Belt Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacing Safety Belt System
Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . .

46
47
48
52
53
53
53
54

Airbag System
Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . 56

When Should an Airbag
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
What Makes an Airbag
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
How Does an Airbag
Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
What Will You See after an
Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Airbag On-Off Switch . . . . . . . . . . 61
Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Adding Equipment to the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . . . 64
Airbag System Check . . . . . . . . . . 64
Replacing Airbag System Parts
after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65

Child Restraints
Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Infants and Young Children . . . . 67
Child Restraint Systems . . . . . . . 69
Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . 71
Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System) . . . . 72
Replacing LATCH System Parts
After a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Securing Child Restraints
(Rear Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Securing Child Restraints (Front
Passenger Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81

Head Restraints
On vehicles with factory installed
seats, the front seats have built-in
head restraints that are not
adjustable in the outboard seating
positions.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Seats and Restraints

Front Seats
Seat Adjustment

{

Warning

You can lose control of the
vehicle if you try to adjust a driver
seat while the vehicle is moving.
Adjust the driver seat only when
the vehicle is not moving.

1. Lift the bar under the front
edge of the seat cushion to
unlock the seat.

Move the center knob to the
right or left to move the seat
forward or rearward.

2. Slide the seat to the desired
position and release the bar.

Move the center knob up or
down to raise or lower the seat.

3. Try to move the seat back and
forth to be sure the seat is
locked in place.

Move the right or left lever up or
down to raise or lower the front
or rear of the seat cushion.

Power Seat Adjustment

Reclining Seatbacks

{ Warning
If either seatback is not locked, it
could move forward in a sudden
stop or crash. That could cause
injury to the person sitting there.
Always push and pull on the
seatbacks to be sure they are
locked.

To adjust the seat:

To adjust a power seat, if available,
use the controls on the front of
the seat:

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Seats and Restraints
2. Push and pull on the seatback
to make sure it is locked.

{ Warning
Sitting in a reclined position when
the vehicle is in motion can be
dangerous. Even when buckled
up, the safety belts cannot do
their job.

To recline the seatback:
1. Lift the lever on the inboard
side of the seat.
2. Move the seatback to the
desired position, and then
release the lever to lock the
seatback in place.
3. Push and pull on the seatback
to make sure it is locked.
To return the seatback to the upright
position:
1. Lift the lever fully without
applying pressure to the
seatback, and the seatback will
return to the upright position.

The shoulder belt will not be
against your body. Instead, it will
be in front of you. In a crash, you
could go into it, receiving neck or
other injuries.
The lap belt could go up over
your abdomen. The belt forces
would be there, not at your pelvic
bones. This could cause serious
internal injuries.
For proper protection when the
vehicle is in motion, have the
seatback upright. Then sit well
back in the seat and wear the
safety belt properly.

Do not have a seatback reclined if
the vehicle is moving.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Seats and Restraints

Rear Seats
Removing the Rear Seat
Disconnect the mini-latch plates for
the lap-shoulder belts on the bench
seat to be removed.

Three-Passenger Seat
The left side pin has a gray cap
with a black “L” marked on it.

1. To do this, press the tip of a
key into the release hole of the
safety belt buckle while pulling
up on the safety belt.
2. Locate the pins.
On a three-passenger seat
there are two pins on the
inboard sides of the rear seats.

Three-Passenger Seat
The right side pin has a
black cap with a white “R”
marked on it.
On a four-passenger seat,
each half of the seat has a set
of pins. The left side has a set
marked “L”, and the right side
has a set marked “R”.
If the vehicle has floor mats,
the pins are under a flap that
has been cut into the mat.
3. Pull the pin handle up to
disengage the pin from the
retaining clip, and then pull the
pin out.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Seats and Restraints

4. Repeat this procedure for the
other pins.

Warning (Continued)

5. Pull the seat rearward about
5 cm (2 in), and then lift the
seat from the floor rails.

injured. Be sure to lock the seat
into place properly when
installing it.

6. Remove the seat from the
vehicle.

{ Warning
For the last row of seats, stow
the safety belt latch plate on
the clip at the window trim. Roll
the mini-latch into the safety
belt webbing and then hook the
safety belt latch plate on
the clip.

Reinstalling the Rear Seats
7. For the second and third row
seats, stow the safety belt latch
by attaching the clip on the
safety belt latch to the trim just
inside the side door.

{ Warning
A seat that is not locked into
place properly can move around
in a collision or sudden stop.
People in the vehicle could be
(Continued)

A safety belt that is improperly
routed, not properly attached,
or twisted will not provide the
protection needed in a crash. The
person wearing the belt could be
seriously injured. After raising the
rear seatback, always check to be
sure that the safety belts are
properly routed and attached, and
are not twisted.
1. Position the seat into the open
slots in both rails. Push the
seat forward in the rail, hooking
both seat bases onto the pins
inside of the rails.
2. Locate the hole in the rail to
install the locking pins at the
rear of the seat base. If the

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Seats and Restraints

vehicle has floor mats, pull the
flap that has been cut into
the mat.
3. Insert the locking pins into the
seat base and push the seat to
line up the pins with the base.
On a three-passenger seat, the
pin with the black cap
marked “R” must be installed
on the right side and the pin
with the gray cap marked “L”
must be installed on the
left side.
On a four-passenger seat, the
pins marked “R” must be
installed on the half of the seat
on the right side. The pins
marked “L” must be installed on
the half of the seat on the
left side.

Three-Passenger Seat
4. Push the pin(s) marked “R”
down until they are in the
retaining clip.

Three-Passenger Seat
5. Push the pin(s) marked “L”
down until they are in the
retaining clip.
6. If the vehicle has a floor mat,
put the flap back to its original
position.
7. Repeat this procedure for the
other seat base.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Seats and Restraints

8. Connect the mini-latch plates
for the lap-shoulder belts by
inserting the latch plates into
the mini-buckles attached at
the outboard positions of the
bench seat. Do not twist the
belts.
9. Check that all locking pins are
locked into place before
operating the vehicle.

Safety Belts
This section of the manual
describes how to use safety belts
properly. It also describes some
things not to do with safety belts.

{ Warning
Do not let anyone ride where a
safety belt cannot be worn
properly. In a crash, if you or your
passenger(s) are not wearing
safety belts, injuries can be much
worse than if you are wearing
safety belts. You can be seriously
injured or killed by hitting things
inside the vehicle harder or by
being ejected from the vehicle. In
addition, anyone who is not
buckled up can strike other
passengers in the vehicle.
It is extremely dangerous to ride
in a cargo area, inside or outside
of a vehicle. In a collision,
passengers riding in these areas
are more likely to be seriously
injured or killed. Do not allow
(Continued)

Warning (Continued)
passengers to ride in any area of
the vehicle that is not equipped
with seats and safety belts.
Always wear a safety belt, and
check that all passenger(s) are
restrained properly too.
This vehicle has indicators as a
reminder to buckle the safety belts.
See Safety Belt Reminders 0 98.

Why Safety Belts Work

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Seats and Restraints
When riding in a vehicle, you travel
as fast as the vehicle does. If the
vehicle stops suddenly, you keep
going until something stops you.
It could be the windshield, the
instrument panel, or the safety belts!
When you wear a safety belt, you
and the vehicle slow down together.
There is more time to stop because
you stop over a longer distance and,
when worn properly, your strongest
bones take the forces from the
safety belts. That is why wearing
safety belts makes such good
sense.

Questions and Answers About
Safety Belts
Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle
after a crash if I am wearing a
safety belt?
A: You could be — whether you are
wearing a safety belt or not.
Your chance of being conscious
during and after a crash, so you
can unbuckle and get out, is
much greater if you are belted.

Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why
should I have to wear safety
belts?
A: Airbags are supplemental
systems only; so they work with
safety belts — not instead of
them. Whether or not an airbag
is provided, all occupants still
have to buckle up to get the
most protection.
Also, in nearly all states and in
all Canadian provinces, the law
requires wearing safety belts.

It is very important for all occupants
to buckle up. Statistics show that
unbelted people are hurt more often
in crashes than those who are
wearing safety belts.
There are important things to know
about wearing a safety belt properly.

How to Wear Safety Belts
Properly
This section is only for people of
adult size.
There are special things to know
about safety belts and children. And
there are different rules for smaller
children and infants. If a child will be
riding in the vehicle, see Older
Children 0 65 or Infants and Young
Children 0 67. Follow those rules for
everyone's protection.

Sit up straight and always keep
your feet on the floor in front
of you.

Always use the correct buckle
for your seating position.

Wear the lap part of the belt low
and snug on the hips, just
touching the thighs. In a crash,
this applies force to the strong

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Seats and Restraints
pelvic bones and you would be
less likely to slide under the lap
belt. If you slid under it, the belt
would apply force on your
abdomen. This could cause
serious or even fatal injuries.

Wear the shoulder belt over the
shoulder and across the chest.
These parts of the body are best
able to take belt restraining
forces. The shoulder belt locks if
there is a sudden stop or crash.

{ Warning
You can be seriously injured,
or even killed, by not wearing
your safety belt properly.
. Never allow the lap or
shoulder belt to become
loose or twisted.
. Never wear the shoulder
belt under both arms or
behind your back.
. Never route the lap or
shoulder belt over an
armrest.

Lap-Shoulder Belt
All seating positions in the vehicle
have a lap-shoulder belt. If you are
using a rear seating position with a
detachable safety belt and the
safety belt is not attached, see
“Reinstalling the Rear Seats” under
Rear Seats 0 43 for instructions on
reconnecting the safety belt to the
mini-buckle.

If the shoulder portion of a
passenger belt is pulled out all
the way, the child restraint
locking feature may be
engaged. If this happens, let
the belt go back all the way
and start again.

The following instructions explain
how to wear a lap-shoulder belt
properly.
1. Adjust the seat, if the seat is
adjustable, so you can sit up
straight. To see how, see
“Seats” in the Index.
2. Pick up the latch plate and pull
the belt across you. Do not let it
get twisted.
The lap-shoulder belt may lock
if you pull the belt across you
very quickly. If this happens, let
the belt go back slightly to
unlock it. Then pull the belt
across you more slowly.

3. Push the latch plate into the
buckle until it clicks.
Pull up on the latch plate to
make sure it is secure. If the
belt is not long enough, see
Safety Belt Extender 0 53.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Seats and Restraints
Position the release button on
the buckle so that the safety
belt could be quickly unbuckled
if necessary.
4. If equipped with a shoulder belt
height adjuster, move it to the
height that is right for you.
See “Safety Belt Height
Adjuster” later in this section
for instructions on use and
important safety information.

It may be necessary to pull
stitching on the safety belt
through the latch plate to fully
tighten the lap belt on smaller
occupants.

pulled out. If this happens, pull the
safety belt straight out firmly to
unlock the webbing, and then
release it. If the webbing is still
locked in the retractor, see your
dealer.
Before a door is closed, be sure the
safety belt is out of the way. If a
door is slammed against a safety
belt, damage can occur to both the
safety belt and the vehicle.

Safety Belt Height Adjuster
The vehicle has a safety belt height
adjuster for the driver and front
outboard passenger positions.

5. To make the lap part tight, pull
up on the shoulder belt.

To unlatch the belt, push the button
on the buckle. The belt should
return to its stowed position. Slide
the latch plate up the safety belt
webbing when the safety belt is not
in use. The latch plate should rest
on the stitching on the safety belt,
near the guide loop on the side wall.
Always stow the safety belt slowly.
If the safety belt webbing returns
quickly to the stowed position, the
retractor may lock and cannot be

Adjust the height so the shoulder
portion of the belt is on the shoulder
and not falling off of it. The belt
should be close to, but not
contacting, the neck. Improper
shoulder belt height adjustment
could reduce the effectiveness of
the safety belt in a crash. See How
to Wear Safety Belts Properly 0 47.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Seats and Restraints

Squeeze both sides of the release
button and pull outward. Then move
the height adjuster up or down to
the desired position and release the
button.
After the adjuster is set to the
desired position, try to move it up or
down without squeezing the release
button to make sure it has locked
into position.

Safety Belt Pretensioners
If the vehicle has seat-mounted side
impact airbags and roof-rail airbags,
it also has safety belt pretensioners
for the front outboard occupants.

Although the safety belt
pretensioners cannot be seen, they
are part of the safety belt assembly.
They can help tighten the safety
belts during the early stages of a
moderate to severe frontal, near
frontal, or rear crash if the threshold
conditions for pretensioner
activation are met. And, if the
vehicle has roof-rail airbags, safety
belt pretensioners can help tighten
the safety belts in a side crash or a
rollover event.
Pretensioners work only once. If the
pretensioners are activated in a
crash, the pretensioners and
possibly other parts of the safety
belt system will need to be replaced.
See Replacing Safety Belt System
Parts after a Crash 0 54.

Rear Safety Belt Comfort
Guides
This vehicle may have rear safety
belt comfort guides. The guides may
provide added safety belt comfort
for older children who have
outgrown booster seats and for
some adults. When installed and

properly adjusted, the comfort guide
positions the shoulder belt away
from the neck and head.

The comfort guides for the right rear
outboard seating positions of
three-passenger bench seats are
stored in a pocket on the side of the
seatback.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Seats and Restraints

2. Place the guide over the belt,
and insert the two edges of the
belt into the slots of the guide.

Adjustable comfort guides are
available through your dealer for the
left rear outboard seating positions
of the three-passenger bench seats
and for the outboard seating
positions of the four-passenger
bench seats. For these seating
positions, the adjustable comfort
guide attaches to a loop on the
outboard side of the seatback.
Comfort Guide Installation and
Removal (Pocket Style)
To install:

1. Locate the guide in a pocket on
the side of the seatback.
3. Be sure that the belt is not
twisted and it lies flat. The
elastic cord must be behind the
belt with the plastic guide on
the front.

{ Warning
A safety belt that is not properly
worn may not provide the
protection needed in a crash. The
person wearing the belt could be
(Continued)

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Seats and Restraints
Warning (Continued)

seriously injured. The shoulder
belt should go over the shoulder
and across the chest. These parts
of the body are best able to take
belt restraining forces.

To remove and store the comfort
guide, squeeze the belt edges
together so that the safety belt can
be removed from the guide. Slide
the guide into its storage pocket on
the side of the seatback.
Comfort Guide Installation and
Removal (Adjustable Style)

{ Warning
A safety belt that is not properly
worn may not provide the
protection needed in a crash. The
person wearing the belt could be
seriously injured. The shoulder
belt should go over the shoulder
and across the chest. These parts
of the body are best able to take
belt restraining forces.
4. Buckle, position, and release
the safety belt as described
previously in this section. Make
sure the shoulder portion of the
belt is on the shoulder and not
falling off of it. The belt should
be close to, but not contacting,
the neck.

Safety Belt Use During
Pregnancy
Safety belts work for everyone,
including pregnant women. Like all
occupants, they are more likely to
be seriously injured if they do not
wear safety belts.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Seats and Restraints

A pregnant woman should wear a
lap-shoulder belt, and the lap
portion should be worn as low as
possible, below the rounding,
throughout the pregnancy.
The best way to protect the fetus is
to protect the mother. When a safety
belt is worn properly, it is more likely
that the fetus will not be hurt in a
crash. For pregnant women, as for
anyone, the key to making safety
belts effective is wearing them
properly.

Safety Belt Extender
If the vehicle's safety belt will fasten
around you, you should use it.

But if a safety belt is not long
enough, your dealer will order you
an extender. When you go in to
order it, take the heaviest coat you
will wear, so the extender will be
long enough for you. To help avoid
personal injury, do not let someone
else use it, and use it only for the
seat it is made to fit. The extender
has been designed for adults. Never
use it for securing child seats. To
wear it, attach it to the regular safety
belt. For more information, see the
instruction sheet that comes with
the extender.

Safety System Check
Now and then, check that the safety
belt reminder light, safety belts,
buckles, latch plates, retractors, and
anchorages are all working properly.
Look for any other loose or
damaged safety belt system parts
that might keep a safety belt system
from doing its job. See your dealer
to have it repaired. Torn or frayed
safety belts may not protect you in a
crash. They can rip apart under
impact forces. If a belt is torn or
frayed, get a new one right away.

Make sure the safety belt reminder
light is working. See Safety Belt
Reminders 0 98.
Keep safety belts clean and dry.
See Safety Belt Care 0 53.

Safety Belt Care
Keep belts clean and dry.

{ Warning
Do not bleach or dye safety belts.
It may severely weaken them. In
a crash, they might not be able to
provide adequate protection.
Clean safety belts only with mild
soap and lukewarm water.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Seats and Restraints

Replacing Safety Belt
System Parts after a
Crash

{ Warning
A crash can damage the safety
belt system in the vehicle.
A damaged safety belt system
may not properly protect the
person using it, resulting in
serious injury or even death in a
crash. To help make sure the
safety belt systems are working
properly after a crash, have them
inspected and any necessary
replacements made as soon as
possible.
After a minor crash, replacement of
safety belts may not be necessary.
But the safety belt assemblies that
were used during any crash may
have been stressed or damaged.
See your dealer to have the safety
belt assemblies inspected or
replaced.

New parts and repairs may be
necessary even if the safety belt
system was not being used at the
time of the crash.
Have the safety belt pretensioners
checked if the vehicle has been in a
crash, or if the airbag readiness light
stays on after you start the vehicle
or while you are driving. See Airbag
Readiness Light 0 98.

Airbag System
The vehicle has the following
airbag:
. A frontal airbag for the driver.
The vehicle may have the following
airbags:
. A frontal airbag for the front
outboard passenger.
. A seat-mounted side impact
airbag for the driver.
. A seat-mounted side impact
airbag for the front outboard
passenger.
Seat-mounted side impact
airbags are only available on
vehicles equipped with roof-rail
airbags.
.

A roof-rail airbag for the driver
on vans with single row seating.

A roof-rail airbag for the front
outboard passenger on vans
with single row seating.

A roof-rail airbag for the driver
and the passenger seated
directly behind the driver on
vans with two row seating.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Seats and Restraints
.

A roof-rail airbag for the front
outboard passenger and the
passenger seated directly
behind the front outboard
passenger on vans with two row
seating.

If the van is equipped with a
sliding door, the roof-rail airbag
for the front outboard passenger
is separate from the roof-rail
airbag for the second and third
row passengers seated directly
behind the front outboard
passenger. If the van is
equipped with a 60/40 swing-out
door, a single roof-rail airbag
covers all three seating
positions.

If the van is equipped with a
sliding door, the roof-rail airbag
for the front outboard passenger
is separate from the roof-rail
airbag for the passenger seated
directly behind the front outboard
passenger. If the van is
equipped with a 60/40 swing-out
door, a single roof-rail airbag
covers both seating positions.

All vehicle airbags have the word
AIRBAG on the trim or on an
attached label near the deployment
opening.

A roof-rail airbag for the driver
and the second and third row
passengers seated directly
behind the driver on vans with
three or more seating rows.

For frontal airbags, the word
AIRBAG is on the center of the
steering wheel for the driver and on
the instrument panel for the front
outboard passenger.

A roof-rail airbag for the front
outboard passenger and the
second and third row
passengers seated directly
behind the front outboard
passenger on vans with three or
more seating rows.

For seat-mounted side impact
airbags, the word AIRBAG is on the
side of the seatback closest to
the door.
For roof-rail airbags, the word
AIRBAG is on the ceiling or trim.

Airbags are designed to supplement
the protection provided by safety
belts. Even though today’s airbags
are also designed to help reduce
the risk of injury from the force of an
inflating airbag, all airbags must
inflate very quickly to do their job.
Here are the most important things
to know about the airbag system:

{ Warning
You can be severely injured or
killed in a crash if you are not
wearing your safety belt, even
with airbags. Airbags are
designed to work with safety
belts, not replace them. Also,
airbags are not designed to inflate
in every crash. In some crashes
safety belts are the only restraint.
See When Should an Airbag
Inflate? 0 58.
Wearing your safety belt during a
crash helps reduce the chance of
hitting things inside the vehicle or
being ejected from it. Airbags are
(Continued)

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Seats and Restraints
Warning (Continued)

“supplemental restraints” to the
safety belts. Everyone in the
vehicle should wear a safety belt
properly, whether or not there is
an airbag for that person.

{ Warning
Because airbags inflate with great
force and faster than the blink of
an eye, anyone who is up
against, or very close to any
airbag when it inflates can be
seriously injured or killed. Do not
sit unnecessarily close to any
airbag, as you would be if sitting
on the edge of the seat or leaning
forward. Safety belts help keep
you in position before and during
a crash. Always wear a safety
belt, even with airbags. The driver
should sit as far back as possible
while still maintaining control of
the vehicle. The safety belts and
(Continued)

Warning (Continued)
the front outboard passenger
airbags are most effective when
you are sitting well back and
upright in the seat with both feet
on the floor.
Occupants should not lean on or
sleep against the door or side
windows in seating positions with
seat-mounted side impact airbags
and/or roof-rail airbags.

{ Warning
Children who are up against,
or very close to, any airbag when
it inflates can be seriously injured
or killed. Always secure children
properly in the vehicle. To read
how, see Older Children 0 65 or
Infants and Young Children 0 67.

There is an airbag readiness light
on the instrument panel, which
shows the airbag symbol.
The system checks the airbag
electrical system for malfunctions.
The light tells you if there is an
electrical problem. See Airbag
Readiness Light 0 98.

Where Are the Airbags?

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Seats and Restraints

The driver frontal airbag is in the
center of the steering wheel.

Driver Side Shown, Passenger
Side Similar
If the vehicle has a front outboard
passenger frontal airbag, it is in the
passenger side instrument panel.

If the vehicle has seat-mounted side
impact airbags for the driver and
front outboard passenger, they are
in the sides of the seatbacks closest
to the door.

Driver Side Shown, Passenger
Side Similar
If the vehicle has a single seating
row and it has roof-rail airbags for
the driver and front outboard
passenger, the roof-rail airbags are
in the ceiling above the side
windows.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Seats and Restraints

{ Warning

Driver Side Shown, Passenger
Side Similar
If the vehicle has two seating rows,
roof-rail airbags for the driver, front
outboard passenger, and second
row outboard passengers are in the
ceiling above the side windows.
If the vehicle has three or more
seating rows, roof-rail airbags for
the driver, front outboard passenger,
and second and third row outboard
passengers are in the ceiling above
the side windows.

If something is between an
occupant and an airbag, the
airbag might not inflate properly
or it might force the object into
that person causing severe injury
or even death. The path of an
inflating airbag must be kept
clear. Do not put anything
between an occupant and an
airbag, and do not attach or put
anything on the steering wheel
hub or on or near any other
airbag covering.
Do not use seat accessories that
block the inflation path of a
seat-mounted side impact airbag.
Never secure anything to the roof
of a vehicle with roof-rail airbags
by routing a rope or tie‐down
through any door or window
opening. If you do, the path of an
inflating roof-rail airbag will be
blocked.

When Should an Airbag
Inflate?
This vehicle is equipped with one or
more airbags. See Airbag System
0 54. Airbags are designed to inflate
if the impact exceeds the specific
airbag system's deployment
threshold. Deployment thresholds
are used to predict how severe a
crash is likely to be in time for the
airbags to inflate and help restrain
the occupants. The vehicle has
electronic sensors which help the
airbag system determine the
severity of the impact. Deployment
thresholds can vary with specific
vehicle design.
Frontal airbags are designed to
inflate in moderate to severe frontal
or near-frontal crashes to help
reduce the potential for severe
injuries mainly to the driver or front
outboard passenger head and
chest.
Whether the frontal airbags will or
should deploy is not based primarily
on how fast the vehicle is traveling.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Seats and Restraints
It depends largely on what you hit,
the direction of the impact, and how
quickly the vehicle slows down.
Frontal airbags may inflate at
different crash speeds depending on
whether the vehicle hits an object
straight on or at an angle, and
whether the object is fixed or
moving, rigid or deformable, narrow
or wide.
Frontal airbags are not intended to
inflate during vehicle rollovers, rear
impacts, or in many side impacts.
Seat-mounted side impact airbags,
if equipped, are designed to inflate
in moderate to severe side crashes
depending on the location of the
impact. Seat-mounted side impact
airbags are not designed to inflate in
frontal impacts, near-frontal impacts,
rollovers, or rear impacts.
A seat-mounted side impact airbag
is intended to inflate on the side of
the vehicle that is struck.
The vehicle may or may not be
equipped with roof-rail airbags.
Roof-rail airbags are designed to
inflate in moderate to severe side
crashes depending on the location

of the impact. In addition, these
roof-rail airbags are designed to
inflate during a rollover. Roof-rail
airbags are not designed to inflate in
frontal, near-frontal, or rear impacts.
All roof-rail airbags will inflate when
either side of the vehicle is struck or
if the sensing system predicts that
the vehicle is about to roll over on
its side.

How Does an Airbag
Restrain?

In any particular crash, no one can
say whether an airbag should have
inflated simply because of the
vehicle damage or repair costs.

Airbags supplement the protection
provided by safety belts by
distributing the force of the impact
more evenly over the
occupant's body.

What Makes an Airbag
Inflate?
In a deployment event, the sensing
system sends an electrical signal
triggering a release of gas from the
inflator. Gas from the inflator fills the
airbag causing the bag to break out
of the cover. The inflator, the airbag,
and related hardware are all part of
the airbag module.
For airbag locations, see Where Are
the Airbags? 0 56.

In moderate to severe frontal or
near frontal collisions, even belted
occupants can contact the steering
wheel or the instrument panel. In
moderate to severe side collisions,
even belted occupants can contact
the inside of the vehicle.

Rollover capable roof-rail airbags
are designed to help contain the
head and chest of occupants in the
outboard seating positions in the
first, second, and third rows,
if equipped. The rollover capable
roof-rail airbags are designed to
help reduce the risk of full or partial
ejection in rollover events, although
no system can prevent all such
ejections.
But airbags would not help in many
types of collisions, primarily
because the occupant's motion is

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Seats and Restraints

not toward those airbags. See
When Should an Airbag Inflate?
0 58 for more information.
Airbags should never be regarded
as anything more than a supplement
to safety belts.

What Will You See after
an Airbag Inflates?
After the frontal airbags and
seat-mounted side impact airbags (if
equipped) inflate, they quickly
deflate, so quickly that some people
may not even realize an airbag
inflated. Roof-rail airbags (if
equipped) may still be at least
partially inflated for some time after
they deploy. Some components of
the airbag module may be hot for
several minutes. For location of the
airbag modules, see What Makes
an Airbag Inflate? 0 59.
The parts of the airbag that come
into contact with you may be warm,
but not too hot to touch. There may
be some smoke and dust coming
from the vents in the deflated
airbags. Airbag inflation does not
prevent the driver from seeing out of

the windshield or being able to steer
the vehicle, nor does it prevent
people from leaving the vehicle.

{ Warning
When an airbag inflates, there
may be dust in the air. This dust
could cause breathing problems
for people with a history of
asthma or other breathing trouble.
To avoid this, everyone in the
vehicle should get out as soon as
it is safe to do so. If you have
breathing problems but cannot
get out of the vehicle after an
airbag inflates, then get fresh air
by opening a window or a door.
If you experience breathing
problems following an airbag
deployment, you should seek
medical attention.
The vehicle has a feature that may
automatically unlock the doors
(if equipped with power door locks),
turn on the interior lamps and
hazard warning flashers, and shut
off the fuel system after the airbags

inflate. The feature may also
activate, without airbag inflation,
after an event that exceeds a
predetermined threshold. You can
lock the doors, and turn off the
interior lamps and the hazard
warning flashers by using the
controls for those features.

{ Warning
A crash severe enough to inflate
the airbags may have also
damaged important functions in
the vehicle, such as the fuel
system, brake and steering
systems, etc. Even if the vehicle
appears to be drivable after a
moderate crash, there may be
concealed damage that could
make it difficult to safely operate
the vehicle.
Use caution if you should attempt
to restart the engine after a crash
has occurred.
In many crashes severe enough to
inflate the airbag, windshields are
broken by vehicle deformation.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Seats and Restraints
Additional windshield breakage may
also occur from the front outboard
passenger airbag.
. Airbags are designed to inflate
only once. After an airbag
inflates, you will need some new
parts for the airbag system.
If you do not get them, the airbag
system will not be there to help
protect you in another crash.
A new system will include airbag
modules and possibly other
parts. The service manual for
the vehicle covers the need to
replace other parts.
. The vehicle has a crash sensing
and diagnostic module which
records information after a
crash. See Vehicle Data
Recording and Privacy 0 322
and Event Data Recorders
0 323.
. Let only qualified technicians
work on the airbag systems.
Improper service can mean that
an airbag system will not work
properly. See your dealer for
service.

Airbag On-Off Switch
If the instrument panel has one of
the switches pictured in the
following illustrations, the vehicle
has an airbag on-off switch that you
can use to manually turn on or off
the front outboard passenger airbag.
No other airbag is affected by the
airbag on-off switch.

Canada and Mexico
This switch should only be turned to
the off position if the person in the
front outboard passenger position is
a member of a passenger risk group
identified by the national
government as follows:

United States

Infant. An infant (less than
1 year old) must ride in the front
seat because:
. My vehicle has no rear seat;
.

My vehicle has a rear seat too
small to accommodate a
rear-facing infant seat; or

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

62
.

Seats and Restraints
The infant has a medical
condition which, according to the
infant's physician, makes it
necessary for the infant to ride in
the front seat so that the driver
can constantly monitor the
child's condition.

Child age 1 to 12. A child
age 1 to 12 must ride in the front
seat because:
. My vehicle has no rear seat;
.

Although children ages 1 to 12
ride in the rear seat(s) whenever
possible, children ages 1 to 12
sometimes must ride in the front
because no space is available in
the rear seat(s) of my vehicle; or
The child has a medical
condition which, according to the
child's physician, makes it
necessary for the child to ride in
the front seat so that the driver
can constantly monitor the
child's condition.

Medical Condition. A passenger
has a medical condition which,
according to his or her physician:
. Causes the passenger airbag to
pose a special risk for the
passenger; and
. Makes the potential harm from
the passenger airbag in a crash
greater than the potential harm
from turning off the airbag and
allowing the passenger, even if
belted, to hit the instrument
panel or windshield in a crash.

Warning (Continued)
passenger frontal airbag unless
the person sitting there is in a risk
group.

United States

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Seats and Restraints

{ Warning
If the airbag readiness light ever
comes on and stays on, it means
that something may be wrong
with the airbag system. For
example, the front outboard
passenger frontal airbag could
inflate even though the airbag
on-off switch is turned off.
Canada and Mexico
To turn off the front outboard
passenger frontal airbag, insert the
ignition key into the switch, push in,
and move the switch to the off
position.

To help avoid injury to yourself or
others, have the vehicle serviced
right away. See Airbag Readiness
Light 0 98 for more information,
including important safety
information.

United States

The airbag off light will come on and
stay on to let you know the front
outboard passenger airbag is off.
See Airbag On-Off Light 0 99. The
front outboard passenger airbag will
remain off until you turn it back on
again.
Canada and Mexico

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Seats and Restraints

To turn the front outboard passenger
airbag on again, insert the ignition
key into the switch, push in, and
move the switch to the on position.
The front outboard passenger
frontal airbag is now enabled, and
may inflate. See Airbag On-Off Light
0 99.

Servicing the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle
Airbags affect how the vehicle
should be serviced. There are parts
of the airbag system in several
places around the vehicle. Your
dealer and the service manual have
information about servicing the
vehicle and the airbag system. To
purchase a service manual, see
Service Publications Ordering
Information 0 320.

{ Warning
For up to 10 seconds after the
vehicle is turned off and the
battery is disconnected, an airbag
(Continued)

Warning (Continued)
can still inflate during improper
service. You can be injured if you
are close to an airbag when it
inflates. Avoid yellow connectors.
They are probably part of the
airbag system. Be sure to follow
proper service procedures, and
make sure the person performing
work for you is qualified to do so.

Adding Equipment to the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle
Adding accessories that change the
vehicle's frame, bumper system,
height, front end, or side sheet
metal, may keep the airbag system
from working properly. The
operation of the airbag system can
also be affected by changing any
parts of the front seats, safety belts,
the airbag sensing and diagnostic
module, steering wheel, instrument
panel, any of the airbag modules,
ceiling or pillar garnish trim, front
sensors, or airbag wiring.

Your dealer and the service manual
have information about the location
of the airbag sensors, sensing and
diagnostic module, and airbag
wiring.
If the vehicle has rollover roof-rail
airbags, see Different Size Tires
and Wheels 0 267 for additional
important information.
If you have to modify your vehicle
because you have a disability and
you have questions about whether
the modifications will affect the
vehicle's airbag system, or if you
have questions about whether the
airbag system will be affected if the
vehicle is modified for any other
reason, call Customer Assistance.
See Customer Assistance Offices
0 313.

Airbag System Check
The airbag system does not need
regularly scheduled maintenance or
replacement. Make sure the airbag
readiness light is working. See
Airbag Readiness Light 0 98.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Seats and Restraints
Caution

Warning (Continued)

If an airbag covering is damaged,
opened, or broken, the airbag
may not work properly. Do not
open or break the airbag
coverings. If there are any
opened or broken airbag
coverings, have the airbag
covering and/or airbag module
replaced. For the location of the
airbags, see Where Are the
Airbags? 0 56. See your dealer
for service.

in serious injury or even death. To
help make sure the airbag
systems are working properly
after a crash, have them
inspected and any necessary
replacements made as soon as
possible.

Replacing Airbag System
Parts after a Crash

{ Warning
A crash can damage the airbag
systems in the vehicle.
A damaged airbag system may
not work properly and may not
protect you and your
passenger(s) in a crash, resulting
(Continued)

Child Restraints
Older Children

If an airbag inflates, you will need to
replace airbag system parts. See
your dealer for service.
If the airbag readiness light stays on
after the vehicle is started or comes
on when you are driving, the airbag
system may not work properly. Have
the vehicle serviced right away. See
Airbag Readiness Light 0 98.

Older children who have outgrown
booster seats should wear the
vehicle safety belts.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Seats and Restraints

The manufacturer instructions that
come with the booster seat state the
weight and height limitations for that
booster. Use a booster seat with a
lap-shoulder belt until the child
passes the fit test below:
. Sit all the way back on the seat.
Do the knees bend at the seat
edge? If yes, continue. If no,
return to the booster seat.
. Buckle the lap-shoulder belt.
Does the shoulder belt rest on
the shoulder? If yes, continue.
If no, try using the rear safety
belt comfort guide, if available.
See “Rear Safety Belt Comfort
Guides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt
0 48. If a comfort guide is not
available, or if the shoulder belt
still does not rest on the
shoulder, then return to the
booster seat.
. Does the lap belt fit low and
snug on the hips, touching the
thighs? If yes, continue. If no,
return to the booster seat.

Can proper safety belt fit be
maintained for the length of the
trip? If yes, continue. If no,
return to the booster seat.

Q: What is the proper way to
wear safety belts?
A: An older child should wear a
lap-shoulder belt and get the
additional restraint a shoulder
belt can provide. The shoulder
belt should not cross the face or
neck. The lap belt should fit
snugly below the hips, just
touching the top of the thighs.
This applies belt force to the
child's pelvic bones in a crash.
It should never be worn over the
abdomen, which could cause
severe or even fatal internal
injuries in a crash.
Also see “Rear Safety Belt Comfort
Guides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt
0 48.
According to accident statistics,
children are safer when properly
restrained in a rear seating position.

In a crash, children who are not
buckled up can strike other people
who are buckled up, or can be
thrown out of the vehicle. Older
children need to use safety belts
properly.

{ Warning
Never allow more than one child
to wear the same safety belt. The
safety belt cannot properly spread
the impact forces. In a crash, they
can be crushed together and
seriously injured. A safety belt
must be used by only one person
at a time.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Seats and Restraints
Warning (Continued)
That could cause serious or fatal
injuries. The shoulder belt should
go over the shoulder and across
the chest.

{ Warning
Never allow a child to wear the
safety belt with the shoulder belt
behind their back. A child can be
seriously injured by not wearing
the lap-shoulder belt properly. In a
crash, the child would not be
restrained by the shoulder belt.
The child could move too far
forward increasing the chance of
head and neck injury. The child
might also slide under the lap
belt. The belt force would then be
applied right on the abdomen.
(Continued)

Infants and Young
Children
Everyone in a vehicle needs
protection! This includes infants and
all other children. Neither the
distance traveled nor the age and
size of the traveler changes the
need, for everyone, to use safety

restraints. In fact, the law in every
state in the United States and in
every Canadian province says
children up to some age must be
restrained while in a vehicle.

{ Warning
Children can be seriously injured
or strangled if a shoulder belt is
wrapped around their neck. The
shoulder belt can tighten but
cannot be loosened if it is locked.
The shoulder belt locks when it is
pulled all the way out of the
retractor. It unlocks when the
shoulder belt is allowed to go all
the way back into the retractor,
but it cannot do this if it is
wrapped around a child’s neck.
If the shoulder belt is locked and
tightened around a child’s neck,
the only way to loosen the belt is
to cut it.
Never leave children unattended
in a vehicle and never allow
children to play with the safety
belts.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Seats and Restraints

Every time infants and young
children ride in vehicles, they should
have the protection provided by
appropriate child restraints. Neither
the vehicle's safety belt system nor
its airbag system is designed
for them.
Children who are not restrained
properly can strike other people,
or can be thrown out of the vehicle.

{ Warning
Never hold an infant or a child
while riding in a vehicle. Due to
crash forces, an infant or a child
will become so heavy it is not
possible to hold it during a crash.
For example, in a crash at only
40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb)
infant will suddenly become a
110 kg (240 lb) force on a person's
arms. An infant should be
secured in an appropriate
restraint.

{ Warning

Q: What are the different types of
add-on child restraints?

Children who are up against,
or very close to, any airbag when
it inflates can be seriously injured
or killed. Never put a rear-facing
child restraint in the front
outboard seat. Secure a
rear-facing child restraint in a rear
seat. It is also better to secure a
forward-facing child restraint in a
rear seat. If you must secure a
forward-facing child restraint in
the front outboard seat, always
move the front passenger seat as
far back as it will go.

A: Add-on child restraints, which
are purchased by the vehicle
owner, are available in four basic
types. Selection of a particular
restraint should take into
consideration not only the child's
weight, height, and age but also
whether or not the restraint will
be compatible with the motor
vehicle in which it will be used.
For most basic types of child
restraints, there are many
different models available. When
purchasing a child restraint, be
sure it is designed to be used in
a motor vehicle. If it is, the

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Seats and Restraints
restraint will have a label saying
that it meets federal motor
vehicle safety standards.
The restraint manufacturer
instructions that come with the
restraint state the weight and
height limitations for a particular
child restraint. In addition, there
are many kinds of restraints
available for children with
special needs.

{ Warning
To reduce the risk of neck and
head injury in a crash, infants and
toddlers should be secured in a
rear-facing child restraint until age
two, or until they reach the
maximum height and weight limits
of their child restraint.

{ Warning
A young child's hip bones are still
so small that the vehicle's regular
safety belt may not remain low on
the hip bones, as it should.
Instead, it may settle up around
the child's abdomen. In a crash,
the belt would apply force on a
body area that is unprotected by
any bony structure. This alone
could cause serious or fatal
injuries. To reduce the risk of
serious or fatal injuries during a
crash, young children should
always be secured in appropriate
child restraints.

Child Restraint Systems

Rear-Facing Infant Seat
A rear-facing infant seat provides
restraint with the seating surface
against the back of the infant.
The harness system holds the infant
in place and, in a crash, acts to
keep the infant positioned in the
restraint.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Seats and Restraints
Warning (Continued)
restraint properly in the vehicle
using the vehicle safety belt or
LATCH system, following the
instructions that came with that
child restraint and the instructions
in this manual.

Forward-Facing Child Seat

Booster Seats

A forward-facing child seat provides
restraint for the child's body with the
harness.

A booster seat is a child restraint
designed to improve the fit of the
vehicle's safety belt system.
A booster seat can also help a child
to see out the window.

Securing an Add-On Child
Restraint in the Vehicle

{ Warning
A child can be seriously injured or
killed in a crash if the child
restraint is not properly secured in
the vehicle. Secure the child
(Continued)

To help reduce the chance of injury,
the child restraint must be secured
in the vehicle. Child restraint
systems must be secured in vehicle
seats by lap belts or the lap belt
portion of a lap-shoulder belt, or by
the LATCH system. See Lower
Anchors and Tethers for Children
(LATCH System) 0 72. Children can
be endangered in a crash if the child
restraint is not properly secured in
the vehicle.
When securing an add-on child
restraint, refer to the instructions
that come with the restraint which
may be on the restraint itself or in a
booklet, or both, and to this manual.
The child restraint instructions are

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Seats and Restraints
important, so if they are not
available, obtain a replacement
copy from the manufacturer.
Keep in mind that an unsecured
child restraint can move around in a
collision or sudden stop and injure
people in the vehicle. Be sure to
properly secure any child restraint in
the vehicle — even when no child is
in it.
In some areas of the United States
and Canada, Certified Child
Passenger Safety Technicians
(CPSTs) are available to inspect
and demonstrate how to correctly
use and install child restraints. In
the U.S., refer to the National
Highway Traffic Safety
Administration (NHTSA) website to
locate the nearest child safety seat
inspection station. For CPST
availability in Canada, check with
Transport Canada or the Provincial
Ministry of Transportation office.

Securing the Child Within the
Child Restraint

{ Warning
A child can be seriously injured or
killed in a crash if the child is not
properly secured in the child
restraint. Secure the child
properly following the instructions
that came with that child restraint.

Where to Put the
Restraint
According to accident statistics,
children and infants are safer when
properly restrained in a child
restraint system or infant restraint
system secured in a rear seating
position.
Whenever possible, children age
12 and under should be secured in
a rear seating position.
If a child restraint is secured in the
front outboard passenger seat, and
the vehicle has a switch on the
instrument panel to manually turn off
the front outboard passenger airbag,

see Airbag On-Off Switch 0 61 and
Securing Child Restraints (Rear
Seat) 0 79 or Securing Child
Restraints (Front Passenger Seat)
0 81 for more information, including
important safety information.
Never put a rear-facing child seat in
the front. This is because the risk to
the rear-facing child is so great,
if the airbag deploys.

{ Warning
A child in a rear-facing child
restraint can be seriously injured
or killed if the front outboard
passenger airbag inflates. This is
because the back of the
rear-facing child restraint would
be very close to the inflating
airbag. A child in a forward-facing
child restraint can be seriously
injured or killed if the front
outboard passenger airbag
inflates and the passenger seat is
in a forward position.
(Continued)

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Seats and Restraints
Warning (Continued)

Even if the airbag switch (if
equipped) has turned off the front
outboard passenger frontal
airbag, no system is fail-safe. No
one can guarantee that an airbag
will not deploy under some
unusual circumstance, even
though it is turned off.
Secure rear-facing child restraints
in a rear seat, even if the airbag
is off. If you secure a
forward-facing child restraint in
the front outboard seat, always
move the front passenger seat as
far back as it will go. It is better to
secure the child restraint in a
rear seat.
When securing a child restraint in a
rear seating position, study the
instructions that came with your
child restraint to make sure it is
compatible with this vehicle.

Child restraints and booster seats
vary considerably in size, and some
may fit in certain seating positions
better than others.
Depending on where you place the
child restraint and the size of the
child restraint, you may not be able
to access adjacent safety belt
assemblies or LATCH anchors for
additional passengers or child
restraints. Adjacent seating
positions should not be used if the
child restraint prevents access to or
interferes with the routing of the
safety belt.
If the vehicle does not have a rear
seat that will accommodate a
rear-facing child restraint, a
rear-facing child restraint should not
be installed in the vehicle, even if
the airbag is off.
Wherever a child restraint is
installed, be sure to secure the child
restraint properly.
Keep in mind that an unsecured
child restraint can move around in a
collision or sudden stop and injure
people in the vehicle. Be sure to

properly secure any child restraint in
your vehicle — even when no child
is in it.

Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children
(LATCH System)
The LATCH system secures a child
restraint during driving or in a crash.
LATCH attachments on the child
restraint are used to attach the child
restraint to the anchors in the
vehicle. The LATCH system is
designed to make installation of a
child restraint easier.
In order to use the LATCH system in
your vehicle, you need a child
restraint that has LATCH
attachments. LATCH-compatible
rear-facing and forward-facing child
seats can be properly installed
using either the LATCH anchors or
the vehicle’s safety belts. Do not
use both the safety belts and the
LATCH anchorage system to secure
a rear-facing or forward-facing
child seat.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Seats and Restraints
Booster seats use the vehicle’s
safety belts to secure the child in
the booster seat. If the manufacturer
recommends that the booster seat
be secured with the LATCH system,
this can be done as long as the
booster seat can be positioned
properly and there is no interference
with the proper positioning of the
lap-shoulder belt on the child.
Make sure to follow the instructions
that came with the child restraint,
and also the instructions in this
manual.
When installing a child restraint with
a top tether, you must also use
either the lower anchors or the
safety belts to properly secure the
child restraint. A child restraint must
never be attached using only the top
tether.
The LATCH anchorage system can
be used until the combined weight
of the child plus the child restraint is
29.5 kg (65 lbs). Use the safety belt
alone instead of the LATCH
anchorage system once the
combined weight is more than
29.5 kg (65 lbs).

The following explains how to attach
a child restraint with these
attachments in the vehicle.
Not all vehicle seating positions or
child restraints have lower anchors
and attachments or top tether
anchors and attachments. In this
case, the safety belt must be used
(with top tether where available) to
secure the child restraint. See
Securing Child Restraints (Rear
Seat) 0 79 or Securing Child
Restraints (Front Passenger Seat)
0 81.

Lower anchors (1) are metal bars
built into the vehicle. There are two
lower anchors for each LATCH
seating position that will
accommodate a child restraint with
lower attachments (2).

Top Tether Anchor

Lower Anchors

A top tether (3, 4) anchors the top of
the child restraint to the vehicle.
A top tether anchor is built into the
vehicle. The top tether
attachment (2) on the child restraint
connects to the top tether anchor in
the vehicle in order to reduce the

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Seats and Restraints

forward movement and rotation of
the child restraint during driving or in
a crash.

Lower Anchor and Top Tether
Anchor Locations

The child restraint may have a
single tether (3) or a dual tether (4).
Either will have a single
attachment (2) to secure the top
tether to the anchor.
Some child restraints that have a
top tether are designed for use with
or without the top tether being
attached. Others require the top
tether always to be attached.
In Canada, the law requires that
forward-facing child restraints have
a top tether, and that the tether be
attached. Be sure to read and follow
the instructions for your child
restraint.

Front Passenger Position

i (Top Tether Anchor) : Seating
Second, Third, and Fourth Row
with Three-Passenger Seat

i (Top Tether Anchor) : Seating
positions with top tether anchors.

j (Lower Anchor) : Seating
positions with two lower anchors.
See the information following for
installing a child restraint with a top
tether in the second, third, and
fourth row center positions.
Never install two top tethers using
the same top tether anchor.

positions with top tether anchors.
The second, third, and fourth row
with three-passenger seats have
exposed metal lower anchors in the
crease between the seatback and
the seat cushion.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Seats and Restraints
If the vehicle is equipped with a four
passenger fourth or fifth row seat, it
does not have upper or lower
anchors. If a child restraint is placed
in the four- passenger fourth or fifth
row seat, it must be secured using
the vehicle safety belts. See
Securing Child Restraints (Rear
Seat) 0 79 or Securing Child
Restraints (Front Passenger Seat)
0 81.
Second, Third, and Fourth Row
with Three-Passenger
Seat — Passenger Van
There are two top tether anchors in
the second, third, and fourth row
three-passenger seats. To install a
child restraint in the rear driver-side
seating positions, use anchor
point (1). To install a child restraint
in the rear passenger-side seating
positions, use anchor point (2).
To install a child restraint in the rear
center seating positions, use anchor
point (2). Never install two top
tethers using the same top tether
anchor.

Do not secure a child restraint in a
position without a top tether anchor
if a national or local law requires
that the top tether be attached, or if
the instructions that come with the
child restraint say that the top tether
must be attached.
According to accident statistics,
children and infants are safer when
properly restrained in a child
restraint system or infant restraint
system secured in a rear seating
position. See Where to Put the
Restraint 0 71 for additional
information.

Securing a Child Restraint
Designed for the LATCH
System

{ Warning
Front Passenger Position
There is a top tether anchor for the
front passenger position with a front
passenger seat. The anchor is at
the rear of the seat cushion on the
right front passenger seat.

If a LATCH-type child restraint is
not attached to anchors or with
the safety belt, the child restraint
will not be able to protect the child
correctly. In a crash, the child
could be seriously injured or
(Continued)

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Seats and Restraints
Warning (Continued)

{ Warning

Caution

killed. Install a LATCH-type child
restraint properly using the
anchors, or use the vehicle safety
belts to secure the restraint,
following the instructions that
came with the child restraint and
the instructions in this manual.

Children can be seriously injured
or strangled if a shoulder belt is
wrapped around their neck. The
shoulder belt can tighten but
cannot be loosened if it is locked.
The shoulder belt locks when it is
pulled all the way out of the
retractor. It unlocks when the
shoulder belt is allowed to go all
the way back into the retractor,
but it cannot do this if it is
wrapped around a child’s neck.
If the shoulder belt is locked and
tightened around a child’s neck,
the only way to loosen the belt is
to cut it.

Do not let the LATCH
attachments rub against the
vehicle’s safety belts. This may
damage these parts. If necessary,
move buckled safety belts to
avoid rubbing the LATCH
attachments.

{ Warning
To reduce the risk of serious or
fatal injuries during a crash, do
not attach more than one child
restraint to a single anchor.
Attaching more than one child
restraint to a single anchor could
cause the anchor or attachment
to come loose or even break
during a crash. A child or others
could be injured.

Buckle any unused safety belts
behind the child restraint so
children cannot reach them. Pull
the shoulder belt all the way out
of the retractor to set the lock,
and tighten the belt behind the
child restraint after the child
restraint has been installed.

Do not fold the empty rear seat
with a safety belt buckled. This
could damage the safety belt or
the seat. Unbuckle and return the
safety belt to its stowed position,
before folding the seat.
If you need to secure more than one
child restraint in the rear seat, see
Where to Put the Restraint 0 71.
This system is designed to make
the installation of child restraints
easier. When using lower anchors,
do not use the vehicle's safety belts.
Instead, use the vehicle's anchors
and child restraint attachments to
secure the restraints. Some
restraints also use another vehicle
anchor to secure a top tether.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Seats and Restraints
1. Attach and tighten the lower
attachments to the lower
anchors. If the child restraint
does not have lower
attachments or the desired
seating position does not have
lower anchors, secure the child
restraint with the top tether and
the safety belts. Refer to your
child restraint manufacturer
instructions and the
instructions in this manual.
1.1. Find the lower anchors for
the desired seating
position.
1.2. Put the child restraint on
the seat.
1.3. Attach and tighten the
lower attachments on the
child restraint to the lower
anchors.
2. If the child restraint
manufacturer recommends that
the top tether be attached,
attach and tighten the top
tether to the top tether anchor,
if equipped. Refer to the child
restraint instructions and the
following steps:

2.1. Find the top tether anchor.
2.2. For the second, third, and
fourth row with
three-passenger seats
only, in the rear driver-side
seating positions, use
anchor point (1). For the
rear passenger-side
seating positions, use
anchor point (2). For the
center seating positions,
use anchor point (2).
Never install two top
tethers using the same top
tether anchor.
2.3. Route and tighten the top
tether according to your
child restraint instructions
and the following
instructions:

If the position you are
using does not have a
headrest or head restraint
and you are using a single
tether, route the tether
over the seatback.

If the position you are
using does not have a
headrest or head restraint
and you are using a dual
tether, route the tether
over the seatback.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Seats and Restraints

Replacing LATCH System
Parts After a Crash

{ Warning

If the position you are
using has an integrated
headrest or head restraint
and you are using a dual
tether, route the tether
around the headrest or
head restraint.

If the position you are
using has an integrated
headrest or head restraint
and you are using a single
tether, route the tether
over the headrest or head
restraint.
3. Before placing a child in the
child restraint, make sure it is
securely held in place. To
check, grasp the child restraint
at the LATCH path and attempt
to move it side to side and
back and forth. There should
be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in)
of movement for proper
installation.

A crash can damage the LATCH
system in the vehicle. A damaged
LATCH system may not properly
secure the child restraint,
resulting in serious injury or even
death in a crash. To help make
sure the LATCH system is
working properly after a crash,
see your dealer to have the
system inspected and any
necessary replacements made as
soon as possible.
If the vehicle has the LATCH system
and it was being used during a
crash, new LATCH system parts
may be needed.
New parts and repairs may be
necessary even if the LATCH
system was not being used at the
time of the crash.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Seats and Restraints

Securing Child Restraints
(Rear Seat)
When securing a child restraint in a
rear seating position, study the
instructions that came with the child
restraint to make sure it is
compatible with this vehicle.
If the child restraint has the LATCH
system, see Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children (LATCH
System) 0 72 for how and where to
install the child restraint using
LATCH. If a child restraint is secured
in the vehicle using a safety belt
and it uses a top tether, see Lower
Anchors and Tethers for Children
(LATCH System) 0 72 for top tether
anchor locations.
Do not secure a child seat in a
position without a top tether anchor
if a national or local law requires
that the top tether be anchored, or if
the instructions that come with the
child restraint say that the top strap
must be anchored.

In Canada, the law requires that
forward-facing child restraints have
a top tether, and that the tether be
attached.
If the child restraint or vehicle seat
position does not have the LATCH
system, you will be using the safety
belt to secure the child restraint in
this position. Be sure to follow the
instructions that came with the child
restraint. Secure the child in the
child restraint when and as the
instructions say.
If more than one child restraint
needs to be installed in the rear
seat, be sure to read Where to Put
the Restraint 0 71.
1. Put the child restraint on
the seat.
2. Pick up the latch plate, and run
the lap and shoulder portions
of the vehicle safety belt
through or around the restraint.
The child restraint instructions
will show you how.

3. Push the latch plate into the
buckle until it clicks.
Position the release button on
the buckle so that the safety
belt could be quickly unbuckled
if necessary.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Seats and Restraints
6. If the child restraint has a top
tether, follow the child restraint
manufacturer's instructions
regarding the use of the top
tether. See Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children (LATCH
System) 0 72 for more
information.

4. Pull the shoulder belt all the
way out of the retractor to set
the lock. When the retractor
lock is set, the belt can be
tightened but not pulled out of
the retractor.

5. To tighten the belt, push down
on the child restraint, pull the
shoulder portion of the belt to
tighten the lap portion of the
belt, and feed the shoulder belt
back into the retractor. When
installing a forward-facing child
restraint, it may be helpful to
use your knee to push down on
the child restraint as you
tighten the belt.
Try to pull the belt out of the
retractor to make sure the
retractor is locked. If the
retractor is not locked, repeat
Steps 4 and 5.

7. Before placing a child in the
child restraint, make sure it is
securely held in place. To
check, grasp the child restraint
at the safety belt path and
attempt to move it side to side
and back and forth. When the
child restraint is properly
installed, there should be no
more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of
movement.
To remove the child restraint,
unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and
let it return to the stowed position.
If the top tether is attached to a top
tether anchor, disconnect it.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Seats and Restraints

Securing Child Restraints
(Front Passenger Seat)
This vehicle has airbags. A rear
seat is a safer place to secure a
forward-facing child restraint. See
Where to Put the Restraint 0 71.
There may be an airbag on-off
switch on the instrument panel that
you can use to turn off the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag.
See Airbag On-Off Switch 0 61 for
more information, including
important safety information.
Never put a rear-facing child seat in
the front. This is because the risk to
the rear-facing child is so great,
if the airbag deploys.

Warning (Continued)

{ Warning

airbag. A child in a forward-facing
child restraint can be seriously
injured or killed if the front
outboard passenger airbag
inflates and the passenger seat is
in a forward position.

If the airbag readiness light ever
comes on and stays on, it means
that something may be wrong
with the airbag system. For
example, the front outboard
passenger frontal airbag could
inflate even though the airbag
on-off switch is turned off.

To help avoid injury to yourself or
others, have the vehicle serviced
right away. See Airbag Readiness
Light 0 98 for more information,
including important safety
information.
If the vehicle does not have a rear
seat that will accommodate a
rear-facing child restraint, a
rear-facing child restraint should not
be installed in the vehicle, even if
the airbag is off.
If the child restraint uses a top
tether, see Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children (LATCH
System) 0 72 for top tether anchor
locations.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Seats and Restraints

Do not secure a child seat in a
position without a top tether anchor
if a national or local law requires
that the top tether be anchored, or if
the instructions that come with the
child restraint say that the top strap
must be anchored.

3. Pick up the latch plate, and run
the lap and shoulder portions
of the vehicle safety belt
through or around the restraint.
The child restraint instructions
will show you how.

In Canada, the law requires that
forward-facing child restraints have
a top tether, and that the tether be
attached.
When using the lap-shoulder belt to
secure the child restraint in this
position, follow the instructions that
came with the child restraint and the
following instructions:
1. Move the seat as far back as it
will go before securing the
forward-facing child restraint.
When the airbag off switch has
turned off the front outboard
passenger frontal airbag, the
off indicator in the airbag off
light should light and stay lit
when the vehicle is started.
See Airbag On-Off Light 0 99.
2. Put the child restraint on
the seat.

5. Pull the shoulder belt all the
way out of the retractor to set
the lock. When the retractor
lock is set, the belt can be
tightened but not pulled out of
the retractor.
4. Push the latch plate into the
buckle until it clicks.
Position the release button on
the buckle so that the safety
belt could be quickly unbuckled
if necessary.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Seats and Restraints
7. If the vehicle does not have a
rear seat and the child restraint
manufacturer recommends
using a top tether anchor,
attach the top tether to the top
tether anchor. Refer to the
instructions that came with the
child restraint and to Lower
Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System) 0 72.

6. To tighten the belt, push down
on the child restraint, pull the
shoulder portion of the belt to
tighten the lap portion of the
belt, and feed the shoulder belt
back into the retractor. When
installing a forward-facing child
restraint, it may be helpful to
use your knee to push down on
the child restraint as you
tighten the belt.
Try to pull the belt out of the
retractor to make sure the
retractor is locked. If the
retractor is not locked, repeat
Steps 5 and 6.

8. Before placing a child in the
child restraint, make sure it is
securely held in place. To
check, grasp the child restraint
at the safety belt path and
attempt to move it side to side
and back and forth. When the
child restraint is properly
installed, there should be no
more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of
movement.
To remove the child restraint,
unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and
let it return to the stowed position.
If the top tether is attached to a top
tether anchor, disconnect it.
If you turned the airbag off with the
switch, turn on the front outboard
passenger airbag when you remove

the child restraint from the vehicle
unless the person who will be sitting
there is a member of a passenger
airbag risk group. See Airbag
On-Off Switch 0 61 for more
information, including important
safety information.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Storage

Storage
Storage Compartments
Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . 84
Front Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84

Additional Storage Features
Cargo Tie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84

Storage
Compartments

{ Warning

Additional Storage
Features
Cargo Tie-Downs

Do not store heavy or sharp
objects in storage compartments.
In a crash, these objects may
cause the cover to open and
could result in injury.

Front Storage
This vehicle may have a front
storage compartment. It is located at
the center of the instrument panel
extension, by the floor. To open the
compartment, pull up on the latch.
The compartment will open
automatically.
Storage compartments may also be
included on the inside of each
front door.

If equipped, there are six cargo
tie-downs in the cargo area that can
be used to secure cargo.
Do not apply a total load of more
than 5 000 N (1,124 lbs of force) to
a single cargo tie-down when
securing cargo.
See Vehicle Load Limits 0 170.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Storage

{ Warning

The child restraint top tether strap
may be damaged by contact with
items in the cargo area. Your child
could be seriously injured or killed
in a collision if the top tether strap
is damaged. Properly secure all
cargo.

Never allow anyone to ride in the
cargo area. It is extremely
dangerous to ride in the cargo
area of a vehicle. In a collision,
people riding in these areas are
more likely to be seriously injured
or killed.

{ Warning

Do not allow people to ride in any
area of the vehicle that is not
equipped with seats and safety
belts. Be sure everyone in the
vehicle is in a seat and using a
safety belt properly.

Properly secure all cargo with
ropes or straps to help prevent it
from sliding or shifting. Do not
place cargo higher than the
seatbacks. In a sudden stop or
collision, unsecured cargo could
cause personal injury. Use
suitable ropes or straps to secure
cargo.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Instruments and Controls

Instruments and
Controls
Controls
Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . .
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . .
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . .
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cigarette Lighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ashtrays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

87
87
88
88
89
91
92
93
93

Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Indicators
Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Engine Oil Pressure Gauge . . . . 96
Engine Coolant Temperature
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Voltmeter Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . . 98
Airbag Readiness Light . . . . . . . . 98

Airbag On-Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Charging System Light . . . . . . . 100
Malfunction Indicator Lamp
(Check Engine Light) . . . . . . . . 101
Brake System Warning
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Antilock Brake System (ABS)
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Tow/Haul Mode Light . . . . . . . . . 103
StabiliTrak® OFF Light . . . . . . . . 104
Traction Control System (TCS)/
StabiliTrak® Light . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Tire Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . 105
Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . 105
Security Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . 106
Cruise Control Light . . . . . . . . . . 106

Information Displays
Driver Information
Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106

Vehicle Messages
Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Battery Voltage and Charging
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Brake System Messages . . . . . 111
Compass Messages . . . . . . . . . . 112
Door Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . . 112

Engine Cooling System
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Engine Oil Messages . . . . . . . . . 113
Engine Power Messages . . . . . 113
Fuel System Messages . . . . . . . 114
Key and Lock Messages . . . . . . 114
Lamp Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Object Detection System
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Ride Control System
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Airbag System Messages . . . . . 116
Security Messages . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Service Vehicle Messages . . . . 116
Tire Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Transmission Messages . . . . . . 117
Vehicle Reminder
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118

Vehicle Personalization
Vehicle Personalization . . . . . . . 118

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Instruments and Controls

Controls

Do not adjust the steering wheel
while driving.

Steering Wheel
Adjustment

Steering Wheel Controls

an iPod® or USB device. Also press
to reject an incoming call, or end a
current call.
Radio
To select preset or favorite radio
stations:
Press and release w or c / x to
go to the next or previous radio
station stored as a preset or
favorite.
CD
To select tracks on a CD:
Press and release w or c / x to
go to the next or previous track.

For vehicles with a tilt steering
wheel, the lever is located on the
left side of the steering column.
To adjust the steering wheel:
1. Pull the lever to move the
steering wheel up or down into
a comfortable position.
2. Release the lever to lock the
steering wheel in place.

If equipped, some audio controls
can be adjusted at the steering
wheel.

w (Next) : Press to go to the next
favorite radio station, track on a CD,
or folder on an iPod® or USB
device.

c / x (Previous/End) : Press to
go to the previous favorite radio
station, track on a CD, or folder on

Selecting Tracks on an iPod or
USB Device
1. Press and hold w or c / x
while listening to a song until
the contents of the current
folder display on the radio
display.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Instruments and Controls

2. Press and release w or c /
x to scroll up or down the list,
then press and hold w ,
or press ¨ to play the
highlighted track.
Navigating Folders on an iPod or
USB Device
1. Press and hold w or c / x
while listening to a song until
the contents of the current
folder display on the radio
display.
2. Press and hold c / x to go
back to the previous folder list.
3. Press and release w or c /
x to scroll up or down the list.
. To select a folder, press
and hold w , or press ¨
when the folder is
highlighted.
. To go back further in the
folder list, press and hold
c / x.

b / g (Push to Talk) : Press to
silence the vehicle speakers only.
Press again to turn the sound on.
For vehicles with Bluetooth or
OnStar® systems, press and hold
for longer than two seconds to
interact with those systems. See
Bluetooth 0 149 and OnStar,
if equipped.
SRCE (Source/Voice
Recognition) : Press to switch
between the radio and CD, and for
equipped vehicles, the front
auxiliary.

¨ (Seek) : Press to go to the next

While listening to a CD, press and
hold ¨ to quickly move forward
through the tracks. Release to stop
on the desired track.

e : Press to increase volume.
− e : Press to decrease volume.
+

Horn
Press the horn symbol in the middle
of the steering wheel to sound
the horn.

Windshield Wiper/Washer

radio station while in AM, FM,
or SiriusXM®.
For vehicles with a CD Player or
USB port:
Press ¨ to go to the next track or
chapter while sourced to the CD.
Press ¨ to select a track or a folder
when navigating folders on an iPod
or USB device.

The lever is on the left side of the
steering column.
Turn the band with
the wiper speed.

N on it to select

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Instruments and Controls

8 (Mist) : Use for a single wipe.
Hold the band on z , then release.
For several wipes, hold the band on

z longer.
6 (Adjustable Interval Wipes) : Use
to adjust the delay time between
wipes. Turn the band up for more
frequent wipes or down for less
frequent wipes.

d (Low Speed) : Slow wipes.
a (High Speed) : Fast wipes.
9 (Off) : Use to turn the wipers off.

L (Washer Fluid) : Push the
paddle to spray washer fluid on the
windshield. The wipers will clear the
window and then either stop or
return to the preset speed.

{ Warning
In freezing weather, do not use
the washer until the windshield is
warmed. Otherwise the washer
fluid can form ice on the
windshield, blocking your vision.

When driving during the day and the
wipers are activated, the head
lamps automatically turn on after
completing eight wipe cycles.

Compass

Clear ice and snow from the wiper
blades before using them. If frozen
to the windshield, carefully loosen or
thaw them. Damaged blades should
be replaced.

Compass Zone

Windshield Washer
The windshield wiper paddle is on
top of the turn signal lever.

This vehicle may have a compass in
the Driver Information Center (DIC).
Your dealer will set the correct zone
for your location.
Under certain circumstances, such
as during a long distance
cross-country trip or moving to a
new state or province, it will be
necessary to compensate for

compass variance by resetting the
zone through the DIC if the zone is
not set correctly.
Compass variance is the difference
between the earth's magnetic north
and true geographic north. If the
compass is not set to the zone
where you live, the compass may
give false readings. The compass
must be set to the variance zone in
which the vehicle is traveling.
To adjust for compass variance, use
the following procedure:
Compass Variance (Zone)
Procedure
1. Do not set the compass zone
when the vehicle is moving.
Only set it when the vehicle is
in P (Park).
Press T until PRESS V TO
CHANGE COMPASS ZONE
displays.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Instruments and Controls
Compass Calibration
The compass can be manually
calibrated. Only calibrate the
compass in a magnetically clean
and safe location, such as an open
parking lot, where driving the
vehicle in circles is not a danger.
It is suggested to calibrate away
from tall buildings, utility wires,
manhole covers, or other industrial
structures, if possible.

2. Find the vehicle's current
location and variance zone
number on the map.
Zones 1 through 15 are
available.
3. Press V to scroll through and
select the appropriate
variance zone.
4. Press 3 until the vehicle
heading, for example, N for
North, is displayed in the DIC.
5. If calibration is necessary,
calibrate the compass. See
“Compass Calibration
Procedure” following.

If CAL should ever appear in the
DIC display, the compass should be
calibrated.
If the DIC display does not show a
heading, for example, N for North,
or the heading does not change
after making turns, there may be a
strong magnetic field interfering with
the compass. Such interference
may be caused by a magnetic CB or
cell phone antenna mount, a
magnetic emergency light, magnetic
note pad holder, or any other
magnetic item. Turn off the vehicle,
move the magnetic item, then turn
on the vehicle and calibrate the
compass.

To calibrate the compass, use the
following procedure:
Compass Calibration Procedure
1. Before calibrating the compass,
make sure the compass zone
is set to the variance zone in
which the vehicle is located.
See “Compass Variance (Zone)
Procedure” earlier in this
section.
Do not operate any switches
such as window, climate
controls, seats, etc. during the
calibration procedure.
2. Press T until PRESS V TO
CALIBRATE COMPASS
displays.
3. Press V to start the compass
calibration.
4. The DIC will display
CALIBRATING: DRIVE IN
CIRCLES. Drive the vehicle in
tight circles at less than 8 km/h
(5 mph) to complete the
calibration. The DIC will display
CALIBRATION COMPLETE for
a few seconds when the

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Instruments and Controls
calibration is complete. The
DIC display will then return to
PRESS V TO CALIBRATE
COMPASS.

Clock
The clock can be set with either the
radio turned on or off.

AM-FM Radio
To set the time:
1. Press H until the hour begins
flashing on the display. Press
this button a second time and
the minutes begin flashing on
display.
Press H a third time and the
12HR or 24HR time format
begins flashing.
2. While either the hour or the
minutes are flashing, turn the f
knob, on the upper right side of
the radio, clockwise or
counterclockwise to increase or
decrease the time. While the
12HR or 24HR time format is
flashing, turn the f knob

clockwise or counterclockwise
to select the default time
settings.
3. Press H again until the clock
display stops flashing to set the
currently displayed time;
otherwise, the flashing stops
after five seconds and the
current time displayed is
automatically set.

Radio with CD/MP3
To set the time and date:
1. Press H and the HR, MIN, MM,
DD, and YYYY (hour, minute,
month, day, and year) display.
2. Press the softkey under any
one of the tabs to be changed.
Every time the softkey is
pressed again, the time or the
date if selected, increases
by one.
Another way to increase the
time or date is to press ¨
SEEK or \ FWD (forward).

3. To decrease, press © SEEK or
s REV. Turn the f knob, on
the upper right side of the
radio, to adjust the selected
setting.
Changing the Time and Date
Default Settings
To change the time or date default
settings:
1. Press H and then the softkey
under the forward arrow that is
currently displayed on the radio
screen until the time 12H
(hour) and 24H (hour), and the
date MM/DD (month and day)
and DD/MM (day and month)
are displayed.
2. Press the softkey under the
desired option.
3. Press H again to apply the
selected default, or let the
screen time out.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Instruments and Controls

Power Outlets
Power Outlets 12 Volt Direct
Current
The accessory power outlets can be
used to plug in electrical equipment,
such as a cell phone or an MP3
player.
The vehicle may have two
accessory power outlets on the
instrument panel.
Remove the cover to access and
replace when not in use.
Certain power accessory plugs may
not be compatible to the accessory
power outlet and could overload
vehicle or adapter fuses. If a
problem is experienced, see your
dealer.

{

Warning

Power is always supplied to the
outlets. Do not leave electrical
equipment plugged in when the
vehicle is not in use because the
vehicle could catch fire and cause
injury or death.

Caution
Leaving electrical equipment
plugged in for an extended period
of time while the vehicle is off will
drain the battery. Always unplug
electrical equipment when not in
use and do not plug in equipment
that exceeds the maximum
20 amp rating.
When adding electrical equipment,
be sure to follow the proper
installation instructions included with
the equipment. See Add-On
Electrical Equipment 0 211.

Caution
Hanging heavy equipment from
the power outlet can cause
damage not covered by the
vehicle warranty. The power
outlets are designed for
accessory power plugs only, such
as cell phone charge cords.

Power Outlet 110/120 Volt
Alternating Current
This power outlet can be used to
plug in electrical equipment that
uses a maximum limit of 150 watts.
The 110/120 volt power outlet is on
the instrument panel.
An indicator light on the outlet turns
on to show it is in use. The light
comes on when the ignition is in
ON/RUN, equipment requiring less
than 150 watts is plugged into the
outlet, and no system fault is
detected.
The indicator light does not come on
when the ignition is in LOCK/OFF or
if the equipment is not fully seated
into the outlet.
If equipment is connected using
more than 150 watts or a system
fault is detected, a protection circuit
shuts off the power supply and the
indicator light turns off. To reset the
circuit, unplug the item and plug it
back in or turn the Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) off and
then back on. See Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) 0 179.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Instruments and Controls
The power outlet is not designed for
the following, and may not work
properly if they are plugged in:
. Equipment with high initial peak
wattage, such as
compressor-driven refrigerators
and electric power tools.
. Other equipment requiring an
extremely stable power supply,
such as
microcomputer-controlled
electric blankets and touch
sensor lamps.
. Medical equipment.

Cigarette Lighter
If equipped with a cigarette lighter,
to heat push it in all the way and let
go. When it is ready for use, it will
pop back out by itself.
Do not use the lighter to plug in
accessory devices. Use the power
outlets provided.

Caution
Holding a cigarette lighter in while
it is heating does not let the
lighter back away from the
heating element when it is hot.
Damage from overheating can
occur to the lighter or heating
element, or a fuse could be
blown. Do not hold a cigarette
lighter in while it is heating.

Ashtrays
If equipped with a removable
ashtray, it can be placed into the
front floor console cupholder. Open
the cover to use.

Caution
If papers, pins, or other
flammable items are put in the
ashtray, hot cigarettes or other
smoking materials could ignite
them and possibly damage the
vehicle. Never put flammable
items in the ashtray.

Warning Lights,
Gauges, and
Indicators
Warning lights and gauges can
signal that something is wrong
before it becomes serious enough
to cause an expensive repair or
replacement. Paying attention to the
warning lights and gauges could
prevent injury.
Some warning lights come on briefly
when the engine is started to
indicate they are working. When
one of the warning lights comes on
and stays on while driving, or when
one of the gauges shows there may
be a problem, check the section that
explains what to do. Waiting to do
repairs can be costly and even
dangerous.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Instruments and Controls

Instrument Cluster

English Shown, Metric Similar

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Instruments and Controls
If the vehicle has a diesel engine,
see the Duramax diesel supplement
for more information.

Fuel Gauge

Speedometer
The speedometer shows the vehicle
speed in kilometers per hour (km/h)
and miles per hour (mph).

Odometer
The odometer shows how far the
vehicle has been driven, in either
kilometers or miles.

English

Trip Odometer

The fuel gauge, when the ignition is
on, indicates how much fuel is left in
the vehicle fuel tank.

The trip odometer shows how far
the vehicle has been driven since
the trip odometer was last reset.

An arrow on the fuel gauge
indicates the side of the vehicle the
fuel door is on.

The trip odometer is accessed and
reset through the Driver Information
Center (DIC). See Driver
Information Center (DIC) 0 106.

The gauge first indicates empty
before the vehicle is out of fuel, and
the fuel tank should be
refueled soon.

Metric

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Instruments and Controls

Listed are four situations customers
might experience with the fuel
gauge. None of these indicate a
problem with the fuel gauge:
. At the gas station, the fuel pump
shuts off before the gauge
reads full.
. It takes a little more or less fuel
to fill up than the fuel gauge
indicated. For example, the
gauge may have indicated the
tank was half full, but it actually
took a little more or less than
half the tank's capacity to fill
the tank.
. The gauge moves a little while
turning a corner or speeding up.
. The gauge does not go back to
empty when the ignition is
turned off.
If the vehicle has a diesel engine,
see the Duramax diesel
supplement.

Engine Oil Pressure
Gauge

English
Metric

The oil pressure gauge shows the
engine oil pressure in psi (pounds
per square inch) or kPa (kilopascals)
when the engine is running.
Oil pressure may vary with engine
speed, outside temperature and oil
viscosity, but readings above the
low pressure zone indicate the
normal operating range.
A reading in the low pressure zone
may be caused by a dangerously
low oil level or other problem
causing low oil pressure.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Instruments and Controls
Caution
Lack of proper engine oil
maintenance can damage the
engine. Driving with the engine oil
low can also damage the engine.
The repairs would not be covered
by the vehicle warranty. Check
the oil level as soon as possible.
Add oil if required, but if the oil
level is within the operating range
and the oil pressure is still low,
have the vehicle serviced. Always
follow the maintenance schedule
for changing engine oil.

Engine Coolant
Temperature Gauge

English
Metric

This gauge shows the engine
coolant temperature.
It also provides an indicator of how
hard the vehicle is working. During a
majority of the operation, the gauge
will read 100 °C (210 °F) or less.
If the vehicle is pulling a load or
going up hills, it is normal for the
temperature to fluctuate and
approach the 122 °C (250 °F) mark.
If the gauge reaches the 125 °C
(260 °F) mark, it indicates that the
cooling system is working beyond
its capacity.
See Engine Overheating 0 228.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Instruments and Controls

Voltmeter Gauge

charging system is not able to
provide full power at engine idle. As
engine speeds are increased, this
condition should correct itself as
higher engine speeds allow the
charging system to create maximum
power.
The vehicle can be only driven for a
short time with the reading in either
warning zone. If it must be driven,
turn off all unnecessary
accessories.

When the engine is not running, but
the ignition is on, this gauge shows
the battery's state of charge in
DC volts.
When the engine is running, the
gauge shows the condition of the
charging system. Readings between
the low and high warning zones
indicate the normal operating range.
Readings in the low warning zone
may occur when a large number of
electrical accessories are operating
in the vehicle and the engine is left
at an idle for an extended period.
This condition is normal since the

Readings in either warning zone
indicate a possible problem in the
electrical system. Have the vehicle
serviced as soon as possible.

Safety Belt Reminders
Safety Belt Reminder Light
There is a safety belt reminder light
on the instrument cluster.

When the vehicle is started, this
light flashes and a chime may come
on to remind the driver to fasten
their safety belt. Then the light stays
on solid until the belt is buckled.
This cycle may continue several
times if the driver remains or
becomes unbuckled while the
vehicle is moving.
If the driver safety belt is buckled,
neither the light nor the chime
comes on.

Airbag Readiness Light
This light shows if there is an
electrical problem with the airbag
system. The system check includes
the airbag sensor(s), passenger
sensing system (if equipped), the
pretensioners (if equipped), the
airbag modules, the wiring, and the
crash sensing and diagnostic
module. For more information on the
airbag system, see Airbag System
0 54.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Instruments and Controls
If there is a problem with the airbag
system, a Driver Information Center
(DIC) message may also come on.
See Airbag System Messages
0 116.
The airbag readiness light comes on
for several seconds when the
vehicle is started. If the light does
not come on then, have it fixed
immediately.

{ Warning
If the airbag readiness light stays
on after the vehicle is started or
comes on while driving, it means
the airbag system might not be
working properly. The airbags in
the vehicle might not inflate in a
crash, or they could even inflate
without a crash. To help avoid
injury, have the vehicle serviced
right away.

Airbag On-Off Light
When the front outboard passenger
airbag is manually turned off using
the airbag on-off switch on the
instrument panel, if equipped, the
indicator light OFF or the off symbol
will come on and stay on as a
reminder that the airbag has been
turned off. This light will go off when
the airbag has been turned on. See
Airbag On-Off Switch 0 61 for more
information, including important
safety information.

United States

Canada and Mexico

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

100

Instruments and Controls

{ Warning
If the front outboard passenger
frontal airbag is turned off for a
person who is not in a risk group
identified by the national
government, that person will not
have the extra protection of an
airbag. In a crash, the airbag will
not be able to inflate and help
protect the person sitting there.
Do not turn off the front outboard
passenger frontal airbag unless
the person sitting there is in a risk
group identified by the national
government. See Airbag On-Off
Switch 0 61 for more information,
including important safety
information.

{ Warning
If the airbag readiness light ever
comes on and stays on, it means
that something may be wrong
with the airbag system. For
(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

Charging System Light

example, the front outboard
passenger frontal airbag could
inflate even though the airbag
on-off switch is turned off.
To help avoid injury to yourself or
others, have the vehicle serviced
right away. See Airbag Readiness
Light 0 98 for more information,
including important safety
information.
If the word ON or the on symbol is
lit, it means that the front outboard
passenger frontal airbag is enabled,
and may inflate. See Airbag On-Off
Switch 0 61 for more information,
including important safety
information.

This light comes on briefly when the
ignition key is turned to START, but
the engine is not running, as a
check to show it is working.
If it does not, have the vehicle
serviced by your dealer.
The light should go out once the
engine starts. If it stays on,
or comes on while driving, there
could be a problem with the
charging system. A charging system
message in the Driver Information
Center (DIC) can also appear. See
Battery Voltage and Charging
Messages 0 111 for more
information. This light could indicate
that there are problems with a
generator drive belt, or that there is
an electrical problem. Have it
checked right away. If the vehicle
must be driven a short distance with

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Instruments and Controls
the light on, turn off accessories,
such as the radio and air
conditioner.

Malfunction Indicator
Lamp (Check Engine
Light)
This light is part of the vehicle’s
emission control on-board
diagnostic system. If this light is on
while the engine is running, a
malfunction has been detected and
the vehicle may require service. The
light should come on to show that it
is working when the ignition is in
ON/RUN and the engine is not
running. See Ignition Positions
0 174.

Malfunctions are often indicated by
the system before any problem is
noticeable. Being aware of the light
and seeking service promptly when
it comes on may prevent damage.

Caution
If the vehicle is driven continually
with this light on, the emission
control system may not work as
well, the fuel economy may be
lower, and the vehicle may not
run smoothly. This could lead to
costly repairs that might not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.

Caution
Modifications to the engine,
transmission, exhaust, intake,
or fuel system, or the use of
replacement tires that do not
meet the original tire
specifications, can cause this light
to come on. This could lead to
(Continued)

101

Caution (Continued)
costly repairs not covered by the
vehicle warranty. This could also
affect the vehicle’s ability to pass
an Emissions Inspection/
Maintenance test. See
Accessories and Modifications
0 213.
If the light is flashing : A
malfunction has been detected that
could damage the emission control
system and increase vehicle
emissions. Diagnosis and service
may be required.
To help prevent damage, reduce
vehicle speed and avoid hard
accelerations and uphill grades.
If towing a trailer, reduce the
amount of cargo being hauled as
soon as possible.
If the light continues to flash, find a
safe place to park. Turn the vehicle
off and wait at least 10 seconds
before restarting the engine. If the
light is still flashing, follow the

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

102

Instruments and Controls

previous guidelines and see your
dealer for service as soon as
possible.

Emissions Inspection and
Maintenance Programs

If the light is on steady : A
malfunction has been detected.
Diagnosis and service may be
required.

If the vehicle requires an Emissions
Inspection/Maintenance test, the
test equipment will likely connect to
the vehicle's Data Link
Connector (DLC).

Check the following:
. A loose or missing fuel cap may
cause the light to come on. See
Filling the Tank 0 199. A few
driving trips with the cap
properly installed may turn the
light off.
. Poor fuel quality can cause
inefficient engine operation and
poor driveability, which may go
away once the engine is warmed
up. If this occurs, change the
fuel brand. It may require at
least one full tank of the proper
fuel to turn the light off. See Fuel
0 197.

The DLC is under the instrument
panel to the left of the steering
wheel. Connecting devices that are
not used to perform an Emissions
Inspection/Maintenance test or to
service the vehicle may affect
vehicle operation See Add-On
Electrical Equipment 0 211. See
your dealer if assistance is needed.

If the light remains on, see your
dealer.

The vehicle may not pass
inspection if:
. The light is on when the engine
is running.

The light does not come on
when the ignition is in ON/RUN
while the engine is off.

Critical emission control systems
have not been completely
diagnosed. If this happens, the
vehicle would not be ready for
inspection and might require
several days of routine driving
before the system is ready for
inspection. This can happen if
the 12-volt battery has recently
been replaced or run down, or if
the vehicle has been recently
serviced.

See your dealer if the vehicle will
not pass or cannot be made ready
for the test.

Brake System Warning
Light
The vehicle brake system consists
of two hydraulic circuits. If one
circuit is not working, the remaining
circuit can still work to stop the
vehicle. For normal braking
performance, both circuits need to
be working.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Instruments and Controls
If the warning light comes on, there
could be a brake problem. Have the
brake system inspected right away.

If the light is still on, have the
vehicle towed for service. See
Towing the Vehicle 0 283.

{ Warning
Metric

English

This light should come on briefly
when ignition key is turned to ON/
RUN. If it does not come on, have it
fixed so it will be ready to warn if
there is a problem.
When the ignition is on, the brake
system warning light also comes on
when the parking brake is set. See
Parking Brake 0 187 for more
information. The light stays on if the
parking brake does not fully release.
If it stays on after the parking brake
is fully released, it means the
vehicle has a brake problem.
If the light comes on while driving,
pull off the road and stop carefully.
The pedal might be harder to push,
or the pedal might go closer to the
floor. It could take longer to stop.

The brake system might not be
working properly if the brake
system warning light is on.
Driving with the brake system
warning light on can lead to a
crash. If the light is still on after
the vehicle has been pulled off
the road and carefully stopped,
have the vehicle towed for
service.

Antilock Brake System
(ABS) Warning Light

If it does not, have the vehicle
serviced by your dealer. If the
system is working normally the
indicator light then goes off.
If the ABS light stays on, turn the
ignition off. If the light comes on
while driving, stop as soon as it is
safely possible and turn the ignition
off. Then start the engine again to
reset the system. If the ABS light
stays on, or comes on again while
driving, the vehicle needs service.
If the regular brake system warning
light is not on, the vehicle still has
brakes, but not antilock brakes.
If the regular brake system warning
light is also on, the vehicle does not
have antilock brakes and there is a
problem with the regular brakes.
See Brake System Warning Light
0 102.

Tow/Haul Mode Light

For vehicles with the Antilock Brake
System (ABS), this light comes on
briefly when the engine is started.

103

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

104

Instruments and Controls

For vehicles with the Tow/Haul
Mode feature, this light comes on
when the Tow/Haul Mode has been
activated.
See Tow/Haul Mode 0 186.

See Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control 0 188.

Traction Control System
(TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light

StabiliTrak® OFF Light

If the light is on and flashing, the
TCS and/or the StabiliTrak system
is actively working.
See Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control 0 188.

Tire Pressure Light

This light comes on briefly when the
engine is started.
This light comes on briefly while
starting the engine. If it does not,
have the vehicle serviced by your
dealer.

If the light does not come on, have
the vehicle serviced by your dealer.
If the system is working normally,
the indicator light turns off.

This light comes on when the
StabiliTrak system is turned off.
If StabiliTrak is off, the Traction
Control System (TCS) is also off.

If the light is on and not flashing, the
TCS and potentially the StabiliTrak
system have been disabled. A DIC
message may display. Check the
DIC messages to determine which
feature(s) is no longer functioning
and whether the vehicle requires
service.

If the StabiliTrak and TCS are off,
the system does not assist in
controlling the vehicle. Turn on the
TCS and the StabiliTrak systems
and the warning light turns off.

For vehicles with the Tire Pressure
Monitor System (TPMS), this light
comes on briefly when the engine is
started. It provides information
about tire pressures and the TPMS.
When the Light Is On Steady
This indicates that one or more of
the tires are significantly
underinflated.
A Driver Information Center (DIC)
tire pressure message may also
display. See Tire Messages 0 117.
Stop as soon as possible, and
inflate the tires to the pressure value

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Instruments and Controls
shown on the Tire and Loading
Information label. See Tire Pressure
0 258.
When the Light Flashes First and
Then Is On Steady

Caution (Continued)

105

Low Fuel Warning Light

have the vehicle serviced. Always
follow the maintenance schedule
for changing engine oil.

If the light flashes for about a minute
and then stays on, there may be a
problem with the TPMS. If the
problem is not corrected, the light
will come on at every ignition cycle.
See Tire Pressure Monitor
Operation 0 260.

Engine Oil Pressure Light
Caution
Lack of proper engine oil
maintenance can damage the
engine. Driving with the engine oil
low can also damage the engine.
The repairs would not be covered
by the vehicle warranty. Check
the oil level as soon as possible.
Add oil if required, but if the oil
level is within the operating range
and the oil pressure is still low,
(Continued)

This light should come on briefly as
the engine is started. If it does not
come on, have the vehicle serviced
by your dealer.
If the light comes on and stays on, it
means that oil is not flowing through
the engine properly. The vehicle
could be low on oil and might have
some other system problem. See
your dealer.

English Shown, Metric Similar
This light comes on for a few
seconds when the ignition is turned
on as a check to indicate it is
working. If it does not come on,
have it fixed.
The low fuel warning light comes on
and a chime sounds when the
vehicle is low on fuel. The light turns
off when fuel is added to the
fuel tank.
See Driver Information Center (DIC)
0 106.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

106

Instruments and Controls

Security Light

The security light should come on
briefly as the engine is started. If it
does not come on, have the vehicle
serviced by your dealer. If the
system is working normally, the
indicator light turns off.
If the light stays on and the engine
does not start, there could be a
problem with the theft-deterrent
system. See Immobilizer Operation
0 34.

High-Beam On Light

This light comes on when the
high-beam headlamps are in use.

Information Displays

See Headlamp High/Low-Beam
Changer 0 125.

Driver Information
Center (DIC)

Cruise Control Light

This vehicle has a DIC.
All messages will appear in the DIC
display at the bottom of the
instrument cluster.

This light comes on when the cruise
control is set.
This light goes out when the cruise
control is canceled. See Cruise
Control 0 190.

The DIC comes on when the ignition
is on. After a short delay, the DIC
will display the information that was
last displayed before the engine
was turned off.
The DIC displays trip, fuel, and
vehicle system information, and
warning messages if a system
problem is detected.
If the vehicle has these features, the
DIC also displays the compass
direction and the outside air
temperature when viewing the trip
and fuel information. The compass
direction appears on the top right
corner of the DIC display. The
outside air temperature
automatically appears in the bottom
right corner of the DIC display.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Instruments and Controls
If there is a problem with the system
that controls the temperature
display, the numbers will be
replaced with dashes. If this occurs,
have the vehicle serviced by your
dealer.
If the vehicle has a diesel engine,
see the Duramax diesel
supplement.

DIC Operation and Displays
The DIC has different displays
which can be accessed by pressing
the DIC buttons on the instrument
panel, next to the instrument cluster.
DIC Buttons

107

The buttons are the trip/fuel, vehicle
information, customization, and set/
reset buttons. The button functions
are detailed in the following pages.

V (Set/Reset) : Press this button to
set or reset certain functions and to
turn off or acknowledge messages
on the DIC.

3 (Trip/Fuel) : Press this button

Trip/Fuel Menu Items

to display the odometer, trip
odometers, fuel range, average
economy, fuel used, timer, average
speed, and digital tachometer.

T (Vehicle Information) : Press
this button to display the oil life, rear
park assist, units, tire pressure
readings for vehicles with the Tire
Pressure Monitor System (TPMS),
engine hours, Tire Pressure Monitor
System (TPMS) programming for
vehicles with the TPMS and without
a Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
transmitter, and compass zone and
compass calibration on vehicles
with this feature.
U (Customization) : Press this
button to customize the feature
settings on the vehicle. See Vehicle
Personalization 0 118 for more
information.

3 (Trip/Fuel) : Press this button
to scroll through the following menu
items:
Odometer
Press 3 until XX km (mi)
displays. This display shows the
distance the vehicle has been
driven in either kilometers (km) or
miles (mi).
Trip Odometers
Press 3 until A or B displays.
This display shows the current
distance traveled in either
kilometers (km) or miles (mi) since
the last reset for each trip odometer.
Both trip odometers can be used at
the same time.
Each trip odometer can be reset to
zero separately by pressing V while
the desired trip odometer is
displayed.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

108

Instruments and Controls

The trip odometer has a feature
called the retro-active reset. This
can be used to set the trip odometer
to the number of kilometers (miles)
driven since the ignition was last
turned on. This can be used if the
trip odometer is not reset at the
beginning of the trip.
To use the retro-active reset feature,
press and hold V for at least
four seconds. The trip odometer will
display the number of
kilometers (km) or miles (mi) driven
since the ignition was last turned on
and the vehicle was moving. Once
the vehicle begins moving, the trip
odometer will accumulate mileage.
For example, if the vehicle was
driven 8 km (5 miles) before it is
started again, and then the
retro-active reset feature is
activated, the display will show 8 km
(5 miles). As the vehicle begins
moving, the display will then
increase to 8.1 km (5.1 miles),
8.2 km (5.2 miles), etc.
If the retro-active reset feature is
activated after the vehicle is started,
but before it begins moving, the

display will show the number of
kilometers (km) or miles (mi) that
were driven during the last ignition
cycle.

If the vehicle is low on fuel, the
FUEL LEVEL LOW message will be
displayed. See Fuel System
Messages 0 114.

Fuel Range

Average Economy

Press 3 until FUEL RANGE
displays. This display shows the
approximate number of remaining
kilometers (km) or miles (mi) the
vehicle can be driven without
refueling. The display will show
LOW if the fuel level is low.

Press 3 until AVG ECONOMY
displays. This display shows the
approximate average liters per
100 kilometers (L/100 km) or miles
per gallon (mpg). This number is
calculated based on the number of
L/100 km (mpg) recorded since the
last time this menu item was reset.
To reset AVG ECONOMY, press and
hold V. The display will return
to zero.

The fuel range estimate is based on
an average of the fuel economy
over recent driving history and the
amount of fuel remaining in the fuel
tank. This estimate will change if
driving conditions change. For
example, if driving in traffic and
making frequent stops, this display
may read one number, but if the
vehicle is driven on a freeway, the
number may change even though
the same amount of fuel is in the
fuel tank. This is because different
driving conditions produce different
fuel economies. Generally, freeway
driving produces better fuel
economy than city driving.

Fuel Used
Press 3 until FUEL USED
displays. This display shows the
number of liters (L) or gallons (gal)
of fuel used since the last reset of
this menu item. To reset the fuel
used information, press and hold V
while FUEL USED is displayed.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Instruments and Controls
Timer
Press 3 until TIMER displays.
This display can be used as a timer.
To start the timer, press V while
TIMER is displayed. The display will
show the amount of time that has
passed since the timer was last
reset, not including time the ignition
is off. Time will continue to be
counted as long as the ignition is
on, even if another display is being
shown on the DIC. The timer will
record up to 99 hours, 59 minutes
and 59 seconds (99:59:59) after
which the display will return to zero.
To stop the timer, press V briefly
while TIMER is displayed.
To reset the timer to zero, press and
hold V while TIMER is displayed.
Average Speed
Press 3 until AVERAGE SPEED
displays. This display shows the
average speed of the vehicle in
kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles
per hour (mph). This average is
calculated based on the various

vehicle speeds recorded since the
last reset of this value. To reset the
value, press and hold V. The
display will return to zero.
Digital Tachometer
Press 3 until
Tachometer ##00 RPM displays.
This display shows the engine
speed in revolutions per
minute (RPM).
Blank Display
This display shows no information.

Vehicle Information Menu
Items

T (Vehicle Information) : Press
this button to scroll through the
following menu items:
Oil Life
Press T until OIL LIFE
REMAINING displays. This display
shows an estimate of the oil's
remaining useful life. If you see
99% OIL LIFE REMAINING on the
display, that means 99% of the
current oil life remains. The engine
oil life system will alert you to

109

change the oil on a schedule
consistent with your driving
conditions.
When the remaining oil life is low,
the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON
message will appear on the display.
See Engine Oil Messages 0 113.
You should change the oil as soon
as possible. See Engine Oil 0 217.
In addition to the engine oil life
system monitoring the oil life,
additional maintenance is
recommended in the Maintenance
Schedule in this manual. See
Maintenance Schedule 0 295.
Remember, you must reset the OIL
LIFE yourself after each oil change.
It will not reset itself. Also, be
careful not to reset the OIL LIFE
accidentally at any time other than
when the oil has just been changed.
It cannot be reset accurately until
the next oil change. To reset the
engine oil life system, see Engine
Oil Life System 0 219.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

110

Instruments and Controls

Park Assist

Tire Pressure

Engine Hours

If the vehicle has the Rear Parking
Assist (RPA) system, press T until
PARK ASSIST displays. This
display allows the system to be
turned on or off. Once in this
display, press to select between ON
or OFF. The RPA system
automatically turns back on after
each vehicle start. When the RPA
system is turned off and the vehicle
is shifted out of P (Park), the DIC
will display the PARK ASSIST OFF
message as a reminder that the
system has been turned off. See
Object Detection System Messages
0 114 and Parking Assist 0 195.

If the vehicle has the Tire Pressure
Monitor System (TPMS), the
pressure for each tire can be viewed
in the DIC. The tire pressure will be
shown in either kilopascals (kPa) or
pounds per square inch (psi).
Press T until the DIC displays
FRONT TIRES PSI (kPa) LEFT ##
RIGHT ##. Press T again until the
DIC displays REAR TIRES
PSI (kPa) LEFT ## RIGHT ##.

Press T until ENGINE HOURS
displays. This display shows the
total number of hours the engine
has run.

Units
Press T until UNITS displays. This
display allows you to select between
metric or English units of
measurement. Once in this display,
press V to select between METRIC
or ENGLISH units.

If a low tire pressure condition is
detected by the system while
driving, a message advising you to
check the pressure in a specific tire
will appear in the display. See Tire
Pressure 0 258 and Tire Messages
0 117.
If the tire pressure display shows
dashes instead of a value, there
may be a problem with the vehicle.
If this consistently occurs, see your
dealer for service.

Relearn Tire Positions
The vehicle may have this display.
To access this display, the vehicle
must be in P (Park). If the vehicle
has the Tire Pressure Monitor
System (TPMS), after rotating the
tires or after replacing a tire or
sensor, the system must re-learn the
tire positions. To re-learn the tire
positions, see Tire Pressure Monitor
System 0 259. See Tire Inspection
0 263, Tire Rotation 0 263 and Tire
Messages 0 117.
Change Compass Zone
The vehicle may have this feature.
To change the compass zone
through the DIC, see Compass
0 89.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Instruments and Controls
Calibrate Compass
The vehicle may have this feature.
The compass can be manually
calibrated. To calibrate the compass
through the DIC, see Compass
0 89.
Blank Display
This display shows no information.

Vehicle Messages
Messages displayed on the DIC
indicate the status of the vehicle or
some action may be needed to
correct a condition. Multiple
messages may appear one after
another.
The messages that do not require
immediate action can be
acknowledged and cleared by
pressing V (Set/Reset).
The messages that require
immediate action cannot be cleared
until that action is performed.
All messages should be taken
seriously and clearing the message
does not correct the problem.
The following are the possible
messages and some information
about them.
If the vehicle has a diesel engine,
see the Duramax diesel
supplement.

111

Battery Voltage and
Charging Messages
SERVICE BATTERY
CHARGING SYSTEM
On some vehicles, this message
displays if there is a problem with
the battery charging system. Under
certain conditions, the charging
system light may also turn on in the
instrument cluster. See Charging
System Light 0 100. Driving with this
problem could drain the battery.
Turn off all unnecessary
accessories. Have the electrical
system checked as soon as
possible. See your dealer.

Brake System Messages
SERVICE BRAKE SYSTEM
This message displays along with
the brake system warning light if
there is a problem with the brake
system. See Brake System Warning
Light 0 102. If this message
appears, stop as soon as possible
and turn off the vehicle. Restart the
vehicle and check for the message

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

112

Instruments and Controls

on the DIC display. If the message
is still displayed or appears again
when you begin driving, the brake
system needs service as soon as
possible. See your dealer.

Compass Messages
CALIBRATING: DRIVE IN
CIRCLES
This message displays when
calibrating the compass. Drive the
vehicle in circles at less than 8 km/h
(5 mph) to complete the calibration.
See Compass 0 89 for more
information.

CALIBRATION COMPLETE
This message displays when the
compass calibration is complete.
See Compass 0 89 for more
information.

Door Ajar Messages
CARGO DOOR OPEN
This message displays and a chime
sounds if the cargo door is open
while the ignition is in ON/RUN.
Turn off the vehicle and check the

cargo door. Restart the vehicle and
check for the message on the DIC
display.

DRIVER DOOR OPEN
This message displays and a chime
sounds if the driver door is not fully
closed and the vehicle is in a drive
gear. Stop and turn off the vehicle,
check the door for obstructions, and
close the door again. Check to see
if the message still appears on
the DIC.

LEFT REAR DOOR OPEN
On some vehicles, this message
displays and a chime sounds if the
driver side rear door is not fully
closed and the vehicle is in a drive
gear. Stop and turn off the vehicle,
check the door for obstructions, and
close the door again. Check to see
if the message still appears on
the DIC.

PASSENGER DOOR OPEN
This message displays and a chime
sounds if the passenger door is not
fully closed and the vehicle is in a
drive gear. Stop and turn off the

vehicle, check the door for
obstructions, and close the door
again. Check to see if the message
still appears on the DIC.

RIGHT REAR DOOR OPEN
On some vehicles, this message
displays and a chime sounds if the
passenger side rear door is not fully
closed and the vehicle is in a drive
gear. Stop and turn off the vehicle,
check the door for obstructions, and
close the door again. Check to see
if the message still appears on
the DIC.

Engine Cooling System
Messages
ENGINE HOT A/C (Air
Conditioning) OFF
This message displays when the
engine coolant becomes hotter than
the normal operating temperature.
See Engine Coolant Temperature
Gauge 0 97. To avoid added strain
on a hot engine, the air conditioning
compressor automatically turns off.
When the coolant temperature
returns to normal, the air

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Instruments and Controls
conditioning compressor turns back
on. You can continue to drive the
vehicle.

Engine Oil Messages

If this message continues to appear,
have the system repaired by your
dealer as soon as possible to avoid
damage to the engine.

This message displays when the
engine oil needs to be changed.
When you change the engine oil, be
sure to reset the CHANGE ENGINE
OIL SOON message. See Engine
Oil Life System 0 219 for
information on how to reset the
message. See Engine Oil 0 217 and
Maintenance Schedule 0 295.

ENGINE OVERHEATED IDLE
ENGINE
This message displays when the
engine coolant temperature is too
hot. Stop and allow the vehicle to
idle until it cools down. See Engine
Coolant Temperature Gauge 0 97.

ENGINE OVERHEATED STOP
ENGINE
This message displays and a chime
sounds if the engine cooling system
reaches unsafe temperatures for
operation. Stop and turn off the
vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so
to avoid severe damage. This
message clears when the engine
has cooled to a safe operating
temperature.

CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON

ENGINE OIL LOW ADD OIL
If the vehicle has an oil level sensor,
this message displays if the oil level
in the vehicle is low. Check the oil
level and correct it as necessary.
You may need to let the vehicle cool
or warm up and cycle the ignition to
be sure this message clears. See
Engine Oil 0 217.

OIL PRESSURE LOW STOP
ENGINE
This message displays if low oil
pressure levels occur. Stop the
vehicle as soon as safely possible
and do not operate it until the cause
of the low oil pressure has been

113

corrected. Check the oil as soon as
possible and have the vehicle
serviced by your dealer. See Engine
Oil 0 217.

Engine Power Messages
ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED
This message displays and a chime
sounds when the cooling system
temperature gets too hot and the
engine further enters the engine
coolant protection mode. See
Engine Overheating 0 228 for
further information.
This message also displays when
the engine power is reduced.
Reduced engine power can affect
the vehicle's ability to accelerate.
If this message is on, but there is no
reduction in performance, proceed
to your destination. The
performance may be reduced the
next time the vehicle is driven. The
vehicle may be driven at a reduced
speed while this message is on, but
acceleration and speed may be
reduced. Anytime this message

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

114

Instruments and Controls

stays on, the vehicle should be
taken to your dealer for service as
soon as possible.

Fuel System Messages
FUEL LEVEL LOW
This message displays and a chime
sounds if the fuel level is low. Refuel
as soon as possible. See Fuel
Gauge 0 95 and Fuel 0 197 for
more information.

TIGHTEN GAS CAP
This message may display along
with the check engine light on the
instrument cluster if the fuel cap is
not tightened properly. See
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (Check
Engine Light) 0 101. Reinstall the
fuel cap fully. See Filling the Tank
0 199. The diagnostic system can
determine if the fuel cap has been
left off or improperly installed.
A loose or missing fuel cap allows
fuel to evaporate into the
atmosphere. A few driving trips with
the cap properly installed should
turn this light and message off.

Key and Lock Messages

TURN SIGNAL ON

REPLACE BATTERY IN
REMOTE KEY

This message displays and a chime
sounds if a turn signal is left on for
1.2 km (0.75 mi). Move the turn
signal lever to the off position.

This message displays if a Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter
battery is low. The battery needs to
be replaced in the transmitter. See
“Battery Replacement” under
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation 0 26.

Lamp Messages
AUTOMATIC LIGHT
CONTROL OFF
This message displays when the
automatic headlamps are turned off.
See Exterior Lamp Controls 0 124.

AUTOMATIC LIGHT
CONTROL ON
This message displays when the
automatic headlamps are turned on.
See Exterior Lamp Controls 0 124.

Object Detection System
Messages
PARK ASST BLOCKED SEE
OWNERS MANUAL
This message displays if there is
something interfering with the Rear
Parking Assist (RPA) system. See
Parking Assist 0 195.

PARK ASSIST OFF
After the vehicle has been started,
this message displays to remind the
driver that the Rear Parking Assist
(RPA) system has been turned off.
Press the set/reset button or the trip
odometer reset stem to
acknowledge this message and
clear it from the DIC display. To turn
the RPA system back on, see
Parking Assist 0 195.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Instruments and Controls
SERVICE PARK ASSIST
This message displays if there is a
problem with the Rear Parking
Assist (RPA) system. Do not use
this system to help you park. See
Parking Assist 0 195. See your
dealer for service.

Ride Control System
Messages
SERVICE STABILITRAK
If the vehicle has StabiliTrak® and
this message displays, it means
there may be a problem with the
StabiliTrak system. If you see this
message, try to reset the system.
Stop; turn off the engine for at least
15 seconds; then start the engine
again. If this message still comes
on, it means there is a problem. You
should see your dealer for service.
The vehicle is safe to drive,
however, you do not have the
benefit of StabiliTrak, so reduce
your speed and drive accordingly.

SERVICE TRACTION
CONTROL
If the vehicle has StabiliTrak, this
message displays when there is a
problem with the Traction Control
System (TCS). When this message
displays, the system will not limit
wheel spin. Adjust your driving
accordingly. See your dealer for
service. See Traction Control/
Electronic Stability Control 0 188.

STABILITRAK INITIALIZING
If the vehicle has StabiliTrak, this
message may display until first
driving the vehicle and exceeding
40 km/h (25 mph) for two minutes.
The StabiliTrak system is not
functional until this message has
turned off. See Traction Control/
Electronic Stability Control 0 188.

TRACTION XX
STABILITRAK XX
If the vehicle has StabiliTrak, this
message displays when the traction
control and/or StabiliTrak systems
have been turned on or off. Adjust
your driving accordingly. To limit
wheel spin and realize the full

115

benefits of the stability
enhancement system, you should
normally leave StabiliTrak on.
However, you should turn
StabiliTrak off if the vehicle gets
stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow
and you want to rock the vehicle to
attempt to free it, or if you are
driving in extreme off-road
conditions and require more wheel
spin. See If the Vehicle Is Stuck
0 169. To turn the StabiliTrak
system on or off, see Traction
Control/Electronic Stability Control
0 188.
STABILITRAK OFF may also
display when the stability control
has been automatically disabled.
There are several conditions that
can cause this message to appear.
. One condition is overheating,
which could occur if StabiliTrak
activates continuously for an
extended period of time.
. The message also displays if the
brake system warning light is on.
See Brake System Warning
Light 0 102.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

116
.

Instruments and Controls

The message could display if the
stability system takes longer
than usual to complete its
diagnostic checks due to driving
conditions.
The message displays if an
engine or vehicle related
problem has been detected and
the vehicle needs service. See
your dealer.

The message turns off as soon as
the conditions that caused the
message to be displayed are no
longer present.

Airbag System Messages
SERVICE AIRBAG
This message displays if there is a
problem with the airbag system.
Take the vehicle to your dealer for
service.

Security Messages
SERVICE THEFT DETERRENT
SYSTEM
This message displays when there
is a problem with the theft-deterrent
system. The vehicle may or may not
restart so you may want to take the
vehicle to your dealer before turning
off the engine. See Immobilizer
Operation 0 34 for more information.

WAIT TO START

Have the climate control system
serviced by your dealer if you notice
a drop in heating and air
conditioning efficiency.

SERVICE VEHICLE SOON
This message displays when a
non-emissions related malfunction
occurs. Have the vehicle serviced
by your dealer as soon as possible.

STARTING DISABLED
SERVICE THROTTLE

This message displays briefly when
the theft-deterrent system has
initially found incorrect conditions
within the vehicle and is making a
double check. If your vehicle does
not start soon after, try to start it
again. If it still does not start, have
your vehicle serviced by your
dealer.

This message displays if the starting
of the engine is disabled due to the
electronic throttle control system.
Have the vehicle serviced by your
dealer immediately.

Service Vehicle Messages

This message cannot be
acknowledged.

SERVICE A/C SYSTEM
This message displays when the
electronic sensors that control the
air conditioning and heating
systems are no longer working.

This message only appears while
the ignition is in ON/RUN, and will
not disappear until the problem is
resolved.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Instruments and Controls

Tire Messages
CHECK TIRE PRESSURE or
TIRE LOW ADD AIR TO TIRE
If the vehicle has the Tire Pressure
Monitor System (TPMS), this
message displays when the
pressure in one or more of the tires
is low. The low tire pressure warning
light will also come on. See Tire
Pressure Light 0 104. This message
will also indicate which tire needs to
be checked. You can receive more
than one tire pressure message at a
time. To read the other messages
that may have been sent at the
same time, press the set/reset
button. If a tire pressure message
appears on the DIC, stop as soon
as you can. Have the tire pressures
checked and set to those shown on
the Tire Loading Information label.
See Tires 0 250, Vehicle Load
Limits 0 170, and Tire Pressure
0 258. The DIC also shows the tire
pressure values. See Driver
Information Center (DIC) 0 106.

SERVICE TIRE MONITOR
SYSTEM
If the vehicle has the Tire Pressure
Monitor System (TPMS), this
message displays if a part on the
system is not working properly. The
tire pressure light also flashes and
then remains on during the same
ignition cycle. See Tire Pressure
Light 0 104. Several conditions may
cause this message to appear. See
Tire Pressure Monitor Operation
0 260 for more information. If the
warning comes on and stays on,
there may be a problem with the
TPMS. See your dealer.

117

See Tire Inspection 0 263, Tire
Rotation 0 263, Tire Pressure
Monitor Operation 0 260, and Tire
Pressure 0 258 for more
information.

Transmission Messages
GRADE BRAKING DISABLED
This message displays when the
grade braking has been disabled
with the Tow/Haul Mode button on
the end of the shift lever. See Tow/
Haul Mode 0 186, Automatic
Transmission 0 182, and Cruise
Control 0 190.

TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE

GRADE BRAKING ENABLED

If the vehicle has the Tire Pressure
Monitor System (TPMS), this
message displays when the system
is re-learning the tire positions on
the vehicle. See Driver Information
Center (DIC) 0 106 for more
information. The tire positions must
be re-learned after rotating the tires
or after replacing a tire or sensor.

This message displays when the
grade braking has been enabled
with the Tow/Haul Mode button on
the end of the shift lever. See Tow/
Haul Mode 0 186, Automatic
Transmission 0 182, and Cruise
Control 0 190.

GRADE BRAKING ON
This message displays when the
grade braking has been activated
while driving on downhill grades.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

118

Instruments and Controls

This message will only appear the
first time the feature is activated in
an ignition cycle. See Tow/Haul
Mode 0 186, Automatic
Transmission 0 182, and Cruise
Control 0 190.

SERVICE TRANSMISSION
This message displays when there
is a problem with the transmission.
See your dealer for service.

TRANSMISSION HOT IDLE
ENGINE
Caution
Do not drive the vehicle while the
transmission fluid is overheating,
or the transmission can be
damaged. This could lead to
costly repairs that would not be
covered by the warranty.
This message displays along with a
chime if the transmission fluid in the
vehicle gets hot. Driving with the
transmission fluid temperature high
can cause damage to the vehicle.
Stop the vehicle and let it idle to

allow the transmission to cool. This
message clears and the chime
stops when the fluid temperature
reaches a safe level.

Vehicle Reminder
Messages
ICE POSSIBLE DRIVE
WITH CARE
This message displays when the
outside air temperature is cold
enough to create icy road
conditions. Adjust your driving
accordingly.

Vehicle
Personalization
This vehicle may have
customization capabilities that allow
you to program certain features to
one preferred setting. Customization
features can only be programmed to
one setting on the vehicle and
cannot be programmed to a
preferred setting for two different
drivers.
All of the customization options may
not be available on your vehicle.
Only the options available will be
displayed on the DIC.
The default settings for the
customization features were set
when the vehicle left the factory, but
may have been changed from their
default state since then.
The customization preferences are
automatically recalled.
To change customization
preferences, use the following
procedure.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Instruments and Controls
Entering the Feature
Settings Menu
1. Turn the ignition on and place
the vehicle in P (Park).
To avoid excessive drain on
the battery, it is recommended
that the headlamps are
turned off.
2. Press U to enter the feature
settings menu.
If the menu is not available,
FEATURE SETTINGS
AVAILABLE IN PARK will
display. Before entering the
menu, make sure the vehicle is
in P (Park).

Feature Settings Menu Items
The following are customization
features that allow you to program
settings to the vehicle:
DISPLAY IN ENGLISH
This feature will only display if a
language other than English has
been set. This feature allows you to
change the language in which the
DIC messages appear to English.

119

Press U until the PRESS V TO
DISPLAY IN ENGLISH screen
appears on the DIC display. Press
the set/reset button once to display
all DIC messages in English.

To select a setting, press V while
the desired setting is displayed on
the DIC. A beep will sound once a
language has been selected.

LANGUAGE

This feature allows you to select
when the doors will
automatically lock.

This feature allows you to select the
language in which the DIC
messages will appear.
Press U until the LANGUAGE
screen appears on the DIC display.
Press V once to access the settings
for this feature. Then press U to
scroll through the following settings:
ENGLISH (default) : All messages
will appear in English.
FRANCAIS : All messages will
appear in French.
ESPANOL : All messages will
appear in Spanish.
ARABIC : All messages will appear
in Arabic.
NO CHANGE : No change will be
made to this feature. The current
setting will remain.

AUTO DOOR LOCK

Press U until AUTO DOOR LOCK
appears on the DIC display. Press
V once to access the settings for
this feature. Then press U to scroll
through the following settings:
SHIFT OUT OF PARK (default) :
The doors will automatically lock
when the vehicle is shifted out of
P (Park).
AT VEHICLE SPEED : The doors
will automatically lock when the
vehicle speed is above 13 km/h
(8 mph) for three seconds.
NO CHANGE : No change will be
made to this feature. The current
setting will remain.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

120

Instruments and Controls

To select a setting, press V while
the desired setting is displayed on
the DIC.

ALL AT KEY OUT : All of the doors
will unlock when the key is taken
out of the ignition.

OFF : There will be no feedback
when you press Q on the RKE
transmitter.

AUTO DOOR UNLOCK

ALL IN PARK (default) : All of the
doors will unlock when the vehicle is
shifted into P (Park).

LIGHTS ONLY : The exterior lamps
will flash when you press Q on the
RKE transmitter.

This feature allows you to select
whether or not to turn off the
automatic door unlocking feature.
It also allows you to select which
doors and when the doors will
automatically unlock.
Press U until AUTO DOOR
UNLOCK appears on the DIC
display. Press V once to access the
settings for this feature. Then
press U to scroll through the
following settings:
OFF : None of the doors will
automatically unlock.
DRIVER AT KEY OUT : Only the
driver door will unlock when the key
is taken out of the ignition.
DRIVER IN PARK : Only the driver
door will unlock when the vehicle is
shifted into P (Park).

NO CHANGE : No change will be
made to this feature. The current
setting will remain.
To select a setting, press V while
the desired setting is displayed on
the DIC.
REMOTE DOOR LOCK
This feature allows you to select the
type of feedback you will receive
when locking the vehicle with the
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
transmitter. You will not receive
feedback when locking the vehicle
with the RKE transmitter if the doors
are open. See Remote Keyless
Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 26.
Press U until REMOTE DOOR
LOCK appears on the DIC display.
Press V once to access the settings
for this feature. Then press U to
scroll through the following settings:

HORN ONLY : The horn will sound
on the second press of Q on the
RKE transmitter.
HORN & LIGHTS (default) : The
exterior lamps will flash when you
press Q on the RKE transmitter, and
the horn will sound when Q is
pressed again within five seconds of
the previous command.
NO CHANGE : No change will be
made to this feature. The current
setting will remain.
To select a setting, press V while
the desired setting is displayed on
the DIC.
REMOTE DOOR UNLOCK
This feature allows you to select the
type of feedback you will receive
when unlocking the vehicle with the
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Instruments and Controls
transmitter. You will not receive
feedback when unlocking the
vehicle with the RKE transmitter if
the doors are open. See Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) System
Operation 0 26.
Press U until REMOTE DOOR
UNLOCK appears on the DIC
display. Press V once to access the
settings for this feature. Then
press U to scroll through the
following settings:
LIGHTS OFF : The exterior lamps
will not flash when you press K on
the RKE transmitter.
LIGHTS ON (default) : The exterior
lamps will flash when you press K
on the RKE transmitter.
NO CHANGE : No change will be
made to this feature. The current
setting will remain.
To select a setting, press V while
the desired setting is displayed on
the DIC.

DELAY DOOR LOCK
This feature allows you to select
whether or not the locking of the
doors will be delayed. When locking
the doors with the power door lock
switch and a door is open, this
feature will delay locking the doors
until five seconds after the last door
is closed. You will hear three chimes
to signal that the delayed locking
feature is in use. The key must be
out of the ignition for this feature to
work. You can temporarily override
delayed locking by pressing the
power door lock switch twice or Q
on the RKE transmitter twice. See
Delayed Locking 0 30.
Press U until DELAY DOOR LOCK
appears on the DIC display.
Press V once to access the settings
for this feature. Then press U to
scroll through the following settings:

121

NO CHANGE : No change will be
made to this feature. The current
setting will remain.
To select a setting, press V while
the desired setting is displayed on
the DIC.
EXIT LIGHTING
This feature allows you to select the
amount of time you want the
exterior lamps to remain on when it
is dark enough outside. This
happens after the key is turned from
ON/RUN to LOCK/OFF.
Press U until EXIT LIGHTING
appears on the DIC display.
Press V once to access the settings
for this feature. Then press U to
scroll through the following settings:
OFF : The exterior lamps will not
turn on.

OFF : There will be no delayed
locking of the vehicle's doors.

10 SECONDS (default) : The
exterior lamps will stay on for
10 seconds.

ON (default) : The doors will not
lock until five seconds after the last
door is closed.

1 MINUTE : The exterior lamps will
stay on for one minute.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

122

Instruments and Controls

2 MINUTES : The exterior lamps will
stay on for two minutes.
NO CHANGE : No change will be
made to this feature. The current
setting will remain.
To select a setting, press V while
the desired setting is displayed on
the DIC.
APPROACH LIGHTING
This feature allows you to select
whether or not to have the exterior
lamps turn on briefly during low light
periods after unlocking the vehicle
using the Remote Keyless
Entry (RKE) transmitter.
Press U until APPROACH
LIGHTING appears on the DIC
display. Press V once to access the
settings for this feature. Then
press U to scroll through the
following settings:
OFF : The exterior lamps will not
turn on when you unlock the vehicle
with the RKE transmitter.

ON (default) : If it is dark enough
outside, the exterior lamps will turn
on briefly when you unlock the
vehicle with the RKE transmitter.
The lamps will remain on for
20 seconds or until Q on the RKE
transmitter is pressed, or the vehicle
is no longer off. See Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) System
Operation 0 26.
NO CHANGE : No change will be
made to this feature. The current
setting will remain.

LOUD : The chime volume will be
set to a loud level.
NO CHANGE : No change will be
made to this feature. The current
setting will remain.
There is no default for chime
volume. The volume will stay at the
last known setting.
To select a setting, press V while
the desired setting is displayed on
the DIC.
FACTORY SETTINGS

To select a setting, press V while
the desired setting is displayed on
the DIC.

This feature allows you to set all of
the customization features back to
their factory default settings.

CHIME VOLUME

Press U until FACTORY SETTINGS
appears on the DIC display.
Press V once to access the settings
for this feature. Then press U to
scroll through the following settings:

This feature allows you to select the
volume level of the chime.
Press U until CHIME VOLUME
appears on the DIC display.
Press V once to access the settings
for this feature. Then press U to
scroll through the following settings:
NORMAL : The chime volume will
be set to a normal level.

RESTORE ALL (default) : The
customization features will be set to
their factory default settings.
DO NOT RESTORE : The
customization features will not be
set to their factory default settings.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Instruments and Controls
To select a setting, press V while
the desired setting is displayed on
the DIC.
EXIT FEATURE SETTINGS
This feature allows you to exit the
feature settings menu.
Press U until FEATURE SETTINGS
PRESS V TO EXIT appears in the
DIC display. Press V once to exit
the menu.
If you do not exit, pressing U will
return you to the beginning of the
feature settings menu.

Exiting the Feature
Settings Menu
The feature settings menu will be
exited when any of the following
occurs:
. The vehicle is no longer in
ON/RUN.
.

The 3 or
pressed.

T DIC buttons are

The end of the feature settings
menu is reached and exited.

A 40 second time period has
elapsed with no selection made.

123

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

124

Lighting

Lighting
Exterior Lighting
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . 124
Exterior Lamps Off
Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Headlamp High/Low-Beam
Changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Automatic Headlamp
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 126
Turn and Lane-Change
Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126

Interior Lighting
Instrument Panel Illumination
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128

Lighting Features
Entry/Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Battery Load Management . . . 128
Battery Power Protection . . . . . 129

Exterior Lighting
Exterior Lamp Controls

The exterior lamp control is on the
instrument panel to the left of the
steering wheel.
There are four positions:

O (Off) : Briefly turn the control to
this position to turn the automatic
headlamps off or back on.
AUTO (Automatic) : Automatically
turns the exterior lamps on and off,
depending on outside lighting.

; (Parking Lamps) : Turns on the
parking lamps, taillamps, instrument
panel lights, and license plate
lamps.

2 (Headlamps) : Turns on the
headlamps, parking lamps,
taillamps, instrument panel lights,
and license plate lamps.
If the headlamps are turned on
while the vehicle is on, the
headlamps turn off automatically
10 minutes after the ignition is
turned off. If the headlamps are
turned on while the vehicle is off,
the headlamps will continue to stay
on. To prevent the battery from
being drained, turn the control to
the O position.
A warning chime sounds if the driver
door is opened while the ignition
switch is off and the headlamps
are on.
To change the headlamps from low
beam to high beam, pull the turn
signal lever all the way toward you.
Then release it.

Exterior Lamps Off
Reminder
If a door is open, a reminder chime
sounds when the headlamps or
parking lamps are manually turned

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Lighting
on and the key is out of the ignition.
To turn off the chime, turn the
headlamp switch to O or AUTO and
then back on, or close and re‐open
the door. In the auto mode, the
headlamps turn off once the ignition
is in LOCK/OFF or may remain on
until the headlamp delay ends,
if enabled in the Driver Information
Center (DIC). See “Exit Lighting”
under Vehicle Personalization
0 118.

This instrument cluster light comes
on when the high-beam headlamps
are on.

Headlamp High/
Low-Beam Changer
2 3 (Headlamp High/Low-Beam

Release the lever to turn the
high-beam headlamps off.

Changer) : Pull the turn signal lever
all the way toward you to change
the headlamps from low to high
beam. Then release it.

125

To turn off the automatic headlamp
system, turn the exterior lamp
control to the off position and then
release.

Flash-to-Pass
This feature is used to signal to the
vehicle ahead that you want
to pass.
If the headlamps are off or in the
low‐beam position, pull the turn
signal lever toward you to
momentarily switch to high beams.

Automatic Headlamp
System
When it is dark enough outside and
the headlamp switch is in AUTO,
the automatic headlamp system
turns on the headlamps, along with
the taillamps, sidemarker lamps,
parking lamps, roof marker lamps,
and the instrument panel lights. The
radio lights will also be dim.

The vehicle has a light sensor
located on the top of the instrument
panel. Do not cover the sensor;
otherrwise the system will come on
whenever the ignition is on.
The system may also turn on the
headlamps when driving through a
parking garage or tunnel.
There is a delay in the transition
between the daytime and nighttime
operation of the automatic
headlamp system so that driving
under bridges or bright overhead
street lights does not affect the
system. The automatic headlamp

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

126

Lighting

system is only affected when the
light sensor sees a change in
lighting lasting longer than the
delay.
If the vehicle is started in a dark
garage, the automatic headlamp
system comes on immediately.
Once the vehicle leaves the garage,
it takes approximately 30 seconds
for the automatic headlamp system
to change if it is light outside. During
that delay, the instrument cluster
may not be as bright as usual. Make
sure the instrument panel brightness
control is in the full bright position.
See Instrument Panel Illumination
Control 0 127.

Lights On with Wipers
If the windshield wipers are
activated in daylight with the engine
on, and the exterior lamp control is
in AUTO, the headlamps, parking
lamps, and other exterior lamps
come on. The transition time for the
lamps coming on varies based on
wiper speed. When the wipers are
not operating, these lamps turn off.
Move the exterior lamp control to P
or ; to disable this feature.

Hazard Warning Flashers

Turn and Lane-Change
Signals

G (Turn Signals) : An arrow on
the instrument cluster flashes in the
direction of the turn or lane change.

| (Hazard Warning Flashers) :
Press this button to make the front
and rear turn signal lamps flash on
and off. This warns others that you
are having trouble. Press again to
turn the flashers off.
When the hazard warning flashers
are on, the vehicle's turn signals will
not work.

To signal a turn, move the lever all
the way up or down.
To signal a lane change, raise or
lower the lever until the arrow starts
to flash. The turn signal
automatically flashes three times
and if the Tow/Haul Mode is active it
flashes six times. Holding the turn
signal lever for more than
one second causes the turn signals
to flash continually until the lever is
released.
The lever returns to its starting
position when released.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Lighting
If after signaling a turn or lane
change the arrow flashes rapidly or
does not come on, a signal bulb
may be burned out.
Have any burned out bulbs
replaced. If a bulb is not burned out,
check the fuse. See Fuses and
Circuit Breakers 0 244.

127

Interior Lighting

Dome Lamps

Instrument Panel
Illumination Control

The dome lamps come on when any
door is opened. They turn off after
all the doors are closed.

The knob for this feature is to the
left of the steering column.

Turn Signal On Chime
If the turn signal is left on for more
than 1.2 km (0.75 mi), a chime
sounds at each flash of the turn
signal and the message TURN
SIGNAL ON also appears in the
Driver Information Center (DIC). See
Lamp Messages 0 114. To turn off
the chime and message, move the
turn signal lever to the off position.

The instrument panel brightness
knob extends when D is pressed.
To manually turn on the dome
lamps, press D then turn the knob
clockwise to the farthest position. In
this position, the dome lamps
remain on whether a door is opened
or closed.

Dome Lamp Override
The E DOME OFF button is above
the instrument panel
brightness knob.

D (Instrument Panel Lights) :
Push the knob to extend and then
turn clockwise or counterclockwise
to brighten or dim the instrument
panel lights and the radio display.
This only works if the headlamps or
parking lamps are on.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

128

Lighting

Reading Lamps

Lighting Features

If equipped with reading lamps,
press the button next to each lamp
to turn it on or off.

Entry/Exit Lighting

The vehicle may also have reading
lamps in other locations. The lamps
cannot be adjusted.

The dome lamp override sets the
dome lamps to remain off or come
on automatically when a door is
opened.

E DOME OFF : Press this button
in and the dome lamps remain off
when a door is opened. Press the
button again to return it to the
extended position so that the dome
lamps come on when a door is
opened.

The vehicle has an illuminated
entry/exit feature.
The dome lamps come on if the E
DOME OFF button is in the
extended position, when a door is
opened, or the key is removed from
the ignition.

Battery Load
Management
The vehicle may have Electric
Power Management (EPM) that
estimates the battery's temperature
and state of charge. It then adjusts
the voltage for best performance
and extended life of the battery.
When the battery's state of charge
is low, the voltage is raised slightly
to quickly bring the charge back up.
When the state of charge is high,
the voltage is lowered slightly to
prevent overcharging. If the vehicle
has a voltmeter gauge or a voltage
display on the Driver Information

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Lighting
Center (DIC), you may see the
voltage move up or down. This is
normal. If there is a problem, an
alert will be displayed.
The battery can be discharged at
idle if the electrical loads are very
high. This is true for all vehicles.
This is because the generator
(alternator) may not be spinning fast
enough at idle to produce all the
power that is needed for very high
electrical loads.
A high electrical load occurs when
several of the following are on, such
as: headlamps, high beams, fog
lamps, rear window defogger,
climate control fan at high speed,
heated seats, engine cooling fans,
trailer loads, and loads plugged into
accessory power outlets.
EPM works to prevent excessive
discharge of the battery. It does this
by balancing the generator's output
and the vehicle's electrical needs.
It can increase engine idle speed to
generate more power, whenever
needed. It can temporarily reduce
the power demands of some
accessories.

Normally, these actions occur in
steps or levels, without being
noticeable. In rare cases at the
highest levels of corrective action,
this action may be noticeable to the
driver. If so, a Driver Information
Center (DIC) message might be
displayed, such as SERVICE
BATTERY CHARGING SYSTEM.
If this messages displays, it is
recommended that the driver reduce
the electrical loads as much as
possible. See Battery Voltage and
Charging Messages 0 111.

Battery Power Protection
This feature shuts off the dome
lamps if they are left on for more
than 10 minutes when the ignition is
in LOCK/OFF. This helps to prevent
the battery from running down.

129

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

130

Infotainment System

Infotainment
System

Introduction
Infotainment

Introduction
Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Theft-Deterrent Feature . . . . . . 131
Overview (AM-FM Radio) . . . . . 131
Overview (Radio with
CD/MP3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134

Radio
AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fixed Mast Antenna
(Multi-Band) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fixed Mast Antenna (Care) . . .

136
137
138
139
139

Audio Players
CD Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Auxiliary Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144

OnStar System

Base radio information is included in
this manual. See the infotainment
manual for information on other
available infotainment systems.
Read the following pages to
become familiar with these features.

{ Warning
Taking your eyes off the road for
too long or too often while using
any infotainment feature can
cause a crash. You or others
could be injured or killed. Do not
give extended attention to
infotainment tasks while driving.
Limit your glances at the vehicle
displays and focus your attention
on driving. Use voice commands
whenever possible.

OnStar System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148

Phone
Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149

The infotainment system has built-in
features intended to help avoid
distraction by disabling some
functions when driving. These

functions may gray out when they
are unavailable. Many infotainment
features are also available through
the instrument cluster and steering
wheel controls.
Before driving:
. Become familiar with the
operation, faceplate buttons, and
screen buttons.
. Set up the audio by presetting
favorite stations, setting the
tone, and adjusting the
speakers.
. Set up phone numbers in
advance so they can be called
easily by pressing a single
button or by using a single voice
command if equipped with
Bluetooth phone capability.
See Defensive Driving 0 164.
To play the infotainment system with
the ignition off, see Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) 0 179.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Infotainment System

Theft-Deterrent Feature

131

Overview (AM-FM Radio)

The theft-deterrent feature works by
learning a portion of the Vehicle
Identification Number (VIN) to the
infotainment system. The
infotainment system does not
operate if it is stolen or moved to a
different vehicle.

Overview (AM-FM Radio)
1.

4 (Information)
.

Press to show information
on the current station or
track.

2. FAV (Favorites Pages)
. Press to scroll through the
favorite pages.

3. MENU
. Press to set the number of
favorite pages.
. Press to select the Speed
Compensation Volume
setting.
. Press to turn Auto Page
Text Information on or off.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

132

Infotainment System

4. Buttons 1 - 6
. Saves and selects favorite
stations.
5. EQ (Equalizer)
. Press to adjust the
equalizer.
6.

10.

\ FWD (Forward)
.

11.

s REV (Reverse)
.

f (Tone/Tune)
.

Press to set the bass,
midrange, treble, fade, and
balance.

12.

Turn to manually select
radio stations.

7. CAT (Category)
. Press to display a list of XM
categories.
8. Auxiliary Input Jack (If
Equipped)
. Use to connect external
audio devices.
9. SRCE
. Press to scroll through
auxiliary devices, AM, FM,
or SiriusXM, if equipped.

13.

P (Power/Volume)
Press to turn the
infotainment system on
or off.

Turn to adjust the volume.

¨ SEEK
Seeks the next station.

15.

Press and hold to go
backward fast through a
track.

.
14.

Press and hold to fast
forward through a track.

Seeks the previous station.

H (Clock)
.

Press to set the clock
and date.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Infotainment System

Overview (Radio with CD/MP3)

133

4. Buttons 1 - 6
. Saves and selects favorite
stations.
5. EQ (Equalizer)
. Press to adjust the
equalizer.
6.

f (Tone/Tune)
.

Press to set the bass,
midrange, treble, fade, and
balance.

Turn to manually select
radio stations.

7. CAT (Category)
. Press to display a list of XM
categories.
Overview (Radio with CD/MP3)
1.

4 (Information)
.

Press to show information
on the current station or
track.

2. FAV (Favorites Pages)
. Press to scroll through the
favorite pages.

3. MENU
. Press to set the number of
favorite pages.
. Press to select the Speed
Compensation Volume
setting.
. Press to turn Auto Page
Text Information on or off.

Z EJECT
.

Press to eject the
loaded CD.

9. Auxiliary Input Jack (If
Equipped)
. Use to connect external
audio devices.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

134

Infotainment System

10. CD/AUX
. Press to scroll through
selecting the CD or an
auxiliary device.
11.

\ FWD (Forward)
.

12.

s REV (Reverse)
.

13.

14.

Press and hold to go
backward fast through a
track.

P (Power/Volume)
.

Press to turn the
infotainment system on
or off.

Turn to adjust the volume.

¨ SEEK
.

15.

Press and hold to fast
forward through a track.

Seeks the next station.

Seeks the previous station.

16. BAND
. Press to scroll through the
available bands FM1, FM2,
AM, or SiriusXM if
equipped.
17.

H (Clock)
.

Press to set the clock
and date.

Operation
Using the Radio

O (Power/Volume) : Press to turn
the system on and off.
Turn clockwise or counterclockwise
to increase or decrease the volume.

4 (Information) : Press to switch
the display between the radio
station frequency and the time.
While the ignition is off, press this
button to display the time. Press to
display additional text information
related to the current FM-RDS
station or MP3 song. A choice of
additional information such as
Channel, Song, Artist, and CAT
(category) can display. Continue
pressing to highlight the desired tab,

or press the softkey under any one
of the tabs and the information
about that tab displays.
Speed Compensated Volume
(SCV) : SCV automatically adjust
the radio volume to compensate for
road and wind noise as the vehicle
speed changes while driving, so that
the volume level stays consistent.
To activate SCV:
1. Set the radio volume to the
desired level.
2. Press the MENU button to
display the radio setup menu.
3. Press the softkey under the
AUTO VOLUM (automatic
volume) tab on the radio
display.
4. Press the softkey under the
desired SCV setting (OFF, Low,
Med, or High) to select the
level of radio volume
compensation. The display
times out after approximately
10 seconds. Each higher
setting allows for more radio
volume compensation at faster
vehicle speeds.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Infotainment System
Setting the Tone (Bass/Treble)
To adjust the bass or treble:
1. Press the f knob until Bass or
Treble displays.
2. To adjust the setting, do one of
the following:
.
.

f knob.
Press either ¨ SEEK,
or © SEEK.
Turn the

EQ (Equalization) : Press this
button to choose bass and treble
equalization settings designed for
different types of music. Selecting
MANUAL, or changing bass or
treble, returns the EQ to the manual
bass and treble settings.
Unique EQ settings can be saved
for each source.

Adjusting the Speakers
(Balance/Fade)
BAL/FADE (Balance/Fade) : To
adjust the balance or fade:
1. Press the f knob until the
speaker control tabs display.

2. Highlight the desired speaker
control tab by doing one of the
following:

f knob.

Press the

Press the softkey under the
desired tab.

3. Adjust the setting by doing one
of the following:
.

Turn the f knob clockwise
or counterclockwise.

Press

¨ SEEK or © SEEK.
Press \ FWD or s REV.

To quickly adjust all speaker and
tone controls to the middle position,
press the f knob for more than
two seconds.
If the Rear Seat Audio (RSA) is
turned on, the radio disables FADE
and mutes the rear speakers.

Radio Messages
Calibration Error : The audio
system has been calibrated for the
vehicle from the factory.
If Calibration Error displays, it
means that the radio has not been

135

configured properly for the vehicle
and it must be returned to your
dealer for service.
VIN or NO VIN : One of these
messages will display when the
TheftLock system has locked up the
radio. Take the vehicle to your
dealer for service.
If any error occurs repeatedly or if
an error cannot be corrected,
contact your dealer.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

136

Infotainment System

Radio
AM-FM Radio
Radio Data System (RDS)
The radio may have an RDS. The
RDS feature is available for use
only on FM stations that broadcast
RDS information. This system relies
upon receiving specific information
from these stations and only works
when the information is available.
While the radio is tuned to an
FM-RDS station, the station name
or call letters display. In rare cases,
a radio station could broadcast
incorrect information that causes the
radio features to work improperly.
If this happens, contact the radio
station.

Finding a Station
BAND or SRCE : Press to switch
between FM1, FM2, AM, and XM.
The selection displays.

f (Tune) : Turn clockwise or
counterclockwise to increase or
decrease the station frequency.

© SEEK or ¨ SEEK : Press ©
SEEK to go to the previous or ¨
SEEK to go to the next station and
stay there.
To scan stations, press and hold
either button for two seconds until a
beep sounds. The radio goes to a
station, plays for a few seconds,
then goes to the next station. For
AM-FM Radio and Radio with CD,
the station frequency flashes while
the radio is in the scan mode. Press
either button again to stop scanning.
The radio seeks and scans stations
only with a strong signal that are in
the selected band.
Scan presets within the current
selected band by pressing and
holding either SEEK button for
four seconds until a double beep
sounds. The radio goes to a stored
preset, plays for a few seconds if a
strong signal is present, then goes
to the next stored preset. The
station frequency flashes while the
radio is in the scan mode.

Storing a Radio Station as a
Favorite
You are encouraged to set up radio
station favorites while the vehicle is
parked. Tune to favorite stations
using the presets, favorites button,
and steering wheel controls,
if equipped. See Defensive Driving
0 164.
FAV (Favorites) : If the vehicle has
a FAV button, a maximum of
36 stations can be programmed as
favorites using the six softkeys
below the radio station frequency
tabs and by using the radio favorites
page button (FAV button). Press the
FAV button to go through up to
six pages of favorites, each having
six favorite stations available per
page. Each page of favorites can
contain any combination of AM and
FM stations.
The balance/fade and tone settings
that were previously adjusted, are
stored with the favorite stations.
To store a station as a favorite:
1. Tune to the desired radio
station.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Infotainment System
2. Press the FAV button to display
the page where the station is to
be stored.
3. Press and hold one of the
six softkeys until a beep
sounds. When that softkey is
pressed and released, the
station that was set, returns.
4. Repeat the steps for each
softkey radio station to be
stored as a favorite.
The number of favorites pages can
be set up using the MENU button.
To set up the number of favorites
pages:
1. Press the MENU button to
display the radio setup menu.
2. Press the softkey below the
FAV 1-6 tab.

the process of programming
favorites for the chosen
number of numbered pages.

Satellite Radio
SiriusXM®, if equipped, is a satellite
radio service based in the United
States and Canada only.

Finding a Category (CAT)
Station
CAT (Category) : The CAT button is
used to find XM channels (if
equipped) while the radio is in the
XM mode.

Finding a Channel
BAND or SRCE : Press to switch
between FM1, FM2, AM, and XM.
The selection displays.

3. Select the desired number of
favorites pages by pressing the
softkey below the displayed
page numbers.

f (Tune) : Turn clockwise or
counterclockwise to increase or
decrease the station frequency.

4. Press the FAV button, or let the
menu time out, to return to the
original main radio screen
showing the radio station
frequency tabs and to begin

SEEK to go to the previous or ¨
SEEK to go to the next station and
stay there.

137

To scan stations, press and hold
either button for two seconds until a
beep sounds. The radio goes to a
station, plays for a few seconds,
then goes to the next station. The
station frequency flashes while the
radio is in the scan mode. Press
either button again to stop scanning.
The radio seeks and scans stations
only with a strong signal that are in
the selected band.
To scan presets within the current
selected band by pressing and
holding either SEEK button for
four seconds until a double beep
sounds. The radio goes to a stored
preset, plays for a few seconds if a
strong signal is present, then goes
to the next stored preset. The
station frequency flashes while the
radio is in the scan mode.

Storing a Radio Station as a
Favorite
Drivers are encouraged to set up
radio station favorites while the
vehicle is parked. Tune to favorite
stations using the presets, favorites

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

138

Infotainment System

button, and steering wheel controls,
if the vehicle has this feature. See
Defensive Driving 0 164.
FAV (Favorites) : If the vehicle has
a FAV button, a maximum of
36 stations can be programmed as
favorites using the six softkeys
below the radio station frequency
tabs and by using the radio favorites
page button (FAV button). Press the
FAV button to go through up to
six pages of favorites, each having
six favorite stations available per
page. Each page of favorites can
contain any combination of AM and
FM stations.
The balance/fade and tone settings
that were previously adjusted, are
stored with the favorite stations.
To store a station as a favorite:
1. Tune to the desired radio
station.
2. Press the FAV button to display
the page where the station is to
be stored.

3. Press and hold one of the
six softkeys until a beep
sounds. When that softkey is
pressed and released, the
station that was set, returns.
4. Repeat the steps for each
softkey radio station to be
stored as a favorite.
The number of favorites pages can
be set up using the MENU button.
To set up the number of favorites
pages:
1. Press the MENU button to
display the radio setup menu.
2. Press the softkey below the
FAV 1-6 tab.
3. Select the desired number of
favorites pages by pressing the
softkey below the displayed
page numbers.
4. Press the FAV button, or let the
menu time out, to return to the
original main radio screen
showing the radio station
frequency tabs and to begin
the process of programming
favorites for the chosen
number of numbered pages.

Radio Reception
Frequency interference and static
can occur during normal radio
reception if items such as cell phone
chargers, vehicle convenience
accessories, and external electronic
devices are plugged into the
accessory power outlet. If there is
interference or static, unplug the
item from the accessory power
outlet.

AM
The range for most AM stations is
greater than for FM, especially at
night. The longer range can cause
station frequencies to interfere with
each other. For better radio
reception, most AM radio stations
boost the power levels during the
day, and then reduce these levels
during the night. Static can also
occur when things like storms and
power lines interfere with radio
reception. When this happens, try
reducing the treble on the radio.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Infotainment System
FM Stereo
FM stereo gives the best sound, but
FM signals reach only about 16 to
65 km (10 to 40 mi). Tall buildings or
hills can interfere with FM signals,
causing the sound to fade in
and out.

Cellular Phone Usage
Cellular phone usage may cause
interference with the radio. This
interference may occur when
making or receiving phone calls,
charging the phone's battery,
or simply having the phone on. This
interference causes an increased
level of static while listening to the
radio. If static is received while
listening to the radio, unplug the
cellular phone and turn it off.

Fixed Mast Antenna
(Multi-Band)
The multi-band antenna is on the
roof of the vehicle. The antenna is
used for the Navigation System,
OnStar® and the SiriusXM® Satellite
Radio Service System if the vehicle
has these features. Tall buildings,

hills, trees, heavy foliage, tunnels,
bridges, and garages will affect
reception. Keep the antenna clear of
obstructions for clear reception.
Make sure there is sufficient
clearance when entering garages or
parking structures.

Fixed Mast
Antenna (Care)
The fixed mast antenna can
withstand most car washes without
being damaged as long as it is
securely attached to the base. If the
mast becomes slightly bent,
straighten it out by hand. If the mast
is badly bent, replace it.
Make sure there is sufficient
clearance when entering garages or
parking structures.
Occasionally check to make sure
the antenna is tightened to its base.
If tightening is required, tighten
by hand.

139

Audio Players
CD Player
Care of the CD Player
Do not add any label to a CD.
It could get caught in the CD. If a
CD is recorded on a personal
computer and a description label is
needed, try labeling the top of the
recorded CD with a marking pen.
The use of CD lens cleaners is not
advised, due to the risk of
contaminating the lens of the CD
optics with lubricants internal to the
CD player mechanism.

Caution
If a label is added to a CD, more
than one CD is inserted into the
slot at a time, or an attempt is
made to play scratched or
damaged CDs, the CD player
could be damaged. While using
the CD player, use only CDs in
good condition without any label,
(Continued)

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

140

Infotainment System
damage the surface. Pick up CDs
by the outer edges or the edge of
the hole and the outer edge.

radio is turned on, the CD starts
playing where it stopped, if it was
the last selected audio source.

If an error displays, see “CD Player
Messages” later in this section.

If the surface of a CD is soiled,
clean it with a soft, lint-free cloth or
dampen a clean, soft cloth in a mild,
neutral detergent solution mixed
with water. Make sure the wiping
process starts from the center to
the edge.

When a CD is inserted, the CD
symbol displays on the left side of
the radio display. As each new track
starts to play, the track number
displays.

Care of CDs

Inserting a CD

If playing a CD-R, the sound quality
can be reduced due to CD-R or
CD-RW quality, the method of
recording, the quality of the music
that has been recorded, and the
way the CD-R or CD-RW has been
handled. Handle them carefully.
Store CD-Rs or CD-RWs in their
original cases or other protective
cases and away from direct sunlight
and dust. The CD player scans the
bottom surface of the disc. If the
surface of a CD is damaged, such
as cracked, broken, or scratched,
the CD does not play properly or not
at all. Do not touch the bottom side
of a CD while handling it; this could

Insert a CD partway into the slot,
label side up. The player pulls it in
and the CD should begin playing.

Caution (Continued)
load one CD at a time, and keep
the CD player and the loading slot
free of foreign materials, liquids,
and debris.

Ejecting a CD

Z EJECT : Press and release to
eject the disc. Remove the CD
when Remove Disc displays. If the
disc is not removed, after several
seconds the disc is automatically
pulled back into the player.

Playing a CD
If the ignition or radio is turned off
with a CD in the player, it stays in
the player. When the ignition or

The CD player can play the smaller
8 cm (3 in) single CDs with an
adapter ring. Full-size CDs and the
smaller CDs are loaded in the same
manner.
CD/AUX (CD/Auxiliary) : Press to
cycle between CD or Auxiliary when
listening to the radio. The CD icon
and a message showing the disc
and/or track number will display
when a CD is in the player. Press
again and the system automatically
searches for an auxiliary input
device; see Auxiliary Devices 0 144.
If a portable audio player is not
connected, “No Input Device Found”
displays.

4 (Information) : Press to display
additional text information related to
the current song. If information is
available, the song title information

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Infotainment System
displays on the top line of the
display and artist information
displays on the bottom line. When
information is not available, NO
INFO displays.

RDM (Random) : For Radios with
CD/MP3. Press to listen to tracks in
random, rather than sequential
order.

141

Compressed Audio or Mixed Mode
Discs

1. Press the softkey under the
RDM tab until Random Current
Disc displays.

The radio can play discs that
contain both uncompressed CD
audio and MP3 files. If both formats
are on the disc, the radio reads all
MP3 files first, then the
uncompressed CD audio files.

the current track if more than
10 seconds on the CD have played.

2. Press the softkey again to turn
off random play.

CD-R- or CD-RW-Supported File
and Folder Structure

f (Tune) : Turn to select tracks on
the CD that is currently playing.

Press to go to the previous track if
less than 10 seconds on the CD
have played.
Press and hold, or press multiple
times, to continue moving backward
through the tracks on the CD.

¨ SEEK : Press to go to the next
track.
Press and hold, or press multiple
times, to continue moving forward
through the tracks on the CD.

s REV (Reverse) : Press and hold
to reverse playback quickly within a
track.
\ FWD (Fast Forward) : Press
and hold to advance playback
quickly within a track.

To use random:

MP3-Supported Files
Radios with CD/MP3 have the
capability of playing an MP3 CD-R
or CD-RW disc.

The radio supports:
. Up to 50 folders.
.

Up to eight folders in depth.

Up to 50 playlists.

Format

Up to 255 files.

Radios that have the capability of
playing MP3s can play .mp3 or .wma
files that were recorded onto a
CD-R or CD-RW disc. The files can
be recorded with the following fixed
bit rates: 32 kbps, 40 kbps, 56 kbps,
64 kbps, 80 kbps, 96 kbps, 112 kbps,
128 kbps, 160 kbps, 192 kbps,
224 kbps, 256 kbps, and 320 kbps or
a variable bit rate.

Playlists with an .m3u or .wpl
extension.

Files with an .mp3, .wma, or .cda
file extension.

Root Directory
The root directory is treated as a
folder. Files are stored in the root
directory when the disc or storage
device does not contain folders.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

142

Infotainment System

Files accessed from the root
directory of a CD display as
F1 ROOT.
Empty Folder
Folders that do not contain files are
skipped, and the player advances to
the next folder that contains files.
Order of Play
Compressed audio files are
accessed in the following order:
. Playlists (Px).
.

Files stored in the root directory.

Files stored in folders in the root
directory.

Tracks are played in the following
order:
. Play begins from the first track in
the first playlist and continues
sequentially through all tracks in
each playlist. When the last
track of the last playlist has
played, play continues from the
first track of the first playlist.
. Play begins from the first track in
the first folder and continues
sequentially through all tracks in

each folder. When the last track
of the last folder has played,
play continues from the first
track of the first folder.

Playlists that have an .m3u or .pls
file extension and are stored on a
USB device may be supported by
the radio with a USB port.

Track names longer than 32
characters or four pages are
shortened. The display does not
show parts of words on the last
page of text, and the extension of
the file name is not displayed.

Playlists can be changed by using
the softkeys below the S c and
c T tabs, the f knob, the © SEEK
button, or the ¨ SEEK button. An
MP3 CD-R or CD-RW that has been
recorded without using file folders
can be played. If a CD-R or CD-RW
contains more than the maximum of
50 folders, 15 playlists, and
512 folders and files, the player
allows access and navigates up to
the maximum, but all items over the
maximum are not accessible.

Preprogrammed Playlists

Playing an MP3

File System and Naming
The song name that displays is the
song name contained in the ID3 tag.
If the song name is not present in
the ID3 tag, then the radio displays
the file name without the extension
(such as .mp3) as the track name.

CDs that have preprogrammed
playlists created using WinAmp®,
MusicMatch®, or RealPlayer®
software can be accessed; however,
there is no playlist-editing capability
using the radio. These playlists are
treated as special folders containing
compressed audio song files.

4 (Information) : Press to display
additional text information related to
the current song. If information is
available, the song title information
displays on the top line of the
display and artist information
displays on the bottom line. When
information is not available, NO
INFO displays.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Infotainment System

f (Tune) : Turn to select MP3s on
the CD currently playing.

c T (Next Folder) : Press the
softkey below the c T tab to go to

the first track in the next folder.

the track, if more than 10 seconds
have played. Press and hold or
press multiple times to continue
moving backward through tracks.

RDM (Random) : For Radios with
CD/MP3. Press to listen to tracks in
random, rather than sequential
order.

¨ SEEK : Press to go to the next

To use random:

track. Press and hold or press
multiple times to continue moving
forward through tracks.

s REV (Reverse) : Press and hold

1. Press the softkey under the
RDM tab until Random Current
Disc displays.
2. Press the softkey again to turn
off random play.

to reverse playback quickly. Sound
is heard at a reduced volume and
the elapsed time of the file displays.
Release s REV to resume playing.

h (Music Navigator) : Press the
softkey below the h tab to play

\ FWD (Fast Forward) : Press

the files in order by artist or album.

and hold to advance playback
quickly. Sound is heard at a reduced
volume and the elapsed time of the
file displays. Release \ FWD to
resume playing. The elapsed time of
the file displays.

The player scans the disc to sort the
files by artist and album ID3 tag
information. It can take several
minutes to scan the disc depending
on the number of files on the disc.
The radio may begin playing while it
is scanning in the background.

S c (Previous Folder) : Press
the softkey below the S c tab to
go to the first track in the previous
folder.

When the scan is finished, the disc
begins playing files in order by
artist. The current artist playing is
shown on the second line of the

143

display. Once all songs by that artist
are played, the player moves to the
next artist in alphabetical order and
begins playing files by that artist.
To listen to files by another artist,
press the softkey below either arrow
tab. The disc goes to the next or
previous artist in alphabetical order.
Continue pressing either softkey
below the arrow tab until the desired
artist displays.
To change from playback by artist to
playback by album:
1. Press the softkey below the
Sort By tab.
2. Press one of the softkeys
below the Album tab from the
sort screen.
3. Press the softkey below the
Back tab to return to the main
music navigator screen.
The album name displays on the
second line between the arrows,
and songs from the current album
begin to play. Once all songs from
that album have played, the player
moves to the next album in

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

144

Infotainment System

alphabetical order on the CD and
begins playing MP3s from that
album.

If the CD is not playing correctly, for
any other reason, try a known
good CD.

To exit music navigator mode, press
the softkey below the Back tab to
return to normal MP3 playback.

If any error occurs repeatedly or if
an error cannot be corrected,
contact your dealer. If the radio
displays an error message, write it
down and provide it to your dealer
when reporting the problem.

CD Player Messages
CHECK DISC : If this message
displays and/or the CD ejects, it
could be for one of the following
reasons:
. It is very hot. When the
temperature returns to normal,
the CD should play.
. The road is very rough. When
the road becomes smoother, the
CD should play.
. The CD is dirty, scratched, wet,
or upside down.
. The air is very humid. If so, wait
about an hour and try again.
. There was a problem while
burning the CD.
. The label is caught in the CD
player.

Auxiliary Devices
Using the Auxiliary Input Jack
Radios with an auxiliary input jack
on the lower right side of the
faceplate can connect to an external
audio device such as an iPod®,
MP3 player, or CD player, for use as
another source for audio listening.
This input jack is not an audio
output; do not plug headphones into
the front auxiliary input jack.
Drivers are encouraged to set up
any auxiliary device while the
vehicle is in P (Park). See
Defensive Driving 0 164 for more
information on driver distraction.

To use a portable audio player,
connect a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) cable to
the radio's front auxiliary input jack.
When a device is connected, press
the radio CD/AUX button to begin
playing audio from the device over
the vehicle speakers.
For optimal sound quality, increase
the portable audio device's volume
to the loudest level.
It is always best to power the
portable audio device through its
own battery while playing.

O (Power/Volume) : Turn clockwise
or counterclockwise to increase or
decrease the volume of the portable
player. Additional volume
adjustments might have to be made
from the portable device if the
volume is not loud or soft enough.
BAND : If equipped, press to listen
to the radio when a portable audio
device is playing. The portable
audio device continues playing.
CD/AUX (CD/Auxiliary) :
If equipped, press to play a CD
when a portable audio device is
playing. Press again and the system

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Infotainment System
begins playing audio from the
connected portable audio player. If a
portable audio player is not
connected, “No Input Device Found”
displays.

Make sure the iPod has the latest
firmware from Apple® for proper
operation. iPod firmware can be
updated using the latest iTunes®
application. See www.apple.com/
itunes.

USB Support

SRCE (Source) : If equipped, press
to listen to the radio when a portable
audio device is playing. The
portable audio device continues
playing.
Press to play a CD when a portable
audio device is playing. Press again
and the system begins playing
audio from the connected portable
audio player. If a portable audio
player is not connected, “No Input
Device Found” displays.

Using the USB Port
Radios with a USB port can control
a USB storage device or an iPod®
using the radio buttons and knobs.
See “Playing an MP3” in CD Player
0 139 for information about how to
connect and control a USB storage
device or an iPod.

145

For help with identifying the iPod, go
to www.apple.com/support.
Radios that have a USB port can
play .mp3 and .wma files that are
stored on a USB storage device as
well as AAC files that are stored on
an iPod.
If equipped, the USB port is on the
instrument panel and uses the
USB 2.0 standard.
USB-Supported Devices
. USB flash drive

USB-Supported File and Folder
Structure
The radio supports:
. Up to 700 folders.
.

Up to eight folders in depth.

Portable USB hard drive

Up to 65,535 files.

Fifth generation or later iPod

iPod nano®

Folder and file names up to
64 bytes.

iPod touch®

Files with an .mp3 or .wma file
extension.

AAC files stored on an iPod.

FAT16.

iPod classic

Not all iPods and USB drives are
compatible with the USB port.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

146
.

Infotainment System

FAT32.

Connecting a USB Storage
Device or iPod
The USB port can be used to
control an iPod or a USB storage
device.
To connect a USB storage device,
connect the device to the USB port
on the instrument panel.
To connect an iPod, connect one
end of the USB cable that came
with the iPod to the iPod’s dock
connector and connect the other
end to the USB port on the
instrument panel. If the vehicle is on
and the USB connection works, “OK
to disconnect” and a GM logo may
appear on the iPod, and iPod
appears on the radio display. The
iPod music appears on the radio
display and begins playing.
The iPod charges while it is
connected to the vehicle if the
vehicle is in the ACC/ACCESSORY
or ON/RUN position. When the
vehicle is turned off, the iPod

automatically powers off and will not
charge or draw power from the
vehicle's battery.
If you have an older iPod model that
is not supported, it can still be used
by connecting it to the auxiliary
input jack using a standard 3.5 mm
(1/8 in) stereo cable. See “Using the
Auxiliary Input Jack” previously in
this section.

Using the Radio to Control a
USB Storage Device or iPod
The radio can control a USB
storage device or an iPod using the
radio buttons and knobs, and
display song information on the
radio display.

f (Tune) : Turn to select files.
© SEEK : Press to go to the start of
the track, if more than 10 seconds
have played. Press and hold or
press multiple times to continue
moving backward through tracks.

¨ SEEK : Press to go to the next
track. Press and hold or press
multiple times to continue moving
forward through tracks.

s REV (Reverse) : Press and hold
to reverse playback quickly. Sound
is heard at a reduced volume.
Release s REV to resume playing.
The elapsed time of the file
displays.
\ FWD (Fast Forward) : Press
and hold to advance playback
quickly. Sound is heard at a reduced
volume. Release \ FWD to
resume playing. The elapsed time of
the file displays.

4 (Information) : Press to display
additional information about the
selected track.

Using Softkeys to Control a
USB Storage Device or iPod
The five softkeys below the radio
display are used to control the
functions listed below.
To use the softkeys:
1. Press the first or fifth softkey
below the radio display to
display the functions listed
below, or press the softkey
below the function if it is
currently displayed.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Infotainment System
2. Press the softkey below the tab
with the function on it to use
that function.

4. Turn f to scroll through the
files in the selected folder.

Genres

Songs

5. Press f to select the desired
file to be played.

Composers

j (Pause) : Press the softkey below
j to pause the track. The tab
appears raised when pause is being
used. Press the softkey below j
again to resume playback.
Back : Press the softkey below the
Back tab to go back to the main
display screen on an iPod, or the
root directory on a USB storage
device.

c (Folder View) : Press the
softkey below c to view the
contents of the current folder on the
USB drive. To browse and select
files:
1. Press the softkey below

2. Turn f to scroll through the list
of folders.
3. Press f to select the desired
folder. If there is more then one
folder, repeat Steps 1 and 2
until the desired folder is
reached.

To skip through large lists, the five
softkeys can be used to navigate in
the following order:
. First softkey, first item in the list.

147

To select files:
1. Press the softkey below

2. Turn f to scroll through the list
of menus.
3. Press f to select the
desired menu.

Second softkey, 1% through the
list each time the softkey is
pressed.

Third softkey, 5% through the list
each time the softkey is pressed.

4. Turn f to scroll through the
folders or files in the
selected menu.

Fourth softkey, 10% through the
list each time the softkey is
pressed.

5. Press f to select the desired
file to be played.

Fifth softkey, end of the list.

h (Music Navigator) : Press the
softkey below h to view and
select a file on an iPod, using the
iPod's menu system. Files are
sorted by:
. Playlists
.

Artists

Albums

To skip through large lists, the five
softkeys can be used to navigate in
the following order:
. First softkey, first item in the list.
.

Second softkey, 1% through the
list each time the softkey is
pressed.

Third softkey, 5% through the list
each time the softkey is pressed.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

148
.

Infotainment System

Fourth softkey, 10% through the
list each time the softkey is
pressed.
Fifth softkey, end of the list.

Repeat Functionality
To use Repeat:
Press the softkey below " or '
to select between Repeat All and
Repeat Track.

" (Repeat All) : Press the softkey
below " to repeat all tracks. The
tab appears lowered when Repeat
All is being used. This is the default
mode when a USB storage device
or iPod is first connected.

' (Repeat Track) : Press the
softkey below ' to repeat one
track. The tab appears raised when
Repeat Track is being used.
Shuffle Functionality
To use Shuffle:

Press the softkey below >, 2,
C , or = to select between
Shuffle Off, Shuffle All Songs/
Shuffle Songs, Shuffle Album,
or Shuffle Folder.

> (Shuffle Off) : Press the
softkey below 2 to turn shuffle
off. This is the default mode when a
USB storage device or iPod is first
connected.
2 (Shuffle All Songs/Shuffle
Songs) : Press the softkey below
= or C to shuffle all songs on
the USB storage device or iPod.

C (Shuffle Album) : Press the
softkey below > to shuffle all
songs in the current album on
an iPod.

= (Shuffle Folder) : Press the
softkey below > to shuffle all
songs in the current folder on a USB
storage device.

OnStar System
OnStar® with 4G LTE

If equipped with OnStar 4G LTE, up
to seven devices, such as
smartphones, tablets, and laptops,
can be connected to high-speed
Internet through the vehicle’s built-in
Wi-Fi hotspot.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Infotainment System
Call 1-888-4-ONSTAR
(1-888-466-7827) to connect to an
OnStar Advisor for assistance. See
www.onstar.com for a detailed
instruction guide, vehicle availability,
details, and system limitations.
Services and apps vary by make,
model, year, carrier, availability, and
conditions. 4G LTE service is
available in select markets. 4G LTE
performance is based on industry
averages and vehicle systems
design. Some services require a
data plan.

Phone

Pair cell phone(s) to the vehicle.
The system may not work with
all cell phones. See “Pairing” in
this section for more information.

If the cell phone has voice
dialing capability, learn to use
that feature to access the
address book or contact list. See
“Voice Pass-Thru” in this section
for more information.

See “Storing and Deleting Phone
Numbers” in this section for
more information.

Bluetooth
For vehicles equipped with
Bluetooth capability, the system can
interact with many cell phones,
allowing:
. Placement and receipt of calls in
a hands-free mode.
. Sharing of the cell phone’s
address book or contact list with
the vehicle.
To minimize driver distraction,
before driving, and with the vehicle
parked:
. Become familiar with the
features of the cell phone.
Organize the phone book and
contact lists clearly and delete
duplicate or rarely used entries.
If possible, program speed dial
or other shortcuts.
. Review the controls and
operation of the infotainment
system.

149

{ Warning
When using a cell phone, it can
be distracting to look too long or
too often at the screen of the
phone or the infotainment system.
Taking your eyes off the road too
long or too often could cause a
crash resulting in injury or death.
Focus your attention on driving.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

150

Infotainment System

A Bluetooth system can use a
Bluetooth-capable cell phone with a
Hands-Free Profile to make and
receive phone calls. The system
can be used while the key is in the
ON/RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY
position. The range of the Bluetooth
system can be up to 9.1 m (30 ft).
Not all phones support all functions,
and not all phones work with the
in-vehicle Bluetooth system. See
www.gm.com/bluetooth for more
information on compatible phones.

Voice Recognition
The Bluetooth system uses voice
recognition to interpret voice
commands to dial phone numbers
and name tags.
For additional information, say
“Help” while you are in a voice
recognition menu.
Noise : Keep interior noise levels to
a minimum. The system may not
recognize voice commands if there
is too much background noise.

When to Speak : A short tone
sounds after the system responds
indicating when it is waiting for a
voice command. Wait until the tone
and then speak.

b / g (Push to Talk) : Press to
answer incoming calls, confirm
system information, and start
speech recognition.

How to Speak : Speak clearly in a
calm and natural voice.

reject a call, or cancel an operation.

Audio System
When using the in-vehicle Bluetooth
system, sound comes through the
vehicle's front audio system
speakers and overrides the audio
system. Use the audio system
volume knob, during a call, to
change the volume level. The
adjusted volume level remains in
memory for later calls. To prevent
missed calls, a minimum volume
level is used if the volume is turned
down too low.

Bluetooth Controls
Use the buttons on the steering
wheel to operate the in-vehicle
Bluetooth system. See Steering
Wheel Controls 0 87.

c / x (End) : Press to end a call,
Pairing
A Bluetooth-enabled cell phone
must be paired to the Bluetooth
system and then connected to the
vehicle before it can be used. See
the cell phone manufacturer's user
guide for Bluetooth functions before
pairing the cell phone. If a Bluetooth
phone is not connected, calls will be
made using OnStar Hands-Free
Calling, if equipped. See OnStar,
if equipped.
Pairing Information
. A Bluetooth phone with MP3
capability cannot be paired to
the vehicle as a phone and an
MP3 player at the same time.
. Up to five cell phones can be
paired to the Bluetooth system.
. The pairing process is disabled
when the vehicle is moving.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Infotainment System
.

Pairing only needs to be
completed once, unless the
pairing information on the cell
phone changes or the cell phone
is deleted from the system.

4. Start the pairing process on the
cell phone that you want to
pair. For help with this process,
see the cell phone
manufacturer's user guide.

Only one paired cell phone can
be connected to the Bluetooth
system at a time.

If multiple paired cell phones are
within range of the system, the
system connects to the first
available paired cell phone in the
order that they were first paired
to the system. To connect to a
different paired phone, see
“Connecting to a Different
Phone” later in this section.

5. Locate the device named “Your
Vehicle” in the list on the cell
phone. Follow the instructions
on the cell phone to enter the
PIN provided in Step 3. After
the PIN is successfully entered,
the system prompts you to
provide a name for the paired
cell phone. This name will be
used to indicate which phones
are paired and connected to
the vehicle. The system
responds with “
has been successfully paired”
after the pairing process is
complete.

Pairing a Phone
1. Press and hold
two seconds.

b / g for

2. Say “Bluetooth.” This command
can be skipped.
3. Say “Pair.” The system
responds with instructions and
a four-digit Personal
Identification Number (PIN).
The PIN is used in Step 5.

6. Repeat Steps 1–5 to pair
additional phones.

151

Listing All Paired and Connected
Phones
The system can list all cell phones
paired to it. If a paired cell phone is
also connected to the vehicle, the
system responds with “is connected”
after that phone name.
1. Press and hold
two seconds.

b / g for

2. Say “Bluetooth.”
3. Say “List.”
Deleting a Paired Phone
If the phone name you want to
delete is unknown, see “Listing All
Paired and Connected Phones.”
1. Press and hold
two seconds.

b / g for

2. Say “Bluetooth.”
3. Say “Delete.” The system asks
which phone to delete.
4. Say the name of the phone you
want to delete.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

152

Infotainment System

Connecting to a Different Phone
To connect to a different cell phone,
the Bluetooth system looks for the
next available cell phone in the
order in which all the available cell
phones were paired. Depending on
which cell phone you want to
connect to, you may have to use
this command several times.
1. Press and hold
two seconds.

b / g for

2. Say “Bluetooth.”
3. Say “Change phone.”
. If another cell phone is
found, the response will be
“ is now
connected.”
. If another cell phone is not
found, the original phone
remains connected.

Storing and Deleting Phone
Numbers
The system can store up to 30
phone numbers as name tags in the
Hands-Free Directory that is shared
between the Bluetooth and OnStar
systems, if equipped.

2. Say “Store.”
3. Say the phone number or
group of numbers you want to
store all at once with no
pauses, then follow the
directions given by the system
to save a name tag for this
number.

The following commands are used
to delete and store phone numbers.

Using the “Digit Store” Command

Store : This command will store a
phone number, or a group of
numbers as a name tag.

If an unwanted number is
recognized by the system, say
“Clear” at any time to clear the last
number.

Digit Store : This command allows
a phone number to be stored as a
name tag by entering the digits one
at a time.

To hear all of the numbers
recognized by the system, say
“Verify” at any time.

b / g for

Delete : This command is used to
delete individual name tags.

1. Press and hold
two seconds.

Delete All Name Tags : This
command deletes all stored name
tags in the Hands-Free Calling
Directory and the OnStar
Turn-by-Turn Destinations Directory,
if equipped.

2. Say “Digit Store.”

Using the “Store” Command
1. Press and hold
two seconds.

b / g for

3. Say each digit, one at a time,
that you want to store. After
each digit is entered, the
system repeats back the digit it
heard followed by a tone. After
the last digit has been entered,
say “Store,” and then follow the

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Infotainment System
directions given by the system
to save a name tag for this
number.
Using the “Delete” Command
1. Press and hold
two seconds.

b / g for

1. Press and hold
two seconds.

b / g for

3. Say the name tag you want to
delete.
Using the “Delete All Name Tags”
Command
This command deletes all stored
name tags in the Hands-Free
Calling Directory and the OnStar
Turn-by-Turn Destinations Directory,
if equipped.
To delete all name tags:

b / g for

2. Say “Delete all name tags.”

Listing Stored Numbers
The list command will list all stored
numbers and name tags.

3. Say the entire number without
pausing, or say the name tag.

2. Say “Directory.”

Once connected, the person called
will be heard through the audio
speakers.

3. Say “Hands-Free Calling.”

Calling 911 Emergency

4. Say “List.”

2. Say “Delete.”

1. Press and hold
two seconds.

Using the “List” Command

153

1. Press and hold
two seconds.

Making a Call
Calls can be made using the
following commands.
Dial or Call : The dial or call
command can be used
interchangeably to dial a phone
number or a stored name tag.
Digit Dial : This command allows a
phone number to be dialed by
entering the digits one at a time.
Re-dial : This command is used to
dial the last number used on the cell
phone.
Using the “Dial” or “Call”
Command
1. Press and hold
two seconds.

b / g for

2. Say “Dial” or “Call.”

b / g for

2. Say “Dial” or “Call.”
3. Say “911.”
4. Say “Dial” or “Call.”
Once connected, the person called
will be heard through the audio
speakers.
Using the “Digit Dial” Command
The digit dial command allows a
phone number to be dialed by
entering the digits one at a time.
After each digit is entered, the
system repeats back the digit it
heard followed by a tone.
If an unwanted number is
recognized by the system, say
“Clear” at any time to clear the last
number.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

154

Infotainment System

To hear all of the numbers
recognized by the system, say
“Verify” at any time.
1. Press and hold
two seconds.

b / g for

Receiving a Call

Three-Way Calling

When an incoming call is received,
the audio system mutes and a ring
tone is heard in the vehicle.

Three-way calling must be
supported on the cell phone and
enabled by the wireless service
carrier.

2. Say “Digit Dial.”
3. Say each digit, one at a time,
that you want to dial. After
each digit is entered, the
system repeats back the digit it
heard followed by a tone. After
the last digit has been entered,
say “Dial.”

1. Press and hold
two seconds.

b / g for

2. After the tone, say “Re-dial.”
Once connected, the person called
will be heard through the audio
speakers.

1. While on a call, press

3. Use the dial or call command
to dial the number of the third
party to be called.

Call waiting must be supported on
the cell phone and enabled by the
wireless service carrier.
.

Press b / g to answer an
incoming call when another call
is active. The original call is
placed on hold.

b / g.

2. Say “Three-way call.”

Call Waiting

Once connected, the person called
will be heard through the audio
speakers.
Using the “Re-dial” Command

b / g to answer the call.
Press c / x to ignore a call.
Press

4. Once the call is connected,
press b / g to link all callers
together.

Ending a Call

c / x to end a call.

Press b / g again to return to
the original call.

Press

To ignore the incoming call, no
action is required.

Press c / x to disconnect the
current call and switch to the call
on hold.

During a call, all sounds from inside
the vehicle can be muted so that the
person on the other end of the call
cannot hear them.

Muting a Call

b / g , and

To mute a call, press
then say “Mute call.”

To cancel mute, press b / g ,
and then say “Un-mute call.”

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Infotainment System
Transferring a Call
Audio can be transferred between
the Bluetooth system and the cell
phone.
The cell phone must be paired and
connected with the Bluetooth
system before a call can be
transferred. The connection process
can take up to two minutes after the
ignition is turned to ON/RUN.
Transferring Audio from the
Bluetooth System to a Cell Phone
During a call with the audio in the
vehicle:
1. Press

b / g.

2. Say “Transfer Call.”
Transferring Audio to the
Bluetooth System from a Cell
Phone
During a call with the audio on the
cell phone, press b / g. The audio
transfers to the vehicle. If the audio
does not transfer to the vehicle, use
the audio transfer feature on the cell

phone. See your cell phone
manufacturer's user guide for more
information.

Voice Pass-Thru
Voice pass-thru allows access to the
voice recognition commands on the
cell phone. See your cell phone
manufacturer's user guide to see if
the cell phone supports this feature.
To access contacts stored in the cell
phone:
1. Press and hold
two seconds.

b / g for

2. Say “Bluetooth.” This command
can be skipped.
3. Say “Voice.” The system
responds “OK, accessing
.”
The cell phone's normal prompt
messages will go through their cycle
according to the phone's operating
instructions.

155

Dual Tone Multi-Frequency
(DTMF) Tones
The Bluetooth system can send
numbers and the numbers stored as
name tags during a call. You can
use this feature when calling a
menu-driven phone system.
Account numbers can also be
stored for use.
Sending a Number or Name Tag
During a Call
1. Press b / g. The system
responds “Ready,” followed by
a tone.
2. Say “Dial.”
3. Say the number or name tag
to send.

Clearing the System
Unless information is deleted out of
the in-vehicle Bluetooth system, it
will be retained indefinitely. This
includes all saved name tags in the
phone book and phone pairing
information. For information on how
to delete this information, see the

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

156

Infotainment System

previous section “Deleting a Paired
Phone” and the previous sections
on deleting name tags.

Other Information
The Bluetooth® word mark and
logos are owned by the Bluetooth®
SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks
by General Motors is under license.
Other trademarks and trade names
are those of their respective owners.
See Radio Frequency Statement
0 321.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Climate Controls

157

Climate Controls

Climate Control Systems

The heating, cooling, and ventilation for the vehicle can be controlled with
this system.

Climate Control Systems . . . . . 157
Rear Heating System . . . . . . . . . 159
Rear Climate Control
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159

Air Vents
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162

Vehicles without Air Conditioning
1. Fan Control
2. Temperature Control
3. Air Delivery Mode Control

9 (Fan Control) : Turn the knob
clockwise or counterclockwise to
increase or decrease the fan speed.
9 (Off) : Turns the system off.

Temperature Control : Turn the
knob clockwise or counterclockwise
to increase or decrease the
temperature inside the vehicle.
Air Delivery Mode Control : Turn
the knob clockwise or
counterclockwise to change the
current airflow mode.

H (Vent) : Air is directed to the
instrument panel outlets.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

158

Climate Controls

) (Bi-Level) : Air is divided
between the instrument panel and
floor outlets, with some air directed
toward the windshield.

6 (Floor) : Air is directed to the
floor outlets with some air directed
to the windshield and side windows.

- (Defog) : This mode clears the
windows of fog or moisture. Outside
air is directed to the floor and
defroster outlets. Adjust the
temperature knob for warmer or
cooler air. The air conditioning
compressor might turn on in this
setting to dehumidify the air.
1 (Defrost) : This mode clears the
windshield of fog or frost more
quickly. Air is directed to the
windshield, with some to the floor
outlets and front side windows. The
air conditioning compressor might
turn on in this setting to dehumidify
the air.
Do not drive the vehicle until all the
windows are clear.

Vehicles with Air Conditioning
1. Fan Control
2. Temperature Control
3. Air Delivery Mode Control
4. Rear Window Defogger
On hot days, open the windows to
let hot inside air escape; then close
them. This helps to reduce the time
needed for the vehicle to cool down
and the system operates more
efficiently.

# (Air Conditioning) : Cools and
dehumidifies the air inside of the
vehicle.

V (Maximum Air Conditioning) :
Cools the air inside the vehicle
faster, by recirculating the inside air.
Rear Window Defogger
If equipped with a rear window
defogger, a warming grid is used to
remove fog or frost from the rear
window.

1 (Rear Window Defogger) :
Press to turn the rear window
defogger on or off. An indicator light
on the button comes on to show that
the rear window defogger is on.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Climate Controls

9 (Off) : This turns the rear
heating system off.

The defogger only works when the
ignition is in ON/RUN. The defogger
turns off if the ignition is in the ACC/
ACCESSORY or LOCK/OFF
position.

Rear Climate Control
System

Do not drive the vehicle until all the
windows are clear.

Caution
Do not use a razor blade or sharp
object to clear the inside rear
window. Do not adhere anything
to the defogger grid lines in the
rear glass. These actions may
damage the rear defogger.
Repairs would not be covered by
the vehicle warranty.

Rear Heating System
If equipped, the rear heating system
lets you adjust the amount of air
flowing into the rear of the vehicle,
from the front seating area. This
feature works with the main climate
control system in the vehicle.

159

AUX : The thumbwheel for this
system is on the instrument panel
below the audio system.

9 (Fan) : Turn the thumbwheel up
or down to increase or decrease the
amount of heated air sent to the
rear seating area.

Q (High) : This position supplies the
most amount of heat to the rear
seating area.

c (Medium) : This position
supplies half the amount of heat to
the rear seating area.
R (Low) : This position supplies the
least amount of heat to the rear
seating area.

If equipped with a rear heating and
air conditioning system, it controls
the temperature, fan speed, and air
delivery for the rear seat
passengers only. The front climate
control panel is in the overhead
console between the driver and
front passenger.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

160

Climate Controls

Front Climate Control Panel
1. Fan Control
2. Air Delivery Mode Control
3. Temperature Control
Use this control panel to maintain a
separate temperature setting. Adjust
the direction of the airflow or adjust
the fan speed for the rear seat
passenger(s).

When the fan knob is in the AUX
position, the rear climate control
panel can be used to adjust the
climate settings in the rear
seating area.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Climate Controls

161

Temperature Control : Turn
clockwise or counterclockwise to
increase or decrease the
temperature in the rear
seating area.
The air conditioning system on the
main climate control panel must be
turned on to direct cooled air to the
rear of the vehicle. If it is not on,
then the temperature in the rear of
the vehicle remains at cabin
temperature.
Rear Climate Control Panel
1. Fan Control
2. Air Delivery Mode Control
3. Temperature Control
For vehicles with a rear climate
control panel, it is located overhead
behind the driver and front
passenger, centered in front of the
second row. To adjust the rear
climate control panel settings by a
rear seat passenger, the front
climate control panel fan knob must
be in the AUX position. The fan
speed, air delivery mode, and
temperature can then be adjusted.

AUX (Auxiliary) : Turn the fan knob
on the front climate control panel to
AUX to let rear seat passengers use
the control panel in the rear seating
area. This disables the front control
panel. To return control to the front
panel, move the fan knob out
of AUX.

Air Delivery Mode Control : Turn
clockwise or counterclockwise to
change the direction of the airflow in
the rear seating area.
To change the current mode, select
one of the following:

H (Vent) : Air is directed to the
upper outlets, with some directed to
the floor outlets.

9 (Off) : Turns the system off.
9 (Fan Control) : Turn clockwise

2 (Floor) : Air is directed to the
floor outlets.

or counterclockwise to increase or
decrease the fan speed in the rear
seating area.

Be sure to keep the area under the
front seats clear of any objects so
that the air inside of the vehicle can
circulate effectively.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

162

Climate Controls

For information on how to use the
main climate control system, see
Climate Control Systems 0 157. For
information on ventilation, see Air
Vents 0 162.

Air Vents
Use the outlets located near the
center and on the sides of the
instrument panel to change the
direction of airflow.

Operation Tips
.

Clear away any ice, snow or
leaves from the air inlets at the
base of the windshield that may
block the flow of air into the
vehicle.

Use of non-GM approved hood
deflectors may adversely affect
the performance of the system.

Keep the path under the front
seats clear of objects to help
circulate the air inside of the
vehicle more effectively.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Driving and Operating

Driving and
Operating

Parking over Things
That Burn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181

Engine Exhaust

Driving Information
Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . .
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Drunk Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . .
Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . .
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Driving on Wet Roads . . . . . . . .
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . .
Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
If the Vehicle Is Stuck . . . . . . . .
Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . .

164
164
164
165
165
165
166
166
167
168
168
169
170

Starting and Operating
New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . .
Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . .
Fast Idle System . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Retained Accessory
Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shifting Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shifting out of Park . . . . . . . . . . .

174
174
176
177
178
179
179
180

Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Running the Vehicle While
Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182

Automatic Transmission
Automatic Transmission . . . . . . 182
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Tow/Haul Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186

Brakes
Antilock Brake
System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187

Ride Control Systems
Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Locking Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . 190

Cruise Control
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190

Driver Assistance Systems
Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . 193
Parking Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195

Fuel
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197

163

California Fuel
Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuels in Foreign Countries . . .
Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
E85 or FlexFuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Filling a Portable Fuel
Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

198
198
198
198
199
201

Trailer Towing
General Towing
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Driving Characteristics and
Towing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trailer Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Towing Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . .

201
201
204
208

Conversions and Add-Ons
Add-On Electrical
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

164

Driving and Operating

Driving Information

Distracted Driving
Distraction comes in many forms
and can take your focus from the
task of driving. Exercise good
judgment and do not let other
activities divert your attention away
from the road. Many local
governments have enacted laws
regarding driver distraction. Become
familiar with the local laws in
your area.
To avoid distracted driving, always
keep your eyes on the road, hands
on the wheel, and mind on the drive.
. Do not use a phone in
demanding driving situations.
Use a hands-free method to
place or receive necessary
phone calls.
. Watch the road. Do not read,
take notes, or look up
information on phones or other
electronic devices.
. Designate a front seat
passenger to handle potential
distractions.

Become familiar with vehicle
features before driving, such as
programming favorite radio
stations and adjusting climate
control and seat settings.
Program all trip information into
any navigation device prior to
driving.

Wait until the vehicle is parked
to retrieve items that have fallen
to the floor.

Stop or park the vehicle to tend
to children.

Keep pets in an appropriate
carrier or restraint.

Avoid stressful conversations
while driving, whether with a
passenger or on a cell phone.

{ Warning
Taking your eyes off the road too
long or too often could cause a
crash resulting in injury or death.
Focus your attention on driving.

Refer to the infotainment section for
more information on using that
system and the navigation system,
if equipped, including pairing and
using a cell phone.

Defensive Driving
Defensive driving means “always
expect the unexpected.” The first
step in driving defensively is to wear
the safety belt. See Safety Belts
0 46.
. Assume that other road users
(pedestrians, bicyclists, and
other drivers) are going to be
careless and make mistakes.
Anticipate what they might do
and be ready.
. Allow enough following distance
between you and the driver in
front of you.
. Focus on the task of driving.

Drunk Driving
Death and injury associated with
drinking and driving is a global
tragedy.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Driving and Operating

{ Warning
Drinking and then driving is very
dangerous. Your reflexes,
perceptions, attentiveness, and
judgment can be affected by even
a small amount of alcohol. You
can have a serious — or even
fatal — collision if you drive after
drinking.
Do not drink and drive or ride with
a driver who has been drinking.
Ride home in a cab; or if you are
with a group, designate a driver
who will not drink.

Control of a Vehicle
Braking, steering, and accelerating
are important factors in helping to
control a vehicle while driving.

Braking
Braking action involves perception
time and reaction time. Deciding to
push the brake pedal is perception
time. Actually doing it is
reaction time.

Average driver reaction time is
about three-quarters of a second. In
that time, a vehicle moving at
100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m
(66 ft), which could be a lot of
distance in an emergency.
Helpful braking tips to keep in mind
include:
. Keep enough distance between
you and the vehicle in front
of you.
. Avoid needless heavy braking.
.

Keep pace with traffic.

If the engine ever stops while the
vehicle is being driven, brake
normally but do not pump the
brakes. Doing so could make the
pedal harder to push down. If the
engine stops, there will be some
power brake assist but it will be
used when the brake is applied.
Once the power assist is used up, it
can take longer to stop and the
brake pedal will be harder to push.

165

Steering
Hydraulic Power Steering
Your vehicle has hydraulic power
steering. It may require
maintenance. See Power Steering
Fluid 0 230.
If power steering assist is lost
because the engine stops or
because of a system malfunction,
the vehicle can be steered but may
required increased effort. See your
dealer if there is a problem.

Caution
If the steering wheel is turned
until it reaches the end of its
travel, and is held in that position
for more than 15 seconds,
damage may occur to the power
steering system and there may be
loss of power steering assist.

Curve Tips
.

Take curves at a reasonable
speed.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

166

Driving and Operating

Reduce speed before entering a
curve.

Maintain a reasonable steady
speed through the curve

Wait until the vehicle is out of
the curve before accelerating
gently into the straightaway.

Off-Road Recovery

Loss of Control
Skidding

Steering in Emergencies
.

There are some situations when
steering around a problem may
be more effective than braking.

Holding both sides of the
steering wheel allows you to turn
180 degrees without removing
a hand.

Antilock Brake System (ABS)
allows steering while braking.

3. Turn the steering wheel to go
straight down the roadway.

The vehicle's right wheels can drop
off the edge of a road onto the
shoulder while driving. Follow
these tips:
1. Ease off the accelerator and
then, if there is nothing in the
way, steer the vehicle so that it
straddles the edge of the
pavement.
2. Turn the steering wheel about
one-eighth of a turn, until the
right front tire contacts the
pavement edge.

There are three types of skids that
correspond to the vehicle's three
control systems:
. Braking Skid — wheels are not
rolling.
. Steering or Cornering Skid —
too much speed or steering in a
curve causes tires to slip and
lose cornering force.
. Acceleration Skid — too much
throttle causes the driving
wheels to spin.
Defensive drivers avoid most skids
by taking reasonable care suited to
existing conditions, and by not
overdriving those conditions. But
skids are always possible.
If the vehicle starts to slide, follow
these suggestions:
. Ease your foot off the
accelerator pedal and steer the
way you want the vehicle to go.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Driving and Operating
The vehicle may straighten out.
Be ready for a second skid if it
occurs.
.

Slow down and adjust your
driving according to weather
conditions. Stopping distance
can be longer and vehicle
control can be affected when
traction is reduced by water,
snow, ice, gravel, or other
material on the road. Learn to
recognize warning clues — such
as enough water, ice, or packed
snow on the road to make a
mirrored surface — and slow
down when you have any doubt.
Try to avoid sudden steering,
acceleration, or braking,
including reducing vehicle speed
by shifting to a lower gear. Any
sudden changes could cause
the tires to slide.

Remember: Antilock brakes help
avoid only the braking skid.

Driving on Wet Roads
Rain and wet roads can reduce
vehicle traction and affect your
ability to stop and accelerate.

Always drive slower in these types
of driving conditions and avoid
driving through large puddles and
deep-standing or flowing water.

{ Warning
Wet brakes can cause crashes.
They might not work as well in a
quick stop and could cause
pulling to one side. You could
lose control of the vehicle.
After driving through a large
puddle of water or a car/vehicle
wash, lightly apply the brake
pedal until the brakes work
normally.
Flowing or rushing water creates
strong forces. Driving through
flowing water could cause the
vehicle to be carried away. If this
happens, you and other vehicle
occupants could drown. Do not
ignore police warnings and be
very cautious about trying to drive
through flowing water.

167

Hydroplaning
Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water
can build up under the vehicle's
tires so they actually ride on the
water. This can happen if the road is
wet enough and you are going fast
enough. When the vehicle is
hydroplaning, it has little or no
contact with the road.
There is no hard and fast rule about
hydroplaning. The best advice is to
slow down when the road is wet.

Other Rainy Weather Tips
Besides slowing down, other wet
weather driving tips include:
. Allow extra following distance.
.

Pass with caution.

Keep windshield wiping
equipment in good shape.

Keep the windshield washer fluid
reservoir filled.

Have good tires with proper
tread depth. See Tires 0 250.

Turn off cruise control.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

168

Driving and Operating

Hill and Mountain Roads
Driving on steep hills or through
mountains is different than driving
on flat or rolling terrain. Tips include:
. Keep the vehicle serviced and in
good shape.
. Check all fluid levels and brakes,
tires, cooling system, and
transmission.
. Shift to a lower gear when going
down steep or long hills.

{ Warning
Coasting downhill in N (Neutral)
or with the ignition off is
dangerous. This can cause
overheating of the brakes and
loss of steering. Always have the
engine running and the vehicle
in gear.
.

Drive at speeds that keep the
vehicle in its own lane. Do not
swing wide or cross the
center line.

Be alert on top of hills;
something could be in your lane
(e.g., stalled car, accident).

Pay attention to special road
signs (e.g., falling rocks area,
winding roads, long grades,
passing or no-passing zones)
and take appropriate action.

{ Warning
Using the brakes to slow the
vehicle on a long downhill slope
can cause brake overheating, can
reduce brake performance, and
could result in a loss of braking.
Shift the transmission to a lower
gear to let the engine assist the
brakes on a steep downhill slope.

Winter Driving
Driving on Snow or Ice
Snow or ice between the tires and
the road creates less traction or
grip, so drive carefully. Wet ice can
occur at about 0 °C (32 °F) when
freezing rain begins to fall. Avoid
driving on wet ice or in freezing rain
until roads can be treated.
For slippery road driving:
. Accelerate gently. Accelerating
too quickly causes the wheels to
spin and makes the surface
under the tires slick.
. Turn on Traction Control. See
Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control 0 188.
. Antilock Brake System (ABS)
improves vehicle stability during
hard stops, but the brakes
should be applied sooner than
when on dry pavement. See
Antilock Brake System (ABS)
0 187.
. Allow greater following distance
and watch for slippery spots. Icy
patches can occur on otherwise

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Driving and Operating
clear roads in shaded areas.
The surface of a curve or an
overpass can remain icy when
the surrounding roads are clear.
Avoid sudden steering
maneuvers and braking while
on ice.
.

Turn off cruise control.

Blizzard Conditions
Stay with the vehicle unless there is
help nearby. If possible, use
Roadside Assistance. See Roadside
Assistance Program 0 315. To get
help and keep everyone in the
vehicle safe:
. Turn on the hazard warning
flashers.
. Tie a red cloth to an outside
mirror.

{ Warning
Snow can trap engine exhaust
under the vehicle. This may
cause exhaust gases to get
inside. Engine exhaust contains
(Continued)

Warning (Continued)
carbon monoxide (CO), which
cannot be seen or smelled. It can
cause unconsciousness and even
death.
If the vehicle is stuck in snow:
. Clear snow from the base of
the vehicle, especially any
blocking the exhaust pipe.
. Open a window about 5 cm
(2 in) on the vehicle side
that is away from the wind,
to bring in fresh air.
. Fully open the air outlets on
or under the instrument
panel.
. Adjust the climate control
system to circulate the air
inside the vehicle and set
the fan speed to the highest
setting. See “Climate
Control Systems.”
For more information about CO,
see Engine Exhaust 0 181.

169

To save fuel, run the engine for
short periods to warm the vehicle
and then shut the engine off and
partially close the window. Moving
about to keep warm also helps.
If it takes time for help to arrive,
when running the engine, push the
accelerator pedal slightly so the
engine runs faster than the idle
speed. This keeps the battery
charged to restart the vehicle and to
signal for help with the headlamps.
Do this as little as possible, to
save fuel.

If the Vehicle Is Stuck
Slowly and cautiously spin the
wheels to free the vehicle when
stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.
If stuck too severely for the traction
system to free the vehicle, turn the
traction system off and use the
rocking method. See Traction
Control/Electronic Stability Control
0 188.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

170

Driving and Operating

{ Warning
If the vehicle's tires spin at high
speed, they can explode, and you
or others could be injured. The
vehicle can overheat, causing an
engine compartment fire or other
damage. Spin the wheels as little
as possible and avoid going
above 56 km/h (35 mph).

Rocking the Vehicle to Get
it Out
Turn the steering wheel left and
right to clear the area around the
front wheels. Turn off any traction
system. Shift back and forth
between R (Reverse) and a low
forward gear, spinning the wheels
as little as possible. To prevent
transmission wear, wait until the
wheels stop spinning before shifting
gears. Release the accelerator
pedal while shifting, and press
lightly on the accelerator pedal
when the transmission is in gear.
Slowly spinning the wheels in the
forward and reverse directions

causes a rocking motion that could
free the vehicle. If that does not get
the vehicle out after a few tries, it
might need to be towed out. If the
vehicle does need to be towed out,
see Towing the Vehicle 0 283.

Vehicle Load Limits
It is very important to know how
much weight the vehicle can
carry. This weight is called the
vehicle capacity weight and
includes the weight of all
occupants, cargo, and all
nonfactory-installed options.
Two labels on the vehicle may
show how much weight it was
designed to carry, the Tire and
Loading Information label and
the Certification/Tire label.

{ Warning
Do not load the vehicle any
heavier than the Gross
Vehicle Weight Rating
(GVWR), or either the
(Continued)

Warning (Continued)
maximum front or rear Gross
Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).
This can cause systems to
break and change the way the
vehicle handles. This could
cause loss of control and a
crash. Overloading can also
reduce stopping distance,
damage the tires, and shorten
the life of the vehicle.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Driving and Operating
Tire and Loading Information
Label

Label Example

A vehicle specific Tire and
Loading Information label is
attached to the center pillar
(B-pillar). The tire and loading
information label shows the
number of occupant seating
positions (1), and the maximum
vehicle capacity weight (2) in
kilograms and pounds.
The Tire and Loading
Information label also shows the
size of the original equipment
tires (3) and the recommended

171

cold tire inflation pressures (4).
For more information on tires
and inflation see Tires 0 250
and Tire Pressure 0 258.

3. Subtract the combined

There is also important loading
information on the vehicle
Certification/Tire label. It may
show the Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating (GVWR) and the Gross
Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) for
the front and rear axle. See
“Certification/Tire Label” later in
this section.

4. The resulting figure equals

“Steps for Determining Correct
Load Limit–
1. Locate the statement "The

combined weight of
occupants and cargo should
never exceed XXX kg or
XXX lbs." on your vehicle’s
placard.
2. Determine the combined

weight of the driver and
passengers that will be
riding in your vehicle.

weight of the driver and
passengers from XXX kg or
XXX lbs.
the available amount of
cargo and luggage load
capacity. For example, if the
"XXX" amount equals
1400 lbs. and there will be
five 150 lb passengers in
your vehicle, the amount of
available cargo and luggage
load capacity is 650 lbs.
(1400-750 (5 x 150) =
650 lbs.)
5. Determine the combined

weight of luggage and cargo
being loaded on the vehicle.
That weight may not safely
exceed the available cargo
and luggage load capacity
calculated in Step 4.
6. If your vehicle will be towing

a trailer, load from your
trailer will be transferred to

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

172

Driving and Operating
your vehicle. Consult this
manual to determine how
this reduces the available
cargo and luggage load
capacity of your vehicle.”

3. Available Occupant and
Cargo Weight = 317 kg
(700 lbs)

See Trailer Towing 0 204 for
important information on towing a
trailer, towing safety rules and
trailering tips.

Example 3

Example 2
A. Vehicle Capacity Weight for
Example 2 = 453 kg (1,000 lbs)
B. Subtract Occupant Weight @
68 kg (150 lbs) × 5 = 136 kg
(750 lbs)
Example 1
1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for
Example 1 = 453 kg
(1,000 lbs)
2. Subtract Occupant Weight
@ 68 kg (150 lbs) × 2 =
136 kg (300 lbs)

C. Available Cargo Weight =
113 kg (250 lbs)

1. Maximum Vehicle Capacity
Weight for Example 3 =
453 kg (1,000 lbs)
2. Subtract Occupant Weight
@ 91 kg (200 lbs) × 5 =
453 kg (1,000 lbs)
3. Available Cargo Weight =
0 kg (0 lbs)

Refer to the vehicle tire and
loading information label for
specific information about the
vehicle's capacity weight and
seating positions. The combined

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Driving and Operating
weight of the driver, passengers,
and cargo should never exceed
the vehicle capacity weight.

(GVWR). The GVWR includes
the weight of the vehicle, all
occupants, fuel, and cargo.

Certification/Tire Label

The Certification/Tire label also
may show the maximum weights
for the front and rear axles,
called Gross Axle Weight Rating
(GAWR). To find out the actual
loads on the front and rear
axles, you need to go to a weigh
station and weigh the vehicle.
Your dealer can help you with
this. Be sure to spread out the
load equally on both sides of the
centerline.

A vehicle specific Certification/
Tire label is attached to the
center pillar (B-pillar). The label
may show the size of the
vehicle's original tires and the
inflation pressures needed to
obtain the gross weight capacity
of the vehicle. This is called
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating

{ Warning
Things you put inside the
vehicle can strike and injure
people in a sudden stop or
turn, or in a crash.
.

Put things in the cargo
area of the vehicle. Try to
spread the weight evenly.
(Continued)

173

Warning (Continued)
.

Never stack heavier
things, like suitcases,
inside the vehicle so that
some of them are above
the tops of the seats.

Do not leave an
unsecured child restraint
in the vehicle.

When you carry
something inside the
vehicle, secure it
whenever you can.

Do not leave a seat
folded down unless you
need to.

Add-On Equipment
When carrying removable items,
a limit on how many people
carried inside the vehicle may
be necessary. Be sure to weigh
the vehicle before buying and
installing the new equipment.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

174

Driving and Operating

Starting and
Operating

Caution (Continued)
premature wear and earlier
replacement. Follow this
breaking-in guideline every
time you get new brake
linings.

New Vehicle Break-In
Caution
The vehicle does not need an
elaborate break-in. But it will
perform better in the long run if
you follow these guidelines:
. Keep the vehicle speed at
88 km/h (55 mph) or less for
the first 805 km (500 mi).
. Do not drive at any one
constant speed, fast or slow,
for the first 805 km (500 mi).
Do not make full-throttle
starts. Avoid downshifting to
brake or slow the vehicle.
. Avoid making hard stops for
the first 322 km (200 mi) or
so. During this time the new
brake linings are not yet
broken in. Hard stops with
new linings can mean
(Continued)

Ignition Positions

Do not tow a trailer during
break-in. See Trailer Towing
0 204 for the trailer towing
capabilities of the vehicle
and more information.

Following break-in, engine speed
and load can be gradually
increased.

The ignition switch has four different
positions.
To shift out of P (Park), the ignition
must be in ON/RUN or ACC/
ACCESSORY and the regular brake
pedal applied.
0 (STOPPING THE ENGINE/LOCK/
OFF) : When the vehicle is stopped,
turn the ignition switch to LOCK/
OFF to turn the engine off. Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) will remain
active. See Retained Accessory
Power (RAP) 0 179.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Driving and Operating
This position locks the ignition and
transmission.
Do not turn the engine off when the
vehicle is moving. This will cause a
loss of power assist in the brake
and steering systems and disable
the airbags.
If the vehicle must be shut off in an
emergency:
1. Brake using a firm and steady
pressure. Do not pump the
brakes repeatedly. This may
deplete power assist, requiring
increased brake pedal force.
2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral).
This can be done while the
vehicle is moving. After shifting
to N (Neutral), firmly apply the
brakes and steer the vehicle to
a safe location.
3. Come to a complete stop, shift
to P (Park), and turn the
ignition to LOCK/OFF. On
vehicles with an automatic
transmission, the shift lever
must be in P (Park) to turn the
ignition switch to the LOCK/
OFF position.

4. Set the parking brake. See
Parking Brake 0 187.

{ Warning
Turning off the vehicle while
moving may cause loss of power
assist in the brake and steering
systems and disable the airbags.
While driving, only shut the
vehicle off in an emergency.
If the vehicle cannot be pulled over,
and must be shut off while driving,
turn the ignition to ACC/
ACCESSORY.

Caution
Using a tool to force the key to
turn in the ignition could cause
damage to the switch or break the
key. Use the correct key, make
sure it is all the way in, and turn it
only with your hand. If the key
cannot be turned by hand, see
your dealer.

175

1 (ACC/ACCESSORY) : This is the
position in which you can operate
things like the radio and the
windshield wipers when the engine
is off.
2 (ON/RUN) : This position can be
used to operate the electrical
accessories and to display some
instrument cluster warning and
indicator lights. This position can
also be used for service and
diagnostics, and to verify the proper
operation of the malfunction
indicator lamp as may be required
for emission inspection purposes.
The switch stays in this position
when the engine is running.
If you leave the key in the ACC/
ACCESSORY or ON/RUN position
with the engine off, the battery could
be drained. You may not be able to
start the vehicle if the battery is
allowed to drain for an extended
period of time.
3 (START) : This is the position that
starts the engine. When the engine
starts, release the key. The ignition
switch returns to ON/RUN for
driving.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

176

Driving and Operating

A warning tone will sound when the
driver door is opened, the ignition is
in ACC/ACCESSORY or LOCK/OFF
and the key is in the ignition.

Starting the Engine
If the vehicle has a diesel engine,
see the Duramax diesel
supplement.
To place the transmission in the
proper gear:
Move the shift lever to P (Park) or
N (Neutral). The engine will not start
in any other position. To restart the
engine when the vehicle is already
moving, use N (Neutral) only.

Caution
If you add electrical parts or
accessories, you could change
the way the engine operates. Any
resulting damage would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
See Add-On Electrical Equipment
0 211.

Caution
Do not try to shift to P (Park) if the
vehicle is moving. If you do, you
could damage the transmission.
Shift to P (Park) only when the
vehicle is stopped.

Caution
If the steering wheel is turned
until it reaches the end of its
travel, and is held in that position
while starting the vehicle, damage
may occur to the hydraulic power
steering system and there may be
loss of power steering assist.
Starting Procedure
1. With your foot off the
accelerator pedal, turn the
ignition key to START. When
the engine starts, let go of the
key. The idle speed will go
down as your engine gets
warm. Do not race the engine
immediately after starting it.

Operate the engine and
transmission gently to allow the
oil to warm up and lubricate all
moving parts.
When the Low Fuel warning
lamp is on and the FUEL
LEVEL LOW message is
displayed in the Driver
Information Center (DIC), the
Computer-Controlled Cranking
System is disabled to prevent
possible vehicle component
damage. When this happens,
hold the ignition switch in the
START position to continue
engine cranking.

Caution
Cranking the engine for long
periods of time, by returning the
ignition to the START position
immediately after cranking has
ended, can overheat and damage
the cranking motor, and drain the
battery. Wait at least 15 seconds
between each try, to let the
cranking motor cool down.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Driving and Operating
2. If the engine does not start
after 5-10 seconds, especially
in very cold weather (below
−18 °C or 0 °F), it could be
flooded with too much
gasoline. Try pushing the
accelerator pedal all the way to
the floor and holding it there as
you hold the key in START for
up to 15 seconds. Wait at least
15 seconds between each try,
to allow the cranking motor to
cool down. When the engine
starts, let go of the key and
accelerator. If the vehicle starts
briefly but then stops again, do
the same thing. This clears the
extra gasoline from the engine.
Do not race the engine
immediately after starting it.
Operate the engine and
transmission gently until the oil
warms up and lubricates all
moving parts.

Fast Idle System
If equipped, this feature is available
only with cruise control. The manual
fast idle switch is operated using the
cruise control buttons on the left
side of the steering wheel.
This system can be used to
increase engine idle speed
whenever the following conditions
are met:
. The parking brake is set.

177

When the fast idle is active, the
Driver Information Center (DIC) will
display FAST IDLE ON.
One of the following actions will turn
off the fast idle:
. Pressing the brake.
.

Selecting the cruise control
cancel button.

Releasing the parking brake.

Moving the transmission shift
lever out of P (Park) or
N (Neutral).

The brake pedal is not pressed.

The vehicle must not be moving
and the accelerator must not be
pressed.

Selecting the cruise control on/
off button when it was
previously on.

To control the fast idle:
. To enable the Fast Idle System,
press and release the cruise
control on/off button and ensure
that the switch indicator light
is lit.
. Press and release the cruise
control SET- button. Engine
speed will be held at
approximately 1200 rpm.

Pressing the cruise control SETbutton a second time.

Pressing the accelerator more
than one-quarter of the
way down.

Turning the ignition switch to the
LOCK/OFF position.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

178

Driving and Operating

Engine Heater
If the vehicle has a diesel engine,
see the Duramax diesel
supplement.
The engine coolant heater can
provide easier starting and better
fuel economy during engine
warm-up in cold weather conditions
at or below −18 °C (0 °F). Vehicles
with an engine coolant heater
should be plugged in at least four
hours before starting. An internal
thermostat in the plug end of the
cord may exist which will prevent
engine coolant heater operation at
temperatures above −18 °C (0 °F).

To Use the Engine Coolant
Heater
1. Turn off the engine.
2. Open the hood and unwrap the
electrical cord.
The cord for the engine coolant
heater is on the driver side of
the engine compartment and is
attached to the hose for the
power steering reservoir.

Check the heater cord for
damage. If it is damaged, do
not use it. See your dealer for
a replacement. Inspect the
cord for damage yearly.

Warning (Continued)
condition, or using a
damaged heater or
extension cord, could make
it overheat and cause a fire,
property damage, electric
shock, and injury.

3. Plug it into a normal, grounded
110-volt AC outlet.

{ Warning
Improper use of the heater cord
or an extension cord can damage
the cord and may result in
overheating and fire.
. Plug the cord into a
three-prong electrical utility
receptacle that is protected
by a ground fault detection
function. An ungrounded
outlet could cause an
electric shock.
. Use a weatherproof,
heavy-duty, 15 amp-rated
extension cord if needed.
Failure to use the
recommended extension
cord in good operating
(Continued)

Do not operate the vehicle
with the heater cord
permanently attached to the
vehicle. Possible heater
cord and thermostat
damage could occur.

While in use, do not let the
heater cord touch vehicle
parts or sharp edges. Never
close the hood on the
heater cord.

Before starting the vehicle,
unplug the cord, reattach
the cover to the plug, and
securely fasten the cord.
Keep the cord away from
any moving parts.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Driving and Operating
4. Before starting the engine, be
sure to unplug and store the
cord as it was before to keep it
away from moving engine parts
and prevent damage.
The length of time the heater should
remain plugged in depends on
several factors. Ask a dealer in the
area where you will be parking the
vehicle for the best advice on this.

Retained Accessory
Power (RAP)
These vehicle accessories can be
used for up to 10 minutes after the
engine is turned off:
. Audio System
.

Power Windows (if equipped)

These features will work when the
ignition key is in ON/RUN or ACC/
ACCESSORY. Once the key is
turned from ON/RUN to LOCK/OFF,
power to the radio and power
windows will continue to work
10 minutes or until the driver door is
opened.

Shifting Into Park
1. Hold the brake pedal down,
then set the parking brake.
2. Move the shift lever into the
P (Park) position by pulling the
shift lever toward you and
moving it up as far as it will go.
3. Turn the ignition key to
LOCK/OFF.
4. Remove the key and take it
with you. If you can leave the
vehicle with the ignition key in
your hand, the vehicle is
in P (Park).

Leaving the Vehicle with the
Engine Running

{ Warning
It can be dangerous to leave the
vehicle with the engine running.
It could overheat and catch fire.
(Continued)

179

Warning (Continued)
It is dangerous to get out of the
vehicle if the shift lever is not fully
in P (Park) with the parking brake
firmly set. The vehicle can roll.
Do not leave the vehicle when the
engine is running. If you have left
the engine running, the vehicle
can move suddenly. You or others
could be injured. To be sure the
vehicle will not move, even when
you are on fairly level ground,
always set the parking brake and
move the shift lever to P (Park).
See Shifting Into Park 0 179.
If you are towing a trailer, see
Driving Characteristics and
Towing Tips 0 201.
If you have to leave the vehicle with
the engine running, be sure the
vehicle is in P (Park) and the
parking brake is firmly set. After the
shift lever is moved into P (Park),
hold the regular brake pedal down.
Then, see if you can move the shift
lever away from P (Park) without

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

180

Driving and Operating

first pulling it toward you. If you can,
it means that the shift lever was not
fully locked into P (Park).

Torque Lock
If you are parking on a hill and you
do not shift the transmission into
P (Park) properly, the weight of the
vehicle can put too much force on
the parking pawl in the
transmission. It might be difficult to
pull the shift lever out of P (Park).
This is called torque lock. To
prevent torque lock, set the parking
brake and then shift into P (Park)
properly before you leave the driver
seat. To find out how, see Shifting
Into Park 0 179.
When you are ready to drive, move
the shift lever out of P (Park) before
releasing the parking brake.
If torque lock does occur, you might
need to have another vehicle push
yours a little uphill to take some of
the pressure from the parking pawl
in the transmission. Then you
should be able to pull the shift lever
out of P (Park).

Shifting out of Park
The vehicle has an automatic
transmission shift lock control
system. You have to fully apply the
brakes before you can shift from
P (Park) when the ignition is in ON/
RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY. See
Automatic Transmission 0 182.
The shift lock control system is
designed to:
. Prevent the ignition key from
being removed unless the shift
lever is in P (Park).
. Prevent movement of the shift
lever out of P (Park), unless the
ignition is in ON/RUN or ACC/
ACCESSORY and the regular
brake pedal is applied.
The shift lock control system is
always functional except in the case
of a dead battery or low voltage
(less than 9 V) battery.
If the vehicle has an uncharged
battery or a battery with low voltage,
try charging or jump starting the
battery. See Jump Starting - North
America 0 280.

To shift out of P (Park):
1. Apply the brake pedal.
2. Turn the ignition to ACC/
ACCESSORY or ON/RUN.
3. Move the shift lever to the
desired position.
If you still are unable to shift out of
P (Park):
1. Ease the pressure on the shift
lever.
2. While holding down the brake
pedal, push the shift lever all
the way into P (Park).
3. Move the shift lever to the
desired position.
If you are still having a problem
shifting, have the vehicle serviced.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Driving and Operating

Parking over Things
That Burn

{ Warning
Things that can burn could touch
hot exhaust parts under the
vehicle and ignite. Do not park
over papers, leaves, dry grass,
or other things that can burn.

Engine Exhaust

{ Warning
Engine exhaust contains carbon
monoxide (CO) which cannot be
seen or smelled. Exposure to CO
can cause unconsciousness and
even death.
Exhaust may enter the vehicle if:
. The vehicle idles in areas
with poor ventilation
(parking garages, tunnels,
deep snow that may block
underbody airflow or tail
pipes).
. The exhaust smells or
sounds strange or different.
. The exhaust system leaks
due to corrosion or damage.
. The vehicle exhaust system
has been modified,
damaged, or improperly
repaired.
(Continued)

181

Warning (Continued)
.

There are holes or openings
in the vehicle body from
damage or aftermarket
modifications that are not
completely sealed.

If unusual fumes are detected or
if it is suspected that exhaust is
coming into the vehicle:
. Drive it only with the
windows completely down.
. Have the vehicle repaired
immediately.
Never park the vehicle with the
engine running in an enclosed
area such as a garage or a
building that has no fresh air
ventilation.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

182

Driving and Operating

Running the Vehicle
While Parked

Automatic
Transmission

It is better not to park with the
engine running.

A shift position indicator is in the
instrument cluster.

If the vehicle is left with the engine
running, follow the proper steps to
be sure the vehicle will not move.
See Shifting Into Park 0 179 and
Engine Exhaust 0 181.

There are several different positions
for the shift lever.

If parking on a hill and pulling a
trailer, see Driving Characteristics
and Towing Tips 0 201.
See “Range Selection Mode” under
Manual Mode 0 185.
P : This position locks the rear
wheels. It is the best position to use
when starting the engine because
the vehicle cannot move easily.
When parked on a hill, especially
when the vehicle has a heavy load,
you might notice an increase in the
effort to shift out of P (Park). See
“Torque Lock” under Shifting Into
Park 0 179.

{ Warning
It is dangerous to get out of the
vehicle if the shift lever is not fully
in P (Park) with the parking brake
firmly set. The vehicle can roll.
Do not leave the vehicle when the
engine is running. If you have left
the engine running, the vehicle
can move suddenly. You or others
could be injured. To be sure the
vehicle will not move, even when
you are on fairly level ground,
always set the parking brake and
move the shift lever to P (Park).
See Shifting Into Park 0 179 and
Driving Characteristics and
Towing Tips 0 201.
R : Use this gear to back up.

Caution
Shifting to R (Reverse) while the
vehicle is moving forward could
damage the transmission. The
(Continued)

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Driving and Operating
Caution (Continued)

Warning (Continued)

repairs would not be covered by
the vehicle warranty. Shift to
R (Reverse) only after the vehicle
is stopped.

people or objects. Do not shift
into a drive gear while the engine
is running at high speed.

To rock the vehicle back and forth to
get out of snow, ice, or sand without
damaging the transmission, see If
the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 169.

Caution

N : In this position, the engine does
not connect with the wheels.
To restart when you are already
moving, use N (Neutral) only. Also,
use N (Neutral) when the vehicle is
being towed.

{ Warning
Shifting into a drive gear while the
engine is running at high speed is
dangerous. Unless your foot is
firmly on the brake pedal, the
vehicle could move very rapidly.
You could lose control and hit
(Continued)

Shifting out of P (Park) or
N (Neutral) with the engine
running at high speed may
damage the transmission. The
repairs would not be covered by
the vehicle warranty. Be sure the
engine is not running at high
speed when shifting the vehicle.
D : This position is for normal
driving. It provides the best fuel
economy. If you need more power
for passing, and you are:
. Going less than about 55 km/h
(35 mph), push the accelerator
pedal about halfway down.
. Going about 55 km/h (35 mph) or
more, push the accelerator all
the way down.

183

By doing this, the vehicle shifts
down to the next gear and has
more power.
D (Drive) can be used when towing
a trailer, carrying a heavy load,
or driving on steep hills. You might
want to shift the transmission to a
lower gear selection if the
transmission shifts too often.
Downshifting the transmission in
slippery road conditions could result
in skidding. See “Skidding” under
Loss of Control 0 166.
The vehicle has a shift stabilization
feature that adjusts the transmission
shifting to the current driving
conditions in order to reduce rapid
upshifts and downshifts. This shift
stabilization feature is designed to
determine, before making an
upshift, if the engine is able to
maintain vehicle speed by analyzing
things such as vehicle speed,
throttle position, and vehicle load.
If the shift stabilization feature
determines that a current vehicle
speed cannot be maintained, the
transmission does not upshift and
instead holds the current gear.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

184

Driving and Operating

In some cases, this could appear to
be a delayed shift, however the
transmission is operating normally.
The transmission uses adaptive
shift controls. Adaptive shift controls
continually compare key shift
parameters to pre-programmed
ideal shifts stored in the
transmission’s computer. The
transmission constantly makes
adjustments to improve vehicle
performance according to how the
vehicle is being used, such as with
a heavy load or when the
temperature changes. During this
adaptive shift control process,
shifting might feel different as the
transmission determines the best
settings.
The shift quality of a new vehicle
may not be ideal because the
adaptive shift control process may
not have determined the best
settings for a particular shift or
condition. Shift quality will improve
with continued driving.
When temperatures are very cold,
the transmission's gear shifting
could be delayed, providing more

stable shifts until the engine warms
up. Shifts could be more noticeable
with a cold transmission. This
difference in shifting is normal.
M : This position lets drivers select
the range of gears appropriate for
current driving conditions. If the
vehicle has this feature, see “Range
Selection Mode” under Manual
Mode 0 185.
3 : This position is also used for
normal driving. It reduces vehicle
speed more than D (Drive) without
using the brakes. You might choose
3 (Third) instead of D (Drive) when
driving on hilly, winding roads; when
towing a trailer, so there is less
shifting between gears; and when
going down a steep hill. See “Range
Selection Mode” under Manual
Mode 0 185.
2 : This position reduces vehicle
speed even more than 3 (Third)
without using the brakes. You can
use 2 (Second) on hills. It can help
control vehicle speed as you go
down steep mountain roads, but
then you would also want to use the

brakes off and on. See “Range
Selection Mode” under Manual
Mode 0 185.
If you manually select 2 (Second) in
an automatic transmission, the
transmission will start in
second gear. You can use this
feature for reducing the speed of the
rear wheels when trying to start the
vehicle from a stop on slippery road
surfaces.
1 : This position reduces vehicle
speed without using the brakes.
You can use it for major/severe
downgrades where the vehicle
would otherwise accelerate due to
steepness of grade. When you shift
to 1 (First) it provides the lowest
gear appropriate to current road
speed and continues to downshift
as the vehicle slows, eventually
downshifting to 1 (First) gear. The
transmission can be held in 1 (First)
gear using Range Selection Mode
or the shift lever. See “Range
Selection Mode” under Manual
Mode 0 185.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Driving and Operating
Caution
Spinning the tires or holding the
vehicle in one place on a hill
using only the accelerator pedal
may damage the transmission.
The repair will not be covered by
the vehicle warranty. If you are
stuck, do not spin the tires. When
stopping on a hill, use the brakes
to hold the vehicle in place.

three seconds. A DIC message
displays. See Transmission
Messages 0 117.
For other forms of grade braking,
see Tow/Haul Mode 0 186 and
Cruise Control 0 190.

Manual Mode
Range Selection Mode

Normal Mode Grade Braking
This mode is enabled when the
vehicle is started, but is not enabled
in Range Selection Mode. It assists
in maintaining desired vehicle
speeds when driving on downhill
grades by using the engine and
transmission to slow the vehicle.
The first time the system activates
for each ignition key cycle, a DIC
message will be displayed. See
Transmission Messages 0 117.
To disable or enable Normal Mode
Grade Braking within the current
ignition key cycle, press and hold
the Tow/Haul button for

185

2. Press the +/− buttons on the
shift lever, to select the desired
range of gears for current
driving conditions.
When M (Manual Mode) is selected
a number displays in the DIC next to
the M indicating the current gear.
This number is the highest gear that
can be used. However, the vehicle
can automatically shift to lower
gears as it adjusts to driving
conditions. This means that all
gears below that number are
available. When 5 (Fifth) is selected,
1 (First) through 5 (Fifth) gears are
automatically shifted by the vehicle,
but 6 (Sixth) cannot be used until
the +/− button on the steering
column lever is used to change to
the gear.
Grade Braking is not available when
Range Selection Mode is active.
See Tow/Haul Mode 0 186.
While using Range Selection Mode,
cruise control and the Tow/Haul
Mode can be used.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

186

Driving and Operating
Caution

Tow/Haul Mode

Tow/Haul Mode Grade Braking is
only enabled while the Tow/Haul
Mode is selected and the vehicle is
not in the Range Selection Mode.
See “Tow/Haul Mode” listed
previously and Manual Mode 0 185.
Tow/Haul Mode Grade Braking
assists in maintaining desired
vehicle speeds when driving on
downhill grades by using the engine
and transmission to slow the
vehicle.

Spinning the tires or holding the
vehicle in one place on a hill
using only the accelerator pedal
may damage the transmission.
The repair will not be covered by
the vehicle warranty. If you are
stuck, do not spin the tires. When
stopping on a hill, use the brakes
to hold the vehicle in place.

Low Traction Mode
Low Traction Mode can assist in
vehicle acceleration when road
conditions are slippery. While the
vehicle is at a stop, select the
second gear range using Range
Selection Mode. This will limit
torque to the wheels after it detects
wheel slip, preventing the tires from
spinning.

Tow/Haul Mode Grade Braking

If equipped, Tow/Haul Mode adjusts
the transmission shift pattern to
reduce shift cycling, providing
increased performance, vehicle
control, and transmission cooling
when towing or hauling heavy loads.
Turn the Tow/Haul Mode on and off
by pressing the button on the
instrument panel. When Tow/Haul is
on, a light on the instrument cluster
will come on.
See Tow/Haul Mode Light 0 103.
Also see “Tow/Haul Mode” under
Towing Equipment 0 208.

To disable or enable Tow/Haul Mode
Grade Braking within the current
ignition key cycle, press and hold
the Tow/Haul button for
three seconds. A DIC message will
be displayed. See Transmission
Messages 0 117.
See Towing Equipment 0 208.
For other forms of grade braking,
see Automatic Transmission 0 182
and Cruise Control 0 190.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Driving and Operating

Brakes
Antilock Brake
System (ABS)
This vehicle has ABS, an advanced
electronic braking system that helps
prevent a braking skid.
When the vehicle begins to drive
away, ABS checks itself.
A momentary motor or clicking noise
might be heard while this test is
going on, and it might even be
noticed that the brake pedal moves
a little. This is normal.

If there is a problem with ABS, this
warning light stays on. See Antilock
Brake System (ABS) Warning Light
0 103.
If driving safely on a wet road and it
becomes necessary to slam on the
brakes and continue braking to

avoid a sudden obstacle, a
computer senses the wheels are
slowing down. If one of the wheels
is about to stop rolling, the computer
will separately work the brakes at
each wheel.
ABS can change the brake pressure
to each wheel, as required, faster
than any driver could. This can help
you steer around the obstacle while
braking hard.
As the brakes are applied, the
computer keeps receiving updates
on wheel speed and controls
braking pressure accordingly.
Remember: ABS does not change
the time needed to get a foot up to
the brake pedal or always decrease
stopping distance. If you get too
close to the vehicle in front of you,
there will not be enough time to
apply the brakes if that vehicle
suddenly slows or stops. Always
leave enough room up ahead to
stop, even with ABS.

187

Using ABS
Do not pump the brakes. Just hold
the brake pedal down firmly and let
ABS work. You may hear the ABS
pump or motor operating and feel
the brake pedal pulsate. This is
normal.

Braking in Emergencies
ABS allows you to steer and brake
at the same time. In many
emergencies, steering can help
more than even the very best
braking.

Parking Brake

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

188

Driving and Operating

To set the parking brake, hold the
regular brake pedal, then push
down the parking brake pedal.
If the ignition is on, the brake
system warning light will come on.
To release the parking brake, hold
the regular brake pedal down. Pull
the handle, located just above the
parking brake pedal, with the
parking brake symbol, to release the
parking brake.
If the ignition is on when the parking
brake is released, the brake system
warning light will go off.

Caution
Driving with the parking brake on
can overheat the brake system
and cause premature wear or
damage to brake system parts.
Make sure that the parking brake
is fully released and the brake
warning light is off before driving.
If you are towing a trailer and are
parking on a hill, see Driving
Characteristics and Towing Tips
0 201.

Ride Control Systems
Traction Control/
Electronic Stability
Control
The vehicle may have a vehicle
stability enhancement system called
StabiliTrak. It is an advanced
computer controlled system that
assists the driver with directional
control of the vehicle in difficult
driving conditions.
StabiliTrak activates when the
computer senses a discrepancy
between the intended path and the
direction the vehicle is actually
traveling. StabiliTrak selectively
applies braking pressure at any one
of the vehicle's brakes to assist the
driver with keeping the vehicle on
the intended path.
When the vehicle is started and
begins to move, the system
performs several diagnostic checks
to ensure there are no problems.
The system may be heard or felt
while it is working. This is normal
and does not mean there is a

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Driving and Operating
problem with the vehicle. The
system should initialize before the
vehicle reaches 40 km/h (25 mph).
In some cases, it may take
approximately 3.2 km (2 mi) of
driving before the system initializes.

The Traction Control System (TCS)/
StabiliTrak indicator light comes on
in the instrument cluster when the
system requires service.

messages will be displayed in the
DIC. See Ride Control System
Messages 0 115.
To turn StabiliTrak and TCS back
on, press the StabiliTrak button
again. StabiliTrak will automatically
turn back on when the vehicle
speed exceeds 40 km/h (25 mph).

Press the StabiliTrak button on the
instrument panel once to turn off the
TCS. The appropriate message is
displayed in the DIC. See Ride
Control System Messages 0 115.

When StabiliTrak activates, the
TCS/StabiliTrak indicator light
flashes in the instrument cluster.
This also occurs when TCS is
activated.
See Traction Control System (TCS)/
StabiliTrak® Light 0 104.
For your safety, the system can only
be disabled when the vehicle speed
is less than 40 km/h (25 mph).

189

When the StabiliTrak system has
been turned off, system noises may
still be heard as a result of the
brake-traction control coming on.
It is recommended to leave the
system on for normal driving
conditions, but it may be necessary
to turn the system off if the vehicle
is stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow,
and you want to “rock” the vehicle to
attempt to free it. See If the Vehicle
Is Stuck 0 169.

StabiliTrak System Operation
Press and hold the StabiliTrak
button to turn off StabiliTrak and
TCS. The StabiliTrak OFF light
illuminates and the appropriate

The StabiliTrak system is normally
on, except when the system is
initializing or has been disabled with
the StabiliTrak button. The
StabiliTrak system will automatically
activate to assist the driver in
maintaining vehicle directional

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

190

Driving and Operating

control in most driving conditions.
When activated, the StabiliTrak
system may reduce engine power to
the wheels and apply braking to
individual wheels as necessary to
assist the driver with vehicle
directional control. If cruise control
is being used when StabiliTrak
activates, the cruise control
automatically disengages. The
cruise control can be re-engaged
when road conditions allow. See
Cruise Control 0 190.

will be automatically disabled. The
system will come back on after the
brakes have cooled. This can take
up to two minutes or longer
depending on brake usage.

The StabiliTrak system may also
turn off automatically if it determines
that a problem exists with the
system. If the problem does not
clear itself after restarting the
vehicle, see your dealer for service.

Adding non-dealer accessories can
affect the vehicle's performance.
See Accessories and Modifications
0 213.

Traction Control Operation
TCS is part of the StabiliTrak
system. TCS limits wheel spin by
reducing engine power to the
wheels and by applying brakes to
each individual wheel as necessary.
If the brake-traction control system
activates constantly or if the brakes
have heated up due to high speed
braking, the brake-traction control

TCS may activate on dry or rough
roads or under conditions such as
heavy acceleration while turning or
abrupt upshifts/downshifts of the
transmission. When this reduction in
acceleration occurs, it may be
noticed, or a noise or vibration may
be heard. This is normal.

Locking Rear Axle
Vehicles with a locking rear axle can
give more traction on snow, mud,
ice, sand, or gravel. It works like a
standard axle most of the time, but
when traction is low, this feature will
allow the rear wheel with the most
traction to move the vehicle.

Cruise Control

{ Warning
Cruise control can be dangerous
where you cannot drive safely at
a steady speed. Do not use
cruise control on winding roads or
in heavy traffic.
Cruise control can be dangerous
on slippery roads. On such roads,
fast changes in tire traction can
cause excessive wheel slip, and
you could lose control. Do not use
cruise control on slippery roads.
If equipped with cruise control, a
speed of about 40 km/h (25 mph) or
more can be maintained without
keeping your foot on the
accelerator. Cruise control does not
work at speeds below about 40 km/h
(25 mph).
If the vehicle has StabiliTrak and the
system begins to limit wheel spin,
cruise control will automatically
disengage. See Traction Control/
Electronic Stability Control 0 188.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Driving and Operating
When road conditions allow cruise
control to be safely used again,
cruise control can be turned
back on.
If the brakes are applied, cruise
control disengages.

hold to accelerate. If cruise control
is already active, use to increase
vehicle speed.
SET− (Set/Coast) : Press briefly to
set the speed and activate cruise
control, or press and hold to
decelerate. If cruise control is
already active, use to decrease
vehicle speed.

[ (Cancel) : Press to disengage
cruise control without erasing the
set speed from memory.
Setting Cruise Control
If I is on when not in use, the
SET− or +RES button could get
pressed and go into cruise when not
desired. Keep I off when cruise is
not being used.

I (On/Off) : Press to turn cruise
control on or off. The white indicator
comes on in the instrument cluster
when cruise control is turned on.

2. Get up to the desired speed.

+RES (Resume/Accelerate) : If
there is a set speed in memory,
press briefly to resume to a
previously set speed, or press and

3. Press and release SET−. The
desired set speed briefly
appears in the instrument
cluster.

1. Press I to turn the cruise
system on.

191

4. Remove your foot from the
accelerator.
The cruise control indicator on the
instrument cluster turns green after
cruise control has been set to the
desired speed. See Instrument
Cluster 0 94.
Resuming a Set Speed
If the cruise control is set at a
desired speed and then the brakes
are applied, the cruise control is
disengaged without erasing the set
speed from memory.
Once the vehicle speed reaches
about 40 km/h (25 mph) or more,
briefly press +RES. The vehicle
returns to the previous set speed.
Increasing Speed While Using
Cruise Control
If the cruise control system is
already activated:
. Press and hold +RES until the
desired speed is reached, then
release it.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

192
.

Driving and Operating

To increase vehicle speed in
small increments, briefly press
+RES. For each press, the
vehicle goes about 1.6 km/h
(1 mph) faster.

The speedometer reading can be
displayed in either English or metric
units. See Driver Information Center
(DIC) 0 106. The increment value
used depends on the units
displayed.
Reducing Speed While Using
Cruise Control
If the cruise control system is
already activated:
. Press and hold SET– until the
desired lower speed is reached,
then release it.
. To decrease the vehicle speed in
small increments, briefly press
SET–. For each press, the
vehicle goes about 1.6 km/h
(1 mph) slower.

The speedometer reading can be
displayed in either English or metric
units. See Driver Information Center
(DIC) 0 106. The increment value
used depends on the units
displayed.
Passing Another Vehicle While
Using Cruise Control
Use the accelerator pedal to
increase the vehicle speed. When
you take your foot off the pedal, the
vehicle will slow down to the
previous set cruise speed. While
pressing the accelerator pedal or
shortly following the release to
override cruise control, briefly
pressing SET– will result in cruise
set to the current vehicle speed.
Using Cruise Control on Hills
How well cruise control works on
hills depends on the vehicle speed,
load, and the steepness of the hills.
When going up steep hills, you
might have to step on the
accelerator pedal to maintain your
speed.

While going downhill:
. Vehicles with a 4-speed
automatic transmission may
need to have the brakes applied
or the transmission shifted to a
lower gear to help maintain
driver selected speed.
. Vehicles with a 6-speed
automatic transmission have
Cruise Grade Braking to help
maintain driver selected speed.
Cruise Grade Braking is enabled
when the vehicle is started and
cruise control is active. It is not
enabled in Range Selection Mode.
It assists in maintaining driver
selected speed when driving on
downhill grades by using the engine
and transmission to slow the
vehicle.
To disable and enable Cruise Grade
Braking for the current ignition key
cycle, press and hold the Tow/Haul
button for three seconds. A DIC
message displays. See
Transmission Messages 0 117.
When the brakes are applied the
cruise control is disengaged.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Driving and Operating
Ending Cruise Control
There are four ways to end cruise
control:
. Step lightly on the brake pedal.

Press

Shift the transmission to
N (Neutral).

To turn off cruise control,
press I.

Erasing Speed Memory
The cruise control set speed is
erased from memory if I is
pressed or if the vehicle is
turned off.

Driver Assistance
Systems
Rear Vision
Camera (RVC)
If equipped, the RVC system is
designed to help the driver when
backing up by displaying a view of
the area behind the vehicle.

{ Warning
The camera(s) do not display
children, pedestrians, bicyclists,
crossing traffic, animals, or any
other object outside of the
cameras’ field of view, below the
bumper, or under the vehicle.
Shown distances may be different
from actual distances. Do not
drive or park the vehicle using
only these camera(s). Always
check behind and around the
vehicle before driving. Failure to
use proper care may result in
injury, death, or vehicle damage.

193

Vehicles without Navigation
System
When the vehicle is on and shifted
into R (Reverse), the video image
appears on the inside rearview
mirror. The video image disappears
after the vehicle is shifted out of
R (Reverse).

Vehicles with Navigation
System
When the vehicle is shifted into
R (Reverse), the video image
appears on the navigation screen.
After a delay, the navigation screen
displays the previous screen after
the vehicle is shifted out of
R (Reverse).
The delay that is received after
shifting out of R (Reverse) is
approximately 10 seconds. Return to
the previous screen sooner by
performing one of the following:
. Press a hard key on the
navigation system.
. Shift into P (Park).
.

Reach a vehicle speed of
8 km/h (5 mph).

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

194

Driving and Operating

Symbols and Guidelines
The navigation system may have a
feature that allows for viewing
parking assist symbols and/or
guidelines on the navigation screen
while using the RVC. The Rear
Parking Assist (RPA) system must
not be disabled to use the caution
symbols. If RPA has been disabled
and the symbols have been turned
on, the Rear Parking Assist
Symbols Unavailable error message
may display. See Parking Assist
0 195.

and press the Multifunction
knob; or press the Display
screen button.

This shows the field of view that the
camera provides.

3. Select the Rear Camera
Options screen button. The
Rear Camera Options screen
displays.
4. Touch the Symbols or
Guidelines screen button. The
screen button will be
highlighted when the feature
is on.

RVC Location

The symbols appear near objects
detected by the RPA system. The
symbol may cover the object when
viewing the navigation screen. The
guideline overlay can help the driver
align the vehicle when backing into
a parking spot.

1. View displayed by the
camera

To turn the symbols or guidelines on
or off:
1. Shift into P (Park).
2. Press MENU to enter the
configure menu options. Turn
the Multifunction knob until the
Display feature is highlighted

The camera is above the license
plate.

1. View displayed by the
camera

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Driving and Operating
2. Corners of the rear bumper

Displayed images may be further or
closer than they appear. The area
displayed is limited and objects that
are close to either corner of the
bumper or under the bumper do not
display.

When the System Does Not
Seem To Work Properly
The RVC system might not work
properly or display a clear image if:
. It is dark.
.

The sun or the beam of
headlamps is shining directly
into the camera lens.
Ice, snow, mud, or anything else
builds up on the camera lens.
Clean the lens, rinse it with
water, and wipe it with a soft
cloth.
The back of the vehicle is in an
accident. The position and
mounting angle of the camera
can change or the camera can
be affected. Be sure to have the

camera and its position and
mounting angle checked at your
dealer.
The RVC system display in the
rearview mirror may turn off or not
appear as expected due to one of
the following conditions. If this
occurs, the left indicator light on the
mirror will flash.
. A slow flash may indicate a loss
of video signal, or no video
signal present during the reverse
cycle.
. A fast flash may indicate that the
display has been on for the
maximum allowable time during
a reverse cycle, or the display
has reached an Over
Temperature limit.
The fast flash conditions are
used to protect the video device
from high temperature
conditions. Once conditions
return to normal, the device will
reset and the indicator will stop
flashing.

195

During any of these fault conditions,
the display will be blank and the
indicator will flash while the vehicle
is in R (Reverse) or until the
conditions return to normal.

Parking Assist
If equipped, the Rear Parking Assist
(RPA) system uses sensors on the
rear bumper to assist with parking
and avoiding objects while in
R (Reverse).

{ Warning
The parking assist system does
not detect children, pedestrians,
bicyclists, animals, or objects
below the bumper or that are too
close or too far from the vehicle.
It is not available at speeds
greater than 8 km/h (5 mph). To
prevent injury, death, or vehicle
damage, even with parking assist,
always check the area around the
vehicle and check all mirrors
before backing.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

196

Driving and Operating

How the System Works

Turn RPA off when towing a trailer.

RPA comes on automatically when
the shift lever is moved into
R (Reverse). A single beep sounds
to indicate the system is working.

When the System Does Not
Seem to Work Properly

RPA operates only at speeds less
than 8 km/h (5 mph).
An obstacle detection is indicated
by beeps. The time between beeps
gets shorter as the vehicle
approaches the obstacle. Repeated
beeps are heard when the distance
is less than 30 cm (12 in).
To be detected, objects must be at
least 25 cm (10 in) off the ground
and below rear door level. Objects
must also be within 2.5 m (8 ft) from
the rear bumper. This distance may
be less during warmer or humid
weather.

Turning the System On and Off
The system can be disabled through
the Driver Information Center (DIC).
See “Park Assist” under Driver
Information Center (DIC) 0 106.
RPA defaults to the on setting each
time the vehicle is started.

cycle. RPA will return to normal
operation after it is determined
the object is removed. This
could take a few drive cycles.

The following messages may be
displayed on the DIC:

SERVICE PARK ASSIST : If this
message occurs, take the vehicle to
your dealer for repair.

Other conditions may affect system
performance, such as vibrations
from a jackhammer or the
compression of air brakes on a very
large truck.

PARK ASSIST OFF : This message
occurs if the driver disables the
system or if the vehicle is driven
above 8 km/h (5 mph) in
R (Reverse).
PARK ASST BLOCKED SEE
OWNERS MANUAL : This
message can occur under the
following conditions:
. The sensors are not clean. Keep
the rear bumper free of mud,
dirt, snow, ice, slush, and frost.
The message may not clear until
frost or ice has melted all around
and inside the sensor.
. A trailer is attached to the
vehicle, or a bicycle or an object
hanging out of the rear door
during the current or last drive

A tow bar is attached to the
vehicle.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Driving and Operating

Fuel
For diesel engine vehicles, see
“Fuel for Diesel Engines” in the
Duramax diesel supplement.
For gasoline engine vehicles, use of
the recommended fuel is an
important part of the proper
maintenance of this vehicle. When
driving in the U.S. and Canada, to
help keep the engine clean and
maintain optimum vehicle
performance, we recommend using
TOP TIER Detergent Gasolines.
See www.toptiergas.com for a list of
TOP TIER Detergent Gasolines.

If the vehicle has a yellow fuel cap,
E85 or FlexFuel can be used in the
vehicle. See E85 or FlexFuel 0 198.
Use regular unleaded gasoline
meeting ASTM specification D4814
with a posted octane rating of 87 or
higher. Do not use gasoline with an
octane rating below 87; as it may
cause engine damage and will lower
fuel economy.
Use of Seasonal Fuels
Use summer and winter fuels in the
appropriate season. The fuels
industry automatically modifies the
fuel for the appropriate season.
If fuel is left in the vehicle tank for
long periods of time, driving or
starting could be affected. Drive the
vehicle until the fuel is at one-half
tank or less, then refuel with the
current seasonal fuel.
Prohibited Fuels
Gasolines containing oxygenates
such as ethers and ethanol, as well
as reformulated gasolines, are
available in some cities. If these
gasolines comply with the
previously described specification,

197

then they are acceptable to use.
However, E85 (85% ethanol) and
other fuels containing more than
15% ethanol must be used only in
FlexFuel vehicles.

Caution
Do not use fuel containing
methanol. It can corrode metal
parts in the fuel system and also
damage plastic and rubber parts.
That damage would not be
covered under the vehicle
warranty.
Some gasolines, mainly high octane
racing gasolines, can contain an
octane-enhancing additive called
methylcyclopentadienyl manganese
tricarbonyl (MMT). Do not use
gasolines and/or fuel additives with
MMT as they can reduce spark plug
life and affect emission control
system performance. The
malfunction indicator lamp may turn
on. If this occurs, see your dealer
for service.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

198

Driving and Operating

California Fuel
Requirements

Fuels in Foreign
Countries

Do not use additives with E85 or
FlexFuel.

If the vehicle is certified to meet
California Emissions Standards, it is
designed to operate on fuels that
meet California specifications. See
the underhood emission control
label. If this fuel is not available in
states adopting California Emissions
Standards, the vehicle will operate
satisfactorily on fuels meeting
federal specifications, but emission
control system performance might
be affected. The malfunction
indicator lamp could turn on and the
vehicle may not pass a smog-check
test. See Malfunction Indicator
Lamp (Check Engine Light) 0 101.
If this occurs, return to your
authorized dealer for diagnosis. If it
is determined that the condition is
caused by the type of fuel used,
repairs may not be covered by the
vehicle warranty.

If planning to drive in countries
outside the U.S. or Canada, the
proper fuel might be hard to find.
Check regional auto club or fuel
retail brand websites for availability
in the country where driving. Never
use leaded gasoline, fuel containing
methanol, manganese, or any other
fuel not recommended. Costly
repairs caused by use of improper
fuel would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty.

E85 or FlexFuel

Fuel Additives
To keep fuel systems clean, TOP
TIER Detergent Gasoline is
recommended. See Fuel 0 197.
If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is
not available, one bottle of Fuel
System Treatment PLUS added to
the fuel tank at every engine oil
change can help. Fuel System
Treatment PLUS is the only
gasoline additive recommended by
General Motors. It is available at
your dealer.

Vehicles with a yellow fuel cap can
use either unleaded gasoline or fuel
containing up to 85% ethanol (E85).
All other vehicles should use only
the unleaded gasoline as described
in Fuel 0 197.
The use of E85 or FlexFuel is
encouraged when the vehicle is
designed to use it. E85 or FlexFuel
is made from renewable sources.
To help locate fuel stations that
carry E85 or FlexFuel, the U.S.
Department of Energy has an
alternative fuels website. See
www.afdc.energy.gov/afdc/locator/
stations.
E85 or FlexFuel should meet ASTM
Specification D 5798 or CAN/
CGSB–3.512 in Canada. Do not use
the fuel if the ethanol content is
greater than 85%. Fuel mixtures that
do not meet ASTM or CGSB
specifications can affect driveability
and could cause the malfunction
indicator lamp to come on.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Driving and Operating
After refueling, the vehicle
calculates the composition of the
fuel. It is not recommended to
repeatedly switch between fuels.
If fuels are switched frequently, add
as much fuel as possible and do not
add less than 11 L (3 gal) when
refueling. Drive at least 11 km (7 mi)
immediately after refueling to allow
the vehicle to adapt to the change in
ethanol concentration.
Because E85 or FlexFuel has less
energy per liter (gallon) than
gasoline, the vehicle will need to be
refilled more often. See Filling the
Tank 0 199.

Caution
Some additives are not
compatible with E85 or FlexFuel
and can harm the vehicle's fuel
system. Do not add anything to
E85 or FlexFuel. Damage caused
by additives would not be covered
by the vehicle warranty.

Caution
Do not use fuel containing
methanol. It can corrode metal
parts in the fuel system and also
damage plastic and rubber parts.
That damage would not be
covered under the vehicle
warranty.

Warning (Continued)
.

Do not leave the fuel pump
unattended.

Do not use a cell phone
while refueling.

Do not reenter the vehicle
while pumping fuel.

Keep children away from
the fuel pump and never let
children pump fuel.

Fuel can spray out if the fuel
cap is opened too quickly.
This spray can happen if the
tank is nearly full, and is
more likely in hot weather.
Open the fuel cap slowly
and wait for any hiss noise
to stop, then unscrew the
cap all the way.

Filling the Tank

{ Warning
Fuel vapors and fuel fires burn
violently and can cause injury or
death.
. To help avoid injuries to you
and others, read and follow
all the instructions on the
fuel pump island.
. Turn off the engine when
refueling.
. Keep sparks, flames, and
smoking materials away
from fuel.
(Continued)

199

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

200

Driving and Operating

{ Warning

Overfilling the fuel tank by more
than three clicks of a standard fill
nozzle may cause:
. Vehicle performance issues,
including engine stalling and
damage to the fuel system.
. Fuel spills.

If a fire starts while you are
refueling, do not remove the
nozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel by
shutting off the pump or by
notifying the station attendant.
Leave the area immediately.

.
The fuel cap is behind a hinged fuel
door on the driver side of the
vehicle.
If the vehicle has E85 fuel capability,
the fuel cap will be yellow and state
that E85 or gasoline can be used.
See E85 or FlexFuel 0 198.
To remove the fuel cap, turn it
slowly counterclockwise.
While refueling, hang the tethered
fuel cap from the hook on the
fuel door.

Potential fuel fires.

Be careful not to spill fuel. Wait a
few seconds after you have finished
pumping before removing the
nozzle. Clean fuel from painted
surfaces as soon as possible. See
Exterior Care 0 285.
When replacing the fuel cap, turn it
clockwise until it clicks. Make sure
the cap is fully installed. The
diagnostic system can determine if
the fuel cap has been left off or
improperly installed. This would
allow fuel to evaporate into the
atmosphere. See Malfunction
Indicator Lamp (Check Engine
Light) 0 101.

Caution
If a new fuel cap is needed, be
sure to get the right type of cap
from your dealer. The wrong type
of fuel cap may not fit properly,
may cause the malfunction
indicator lamp to light, and could
damage the fuel tank and
emissions system. See
Malfunction Indicator Lamp
(Check Engine Light) 0 101.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Driving and Operating

Filling a Portable Fuel
Container

Warning (Continued)
.

Fill the container no more
than 95% full to allow for
expansion.

Do not smoke, light
matches, or use lighters
while pumping fuel.

Avoid using cell phones or
other electronic devices.

{ Warning
Filling a portable fuel container
while it is in the vehicle can cause
fuel vapors that can ignite either
by static electricity or other
means. You or others could be
badly burned and the vehicle
could be damaged. Always:
.

Use approved fuel
containers.

Remove the container from
the vehicle, trunk, or pickup
bed before filling.

Place the container on the
ground.

Place the nozzle inside the
fill opening of the container
before dispensing fuel, and
keep it in contact with the fill
opening until filling is
complete.
(Continued)

201

Trailer Towing
General Towing
Information
Only use towing equipment that has
been designed for the vehicle.
Contact your dealer or trailering
dealer for assistance with preparing
the vehicle for towing a trailer. Read
the entire section before towing a
trailer.
For towing a disabled vehicle, see
Towing the Vehicle 0 283. For
towing the vehicle behind another
vehicle such as a motor home, see
Recreational Vehicle Towing 0 284.

Driving Characteristics
and Towing Tips
Driving with a Trailer
When towing a trailer:
. Become familiar with the state
and local laws that apply to
trailer towing.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

202
.

Driving and Operating

Do not tow a trailer during the
first 800 km (500 mi) to prevent
damage to the engine, axle,
or other parts.
Then during the first 800 km
(500 mi) of trailer towing, do not
drive over 80 km/h (50 mph) and
do not make starts at full throttle.
Vehicles can tow in D (Drive).
Shift the transmission to a lower
gear if the transmission shifts
too often under heavy loads and/
or hilly conditions.
Turn off Park Assist when
towing.

{ Warning
When towing a trailer, exhaust
gases may collect at the rear of
the vehicle and enter if the
liftgate, trunk/hatch, or rear-most
window is open.
When towing a trailer:
(Continued)

Warning (Continued)
.

Do not drive with the
liftgate, trunk/hatch,
or rear-most window open.

Fully open the air outlets on
or under the instrument
panel.

Also adjust the climate
control system to a setting
that brings in only outside
air. See “Climate Control
Systems” in the Index.

For more information about
Carbon Monoxide, see Engine
Exhaust 0 181.
Towing a trailer requires a certain
amount of experience. The
combination you are driving is
longer and not as responsive as the
vehicle itself. Get acquainted with
the handling and braking of the rig
before setting out for the open road.
Before starting, check all trailer hitch
parts and attachments, safety
chains, electrical connectors, lamps,
tires, and mirrors. If the trailer has

electric brakes, start the
combination moving and then apply
the trailer brake controller by hand
to be sure the brakes work.
During the trip, check occasionally
to be sure that the load is secure
and the lamps and any trailer
brakes still work.

Following Distance
Stay at least twice as far behind the
vehicle ahead as you would when
driving the vehicle without a trailer.
This can help to avoid heavy
braking and sudden turns.

Passing
More passing distance is needed
when towing a trailer. The
combination will not accelerate as
quickly and is longer so it is
necessary to go much farther
beyond the passed vehicle before
returning to the lane.

Backing Up
Hold the bottom of the steering
wheel with one hand. To move the
trailer to the left, move that hand to
the left. To move the trailer to the

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Driving and Operating
right, move your hand to the right.
Always back up slowly and,
if possible, have someone
guide you.

Making Turns
Caution
Making very sharp turns while
trailering could cause the trailer to
come in contact with the vehicle.
The vehicle could be damaged.
Avoid making very sharp turns
while trailering.
When turning with a trailer, make
wider turns than normal. Do this so
the trailer will not strike soft
shoulders, curbs, road signs, trees,
or other objects. Avoid jerky or
sudden maneuvers. Signal well in
advance.
If the trailer turn signal bulbs burn
out, the arrows on the instrument
cluster will still flash for turns. It is
important to check occasionally to
be sure the trailer bulbs are still
working.

Driving on Grades
Reduce speed and shift to a lower
gear before starting down a long or
steep downgrade. If the
transmission is not shifted down, the
brakes might get hot and no longer
work well.
Vehicles can tow in D (Drive). Shift
the transmission to a lower gear if
the transmission shifts too often
under heavy loads and/or hilly
conditions.
The Tow/Haul Mode may be used if
the transmission shifts too often.
See Tow/Haul Mode 0 186.
When towing at high altitude on
steep uphill grades, consider the
following: Engine coolant will boil at
a lower temperature than at normal
altitudes. If the engine is turned off
immediately after towing at high
altitude on steep uphill grades, the
vehicle may show signs similar to
engine overheating. To avoid this,
let the engine run while parked,
preferably on level ground, with the
transmission in P (Park) for a few

203

minutes before turning the engine
off. If the overheat warning comes
on, see Engine Overheating 0 228.

Parking on Hills

{ Warning
Parking the vehicle on a hill with
the trailer attached can be
dangerous. If something goes
wrong, the rig could start to move.
People can be injured, and both
the vehicle and the trailer can be
damaged. When possible, always
park the rig on a flat surface.
If parking the rig on a hill:
1. Press the brake pedal, but do
not shift into P (Park) yet. Turn
the wheels into the curb if
facing downhill or into traffic if
facing uphill.
2. Have someone place chocks
under the trailer wheels.
3. When the wheel chocks are in
place, release the regular
brakes until the chocks absorb
the load.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

204

Driving and Operating

4. Reapply the brake pedal. Then
apply the parking brake and
shift into P (Park).

brake system. It is a good idea to
inspect these before and during
the trip.

5. Release the brake pedal.

Check periodically to see that all
hitch nuts and bolts are tight.

Leaving After Parking on a Hill
1. Apply and hold the brake
pedal.
2. Start the engine.
3. Shift into a gear.
4. Release the parking brake.
5. Let up on the brake pedal.
6. Drive slowly until the trailer is
clear of the chocks.
7. Stop and have someone pick
up and store the chocks.

Maintenance when Trailer
Towing
The vehicle needs service more
often when pulling a trailer. See
Maintenance Schedule 0 295.
Things that are especially important
in trailer operation are automatic
transmission fluid, engine oil, axle
lubricant, belts, cooling system, and

Warning (Continued)
dealer for advice and information
about towing a trailer with the
vehicle.

Trailer Towing
If the vehicle has a diesel engine,
see the Duramax diesel
supplement.

{ Warning
The driver can lose control when
pulling a trailer if the correct
equipment is not used or the
vehicle is not driven properly. For
example, if the trailer is too
heavy, the brakes may not work
well — or even at all. The driver
and passengers could be
seriously injured. The vehicle may
also be damaged; the resulting
repairs would not be covered by
the vehicle warranty. Pull a trailer
only if all the steps in this section
have been followed. Ask your
(Continued)

Caution
Pulling a trailer improperly can
damage the vehicle and result in
costly repairs not covered by the
vehicle warranty. To pull a trailer
correctly, follow the advice in this
section and see your dealer for
important information about
towing a trailer with the vehicle.
To identify the trailering capacity of
the vehicle, read the information in
“Weight of the Trailer” following.
Trailering is different than just
driving the vehicle by itself.
Trailering means changes in
handling, acceleration, braking,
durability, and fuel economy.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Driving and Operating
Successful, safe trailering takes
correct equipment, and it has to be
used properly.

equipment, passengers,and cargo in
the tow vehicle must be subtracted
from the maximum trailer weight.

The following information has many
time-tested, important trailering tips
and safety rules. Many of these are
important for your safety and that of
your passengers. So please read
this section carefully before pulling a
trailer.

Use the following chart to determine
how much the vehicle can weigh,
based upon the vehicle model and
options.

Weight of the Trailer
How heavy can a trailer safely be?
It depends on how the rig is used.
For example, speed, altitude, road
grades, outside temperature, and
how much the vehicle is used to pull
a trailer are all important. It can
depend on any special equipment
on the vehicle, and the amount of
tongue weight the vehicle can carry.
See “Weight of the Trailer Tongue”
later in this section.
Maximum trailer weight is calculated
assuming only the driver is in the
tow vehicle and it has all the
required trailering equipment. The
weight of additional optional

205

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

206

Driving and Operating

Vehicle

Axle Ratio

Maximum Trailer Weight

GCWR*

4.8L V8

3.42

4 037 kg (8,900 lb)

6 623 kg (14,600 lb)

6.0L V8

3.42

4 536 kg (10,000 lb)

7 257 kg (16,000 lb)

G2500 Cargo Van 2WD Short Wheelbase

G2500 Cargo Van 2WD Long Wheelbase
4.8L V8

3.42

3 719 kg (8,200 lb)

6 623 kg (14,600 lb)

6.0L V8

3.42

4 536 kg (10,000 lb)

7 257 kg (16,000 lb)

4.8L V8

3.42

3 946 kg (8,700 lb)

6 623 kg (14,600 lb)

6.0L V8

3.42

4 355 kg (9,600 lb)

7 257 kg (16,000 lb)

G2500 Passenger Van 2WD Short Wheelbase

G3500 Cargo Van 2WD Short Wheelbase
4.8L V8

3.42

4 037 kg (8,900 lb)

6 623 kg (14,600 lb)

6.0L V8

3.42

4 536 kg (10,000 lb)

7 257 kg (16,000 lb)

G3500 Cargo Van 2WD Long Wheelbase
4.8L V8

3.42

3 946 kg (8,700 lb)

6 623 kg (14,600 lb)

6.0L V8

3.42

4 536 kg (10,000 lb)

7 257 kg (16,000 lb)

4.8L V8

3.42

3 719 kg (8,200 lb)

6 623 kg (14,600 lb)

6.0L V8

3.42

4 355 kg (9,600 lb)

7 257 kg (16,000 lb)

G3500 Passenger Van 2WD Short Wheelbase

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Driving and Operating
Vehicle

Axle Ratio

Maximum Trailer Weight

GCWR*

207

G3500 Passenger Van 2WD Long Wheelbase
4.8L V8

3.42

3 583 kg (7,900 lb)

6 623 kg (14,600 lb)

6.0L V8

3.42

4 218 kg (9,300 lb)

7 257 kg (16,000 lb)

*The Gross Combined Weight Rating (GCWR) is the total allowable weight of the completely loaded vehicle and
trailer including any passengers, cargo, equipment, and conversion. The GCWR for the vehicle should not be
exceeded.

Ask your dealer for trailering
information or advice.

Weight of the Trailer Tongue
The tongue load (1) of any trailer is
an important weight to measure
because it affects the total gross
weight of the vehicle. The Gross
Vehicle Weight (GVW) includes the
curb weight of the vehicle, any
cargo carried in it, and the people
who will be riding in the vehicle.
If there are a lot of options,
equipment, passengers, or cargo in
the vehicle, it will reduce the tongue
weight the vehicle can carry, which
will also reduce the trailer weight the
vehicle can tow. If towing a trailer,
the tongue load must be added to

the GVW because the vehicle will
be carrying that weight, too. See
Vehicle Load Limits 0 170 for more
information about the vehicle's
maximum load capacity.

The trailer tongue weight (1) should
be 10 percent to 15 percent of the
total loaded trailer weight (2), up to a
maximum of 181 kg (400 lb) with a
weight carrying hitch. The trailer
tongue weight (1) should be
10 percent to 15 percent of the total
loaded trailer weight (2), up to a
maximum of 454 kg (1,000 lb) with a
weight distributing hitch.
Do not exceed the maximum
allowable tongue weight for the
vehicle. Choose the shortest hitch
extension that will position the hitch
ball closest to the vehicle. This will
help reduce the effect of trailer
tongue weight on the rear axle.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

208

Driving and Operating

After loading the trailer, weigh the
trailer and then the tongue,
separately, to see if the weights are
proper. If they are not, adjustments
might be made by moving some
items around in the trailer.
Trailering may be limited by the
vehicle's ability to carry tongue
weight. Tongue weight cannot cause
the vehicle to exceed the GVWR
(Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) or
the RGAWR (Rear Gross Axle
Weight Rating). The effect of
additional weight may reduce the
trailering capacity more than the
total of the additional weight.
It is important that the vehicle does
not exceed any of its ratings —
GCWR, GVWR, RGAWR, Maximum
Trailer Rating, or Tongue Weight.
The only way to be sure it is not
exceeding any of these ratings is to
weigh the vehicle and trailer.

Total Weight on the Vehicle's
Tires
Be sure the vehicle tires are inflated
to the upper limit for cold tires.
These numbers can be found on the
Certification label at the rear edge of

the driver door, or see Vehicle Load
Limits 0 170. Make sure not to go
over the GVW limit for the vehicle,
or the GAWR, including the weight
of the trailer tongue. If using a
weight distributing hitch, make sure
not to go over the rear axle limit
before applying the weight
distribution spring bars.

Towing Equipment
Hitches
The correct hitch equipment helps
maintain combination control. Many
trailers can be towed with a
weight-carrying hitch which simply
features a coupler latched to the
hitch ball, or a tow eye latched to a
pintle hook. Other trailers may
require a weight-distributing hitch
that uses spring bars to distribute
the trailer tongue weight among the
two vehicle and trailer axles. See
“Weight of the Trailer Tongue” under
Trailer Towing 0 204 for rating limits
with various hitch types.

Consider using sway controls with
any trailer. Ask a trailering
professional about sway controls or
refer to the trailer manufacturer's
recommendations and instructions.

Weight-Distributing Hitches
and Weight Carrying Hitches
A weight distributing hitch may be
useful with some trailers. Use the
following guidelines to determine if a
weight distributing hitch should
be used.

1. Front of Vehicle
2. Body to Ground Distance

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Driving and Operating
When using a weight-distributing
hitch, the hitch must be adjusted so
the distance (2) remains the same
both before and after coupling the
trailer to the tow vehicle.

Safety Chains
Always attach chains between the
vehicle and the trailer. Cross the
safety chains under the tongue of
the trailer to help prevent the tongue
from contacting the road if it
becomes separated from the hitch.
Always leave just enough slack so
the rig can turn. Never allow safety
chains to drag on the ground.

Trailer Brakes
A loaded trailer that weighs more
than 680 kg (1,500 lb) needs to have
its own brake system that is
adequate for the weight of the
trailer. Be sure to read and follow
the instructions for the trailer brakes
so they are installed, adjusted and
maintained properly.

209

Trailer Wiring Harness

Dark Blue: Trailer Brake Signal

The optional heavy-duty trailer
wiring package includes a wiring
harness, with a seven-pin connector
at the rear of the vehicle and a
four-wire harness assembly under
the driver side of the instrument
panel. The four-wire harness
assembly comes without a
connector.

Dark Green: Right Rear Stop
and Turn Signal*

Red/Black Stripe: Battery Feed
(30A Fuse)

Brown: Trailer Park Lamp
Supply Voltage (15A fuse)**

Yellow: Left Rear Stop and Turn
Signal *

If the vehicle does not have a trailer
hitch, the seven-wire harness
assembly with connector is taped
together and located in a frame
pocket at the driver side rear left
corner of the frame.

The four-wire harness (without
connector) contains the following
circuits:
. Black: Ground
.

Red/White: Battery Feed

If the vehicle has a trailer hitch, the
seven-wire harness assembly with
connector is attached to a bracket
on the hitch platform. In both cases,
the seven-wire harness has a
connector and includes a 30-amp
feed wire.

Dark Blue: Trailer Brake Signal

Light Blue: CHMSL/Stoplamp
Supply Voltage

The seven-wire harness connector
contains the following trailer circuits:
. Light Green: Back-up Lamps
(10A fuse)**
. White: Ground

* If the vehicle is a cutaway with
trailer provisions, a 15 amp fuse will
be shared for both left/stop trailer
turn and right/stop trailer turn
signals. However, the cutaway
lighting connector will have a
10 amp fuse for each signal.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

210

Driving and Operating

** If the vehicle is a cutaway with
trailer provisions, a 15 amp fuse will
be shared for trailer park lamps and
cutaway rear lighting connector park
lamps. Also, a 10 amp fuse will be
shared for trailer back-up lamps and
cutaway rear lighting connector
back-up lamps.

Tow/Haul Mode
This button is on the instrument
panel, to the right of the steering
wheel.
Pressing this button turns on and off
the Tow/Haul Mode.

This indicator light on the instrument
cluster comes on when the Tow/
Haul Mode is on.

Tow/Haul is a feature that assists
when pulling a heavy trailer or a
large or heavy load. See Tow/Haul
Mode 0 186.
Tow/Haul is designed to be most
effective when the vehicle and
trailer combined weight is at least
75 percent of the vehicle Gross
Combined Weight Rating (GCWR).
See “Weight of the Trailer” in Trailer
Towing 0 204. Tow/Haul is most
useful under the following driving
conditions:
. When pulling a heavy trailer or a
large or heavy load through
rolling terrain.
. When pulling a heavy trailer or a
large or heavy load in
stop-and-go traffic.
. When pulling a heavy trailer or a
large or heavy load in busy
parking lots where improved low
speed control of the vehicle is
desired.

Operating the vehicle in Tow/Haul
Mode when lightly loaded or with no
trailer at all will not cause damage.
However, there is no benefit to the
selection of Tow/Haul when the
vehicle is unloaded. Such a
selection when unloaded may result
in unpleasant engine and
transmission driving characteristics
and reduced fuel economy. Tow/
Haul is recommended only when
pulling a heavy trailer or a large or
heavy load.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Driving and Operating

Conversions and
Add-Ons
Add-On Electrical
Equipment

{ Warning
The Data Link Connector (DLC) is
used for vehicle service and
Emission Inspection/Maintenance
testing. See Malfunction Indicator
Lamp (Check Engine Light)
0 101. A device connected to the
DLC — such as an aftermarket
fleet or driver-behavior tracking
device — may interfere with
vehicle systems. This could affect
vehicle operation and cause a
crash. Such devices may also
access information stored in the
vehicle’s systems.

Caution
Some electrical equipment can
damage the vehicle or cause
components to not work and
would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty. Always check
with your dealer before adding
electrical equipment.
Add-on equipment can drain the
vehicle's 12-volt battery, even if the
vehicle is not operating.
The vehicle has an airbag system.
Before attempting to add anything
electrical to the vehicle, see
Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
Vehicle 0 64 and Adding Equipment
to the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle
0 64.

211

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

212

Vehicle Care

Vehicle Care
General Information
General Information . . . . . . . . . .
California Proposition
65 Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
California Perchlorate
Materials Requirements . . . . .
Accessories and
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

213
213
213
213

Vehicle Checks
Doing Your Own
Service Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Engine Compartment
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 219
Automatic Transmission
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . 223
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Engine Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Engine Overheating . . . . . . . . . . 228
Engine Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Power Steering Fluid . . . . . . . . . 230
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232

Battery - North America . . . . . . 233
Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Noise Control System . . . . . . . . 234
Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . 236
Automatic Transmission Shift
Lock Control Function
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Ignition Transmission Lock
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Park Brake and P (Park)
Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 237
Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 237

Headlamp Aiming
Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . 238

Bulb Replacement
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . .
Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front Turn Signal, Sidemarker,
and Parking Lamps . . . . . . . . .
Taillamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Center High-Mounted
Stoplamp (CHMSL) . . . . . . . . .
License Plate Lamp . . . . . . . . . .
Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . .

238
238
238
240
241
242
242
242

Electrical System
Electrical System Overload . . . 243
Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 244

Engine Compartment Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
Floor Console Fuse Block . . . . 247

Wheels and Tires
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
All-Terrain Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
Tire Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . 252
Tire Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
Tire Terminology and
Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
Tire Pressure Monitor
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Tire Pressure Monitor
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
Tire Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Tire Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Dual Tire Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
When It Is Time for New
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Different Size Tires and
Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Uniform Tire Quality
Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Wheel Alignment and Tire
Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 269

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Vehicle Care
Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tire Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Full-Size Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . .

270
271
272
279

Jump Starting
Jump Starting - North
America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280

Towing the Vehicle

General Information
For service and parts needs, visit
your dealer. You will receive
genuine GM parts and GM-trained
and supported service people.
Genuine GM parts have one of
these marks:

Towing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 283
Recreational Vehicle
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284

213

harm. Engine exhaust, many parts
and systems, many fluids, and
some component wear by-products
contain and/or emit these
chemicals.
See Battery - North America 0 233
and Jump Starting - North America
0 280.

California Perchlorate
Materials Requirements

Appearance Care
Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293

California Proposition
65 Warning
WARNING: Most motor vehicles,
including this one, contain and/or
emit chemicals known to the State
of California to cause cancer and
birth defects or other reproductive

Certain types of automotive
applications, such as airbag
initiators, safety belt pretensioners,
and lithium batteries contained in
Remote Keyless Entry transmitters,
may contain perchlorate materials.
Special handling may be necessary.
For additional information, see
www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/
perchlorate.

Accessories and
Modifications
Adding non-dealer accessories or
making modifications to the vehicle
can affect vehicle performance and
safety, including such things as

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

214

Vehicle Care

airbags, braking, stability, ride and
handling, emissions systems,
aerodynamics, durability, and
electronic systems like antilock
brakes, traction control, and stability
control. These accessories or
modifications could even cause
malfunction or damage not covered
by the vehicle warranty.
Damage to vehicle components
resulting from modifications or the
installation or use of non-GM
certified parts, including control
module or software modifications, is
not covered under the terms of the
vehicle warranty and may affect
remaining warranty coverage for
affected parts.
GM Accessories are designed to
complement and function with other
systems on the vehicle. See your
dealer to accessorize the vehicle
using genuine GM Accessories
installed by a dealer technician.
Also, see Adding Equipment to the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 64.

Vehicle Checks
Doing Your Own
Service Work

{ Warning
It can be dangerous to work on
your vehicle if you do not have
the proper knowledge, service
manual, tools, or parts. Always
follow owner manual procedures
and consult the service manual
for your vehicle before doing any
service work.
If doing some of your own service
work, use the proper service
manual. It tells you much more
about how to service the vehicle
than this manual can. To order the
proper service manual, see Service
Publications Ordering Information
0 320.
This vehicle has an airbag system.
Before attempting to do your own
service work, see Servicing the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 64.

Keep a record with all parts receipts
and list the mileage and the date of
any service work performed. See
Maintenance Records 0 305.

Caution
Even small amounts of
contamination can cause damage
to vehicle systems. Do not allow
contaminants to contact the fluids,
reservoir caps, or dipsticks.

Hood
To open the hood:

1. Pull the handle with this symbol
on it. It is in front of the driver
side door frame near the floor.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Vehicle Care
3. Lift the hood, release the hood
prop from its retainer, and put
the hood prop into the slot in
the hood.
If the vehicle has an underhood
lamp, it will automatically come on
and stay on until the hood is closed.

2. Go to the front of the vehicle
and lift up the secondary hood
release, which is underneath
the middle of the hood.

Before closing the hood, be sure all
of the filler caps are on properly.
Then lift the hood to relieve
pressure on the hood prop. Remove
the hood prop from the slot in the
hood and return the prop to its
retainer. Let the hood down and
close it firmly.

215

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

216

Vehicle Care

Engine Compartment Overview

6.0L V8 Engine Shown (4.8L V8 Engine Similar)

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Vehicle Care

217

1. Battery - North America 0 233.

Engine Oil

Checking Engine Oil

2. Radiator Pressure Cap. See
Cooling System 0 224.

For diesel engine vehicles, see
“Engine Oil” in the Duramax diesel
supplement.

It is a good idea to check the engine
oil level at each fuel fill. In order to
get an accurate reading, the vehicle
must be on level ground. The
engine oil dipstick handle is a loop.
See Engine Compartment Overview
0 216 for the location of the engine
oil dipstick.

3. Coolant Recovery Tank. See
Cooling System 0 224.
4. Automatic Transmission Fluid
Dipstick. See “Checking the
Fluid Level” under Automatic
Transmission Fluid 0 220.
5. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See “When
to Add Engine Oil” under
Engine Oil 0 217.
6. Engine Oil Dipstick. See
“Checking Engine Oil” under
Engine Oil 0 217.
7. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 223.
8. Power Steering Fluid
Reservoir. See Power Steering
Fluid 0 230.
9. Brake Master Cylinder
Reservoir. See Brake Fluid
0 232.
10. Windshield Washer Fluid
Reservoir. See “Adding Washer
Fluid” under Washer Fluid
0 231.

To ensure proper engine
performance and long life, careful
attention must be paid to engine oil.
Following these simple, but
important steps will help protect
your investment:
. Always use engine oil approved
to the proper specification and of
the proper viscosity grade. See
“Selecting the Right Engine Oil”
in this section.
. Check the engine oil level
regularly and maintain the
proper oil level. See “Checking
Engine Oil” and “When to Add
Engine Oil” in this section.
. Change the engine oil at the
appropriate time. See Engine Oil
Life System 0 219.
. Always dispose of engine oil
properly. See “What to Do with
Used Oil” in this section.

Obtaining an accurate oil level
reading is essential:
1. If the engine has been running
recently, turn off the engine and
allow several minutes for the oil
to drain back into the oil pan.
Checking the oil level too soon
after engine shutoff will not
provide an accurate oil level
reading.

{ Warning
The engine oil dipstick handle
may be hot; it could burn you.
Use a towel or glove to touch the
dipstick handle.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

218

Vehicle Care

2. Pull out the dipstick and wipe it
with a clean paper towel or
cloth, then push it back in all
the way. Remove it again,
keeping the tip down, and
check the level.

When to Add Engine Oil

If the oil is below the cross-hatched
area at the tip of the dipstick, add
1 L (1 qt) of the recommended oil
and then recheck the level. See
“Selecting the Right Engine Oil” in
this section for an explanation of
what kind of oil to use. For engine
oil crankcase capacity, see
Capacities and Specifications 0 307.

Caution
Do not add too much oil. Oil
levels above or below the
acceptable operating range
shown on the dipstick are harmful
to the engine. If you find that you
have an oil level above the
operating range, i.e., the engine
has so much oil that the oil level
gets above the cross-hatched
area that shows the proper
operating range, the engine could
be damaged. You should drain
out the excess oil or limit driving
of the vehicle and seek a service
professional to remove the
excess amount of oil.
See Engine Compartment Overview
0 216 for the location of the engine
oil fill cap.
Add enough oil to put the level
somewhere in the proper operating
range. Push the dipstick all the way
back in when through.

Selecting the Right Engine Oil
Selecting the right engine oil
depends on both the proper oil
specification and viscosity grade.
See Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 303.
Specification
Ask for and use engine oils that
meet the dexos1™ specification.
Engine oils that have been
approved by GM as meeting the
dexos1 specification are marked
with the dexos1 approved logo. See
www.gmdexos.com.

Caution
Failure to use the recommended
engine oil can result in engine
damage not covered by the
(Continued)

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Vehicle Care
Caution (Continued)
vehicle warranty. Check with your
dealer or service provider on
whether the oil is approved to the
dexos1 specification.
Viscosity Grade
Use SAE 5W-30 viscosity grade
engine oil.
Cold Temperature Operation: In an
area of extreme cold, where the
temperature falls below −29 °C
(−20 °F), an SAE 0W-30 oil may be
used. An oil of this viscosity grade
will provide easier cold starting for
the engine at extremely low
temperatures. When selecting an oil
of the appropriate viscosity grade,
always select an oil of the correct
specification. See “Specification”
earlier in this section for more
information.

Engine Oil Additives/Engine
Oil Flushes
Do not add anything to the oil. The
recommended oils meeting the
dexos1 specification are all that is
needed for good performance and
engine protection.
Engine oil system flushes are not
recommended and could cause
engine damage not covered by the
vehicle warranty.

What to Do with Used Oil
Used engine oil contains certain
elements that can be unhealthy for
your skin and could even cause
cancer. Do not let used oil stay on
your skin for very long. Clean your
skin and nails with soap and water,
or a good hand cleaner. Wash or
properly dispose of clothing or rags
containing used engine oil. See the
manufacturer's warnings about the
use and disposal of oil products.
Used oil can be a threat to the
environment. If you change your
own oil, be sure to drain all the oil
from the filter before disposal. Never
dispose of oil by putting it in the

219

trash or pouring it on the ground,
into sewers, or into streams or
bodies of water. Recycle it by taking
it to a place that collects used oil.

Engine Oil Life System
When to Change Engine Oil
This vehicle has a computer system
that indicates when to change the
engine oil and filter. This is based
on a combination of factors which
include engine revolutions, engine
temperature, and miles driven.
Based on driving conditions, the
mileage at which an oil change is
indicated can vary considerably. For
the oil life system to work properly,
the system must be reset every time
the oil is changed.
When the system has calculated
that oil life has been diminished, it
indicates that an oil change is
necessary. A CHANGE ENGINE
OIL SOON message comes on. See
Engine Oil Messages 0 113.
Change the oil as soon as possible
within the next 1 000 km (600 mi).
It is possible that, if driving under
the best conditions, the oil life

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

220

Vehicle Care

system might indicate that an oil
change is not necessary for up to a
year. The engine oil and filter must
be changed at least once a year
and, at this time, the system must
be reset. Your dealer has trained
service people who will perform this
work and reset the system. It is also
important to check the oil regularly
over the course of an oil drain
interval and keep it at the proper
level.
If the system is ever reset
accidentally, the oil must be
changed at 5 000 km (3,000 mi)
since the last oil change.
Remember to reset the oil life
system whenever the oil is changed.

How to Reset the Engine Oil
Life System
Reset the system whenever the
engine oil is changed so that the
system can calculate the next
engine oil change. To reset the
system:
1. Turn the ignition key to ON/
RUN with the engine off.

2. Fully press and release the
accelerator pedal slowly three
times within five seconds.
3. Turn the key to LOCK/OFF.
If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON
message comes back on when the
vehicle is started, the engine oil life
system has not reset. Repeat the
procedure.

Automatic Transmission
Fluid
When to Check and Change
Automatic Transmission Fluid
It is usually not necessary to check
the transmission fluid level. The only
reason for fluid loss is a
transmission leak or overheated
transmission. If a small leak is
suspected, use the following
procedures to check the fluid level.
However, if there is a large leak, it
may be necessary to have the
vehicle towed to a dealer and have
it repaired before driving the vehicle
further.

Change the fluid and filter at the
intervals listed in Maintenance
Schedule 0 295, and be sure to use
the transmission fluid listed in
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 303.

How to Check Automatic
Transmission Fluid
Because this operation can be
difficult, it is recommended to have
this check done at your dealer,
which can monitor the transmission
temperature. The transmission fluid
level increases with temperature. To
obtain a highly accurate fluid level
check, the transmission temperature
must be measured.
If it is decided to check the fluid
level, be sure to follow all the
instructions here, or a false reading
on the dipstick may occur.

Caution
Too much or too little fluid can
damage the transmission. Too
much can mean that some of the
(Continued)

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Vehicle Care
Caution (Continued)
fluid could come out and fall on
hot engine parts or exhaust
system parts, starting a fire. Too
little fluid could cause the
transmission to overheat. Be sure
to get an accurate reading if
checking the transmission fluid.
Wait at least 30 minutes with the
engine off, before checking the
transmission fluid level if the vehicle
has been driven:
. In hot weather, when outside
temperatures are above 32 °C
(90 °F).
. The vehicle is heavily loaded.
.

At high speed for quite a while in
hot weather.

In heavy traffic and hot weather.

While pulling a trailer.

After driving under these conditions,
a hot check can be performed. The
fluid should be hot, which is 71 °C to
93 °C (160 °F to 200 °F).

A cold fluid level check can be
performed after the vehicle has
been sitting for eight hours or more
with the engine off, but this is used
only as a reference. Let the engine
run at idle for five minutes if the
outside temperature is between 15 °
C to 32 °C (60 °F to 90 °F). Should
the fluid level be low during this cold
check, the fluid must be checked
warm or hot before adding fluid.
If the outside temperature is colder
than 15 °C (60 °F) or hotter than 32 °
C (90 °F), a cold check cannot be
performed.
A warm fluid level check can be
performed by driving the vehicle
under lightly loaded conditions and
outside temperatures between 10 °C
to 27 °C (50 °F to 80 °F). The
vehicle should be driven for at least
24 km (15 mi) before performing a
warm check. Checking the fluid
warm or hot will give a more
accurate reading of the fluid level
than a cold check.
Because the vehicle is equipped
with a high-efficiency air-to-oil
cooler, the transmission fluid
temperature may not reach the

221

required hot fluid level checking
temperature under normal lightly
loaded driving vehicle conditions.
Checking the Fluid Level
Prepare the vehicle:
1. Park the vehicle on a level
place. Keep the engine
running.
2. With the parking brake applied,
place the shift lever in P (Park).
3. With a foot on the brake pedal,
move the shift lever through
each gear range, pausing for
about three seconds in each
range. When M is reached,
move the selector from M1
through M3. Then, position the
shift lever in P (Park).
4. Let the engine run at idle for
two minutes or more.
Then, without shutting off the
engine, use the steps that follow.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

222

Vehicle Care
2. Push it back in all the way, wait
three seconds, and pull it back
out again.

The transmission dipstick is near
the center of the engine
compartment and will be labeled
with the graphic shown.
See Engine Compartment Overview
0 216 for more information on
location.

1. COLD Range
2. WARM Range
3. HOT Range

1. Flip the handle up, pull out the
dipstick, and wipe it with a
clean rag or paper towel.

3. Check both sides of the
dipstick, and read the lower
level. The fluid level must be in
the COLD (1) range for a cold
check, transmission
temperature 27 °C to 32 °C
(80 °F to 90 °F); between the
COLD (1) and HOT (3) range
for a WARM (2) check, 50 °C to
60 °C (122 °F to 140 °F); or in
the HOT (3) cross-hatched
range for a hot check, 71 °C to
93 °C (160 °F to 200 °F). Be
sure to keep the dipstick
pointed down to get an
accurate reading.
4. If the fluid level is in the
acceptable range, push the
dipstick back in all the way;
then flip the handle down to
lock the dipstick in place.

How to Add Automatic
Transmission Fluid
Refer to Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 303 to determine what
kind of transmission fluid to use.

1. WARM Range
2. HOT Range

Using a funnel, add fluid down the
transmission dipstick tube only after
checking the transmission fluid
while it is warm or hot. A cold check
is used only as a reference. If the
fluid level is low, add only enough of
the proper fluid to bring the level up
to the middle of the WARM (1) or
HOT (2) range depending on the
ambient temperature and prior
driving conditions. Refer to “How to
Check Automatic Transmission
Fluid” earlier in this section for
instructions on driving to achieve
warm or hot transmission fluid.
It does not take much fluid,
generally less than 0.5 L (1 pt). Do
not overfill.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Vehicle Care
Caution

Engine Air Cleaner/Filter

Use of the incorrect automatic
transmission fluid may damage
the vehicle, and the damage may
not be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Always use the
automatic transmission fluid listed
in Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 303.
.

After adding fluid, recheck the
fluid level as described under
“How to Check Automatic
Transmission Fluid,” earlier in
this section.
When the correct fluid level is
obtained, push the dipstick back
in all the way; then flip the
handle down to lock the dipstick
in place.

The engine air cleaner/filter is near
the center of the engine
compartment. See Engine
Compartment Overview 0 216.

When to Inspect the Engine Air
Cleaner/Filter
For intervals on changing and
inspecting the engine air filter, see
Maintenance Schedule 0 295.

223

How to Inspect the Engine Air
Cleaner/Filter
Do not start the engine or have the
engine running with the engine air
cleaner/filter housing open. Before
removing the engine air cleaner/
filter, make sure that the engine air
cleaner/filter housing and nearby
components are free of dirt and
debris. Remove the engine air
cleaner/filter. Lightly tap and shake
the engine air cleaner/filter (away
from the vehicle), to release loose
dust and dirt. Inspect the engine air
cleaner/filter for damage, and
replace if damaged. Do not clean
the engine air cleaner/filter or
components with water or
compressed air.
To inspect or replace the engine air
cleaner/filter:
1. Unhook the retainer clips and
remove the cover.
2. Lift the filter out of the engine
air cleaner/filter housing. Care
should be taken to dislodge as
little dirt as possible.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

224

Vehicle Care

3. Clean the engine air cleaner/
filter housing.
4. Inspect or replace the engine
air cleaner/filter. Make sure that
the filter fits properly into the
housing.

Cooling System
The cooling system allows the
engine to maintain the correct
working temperature.

5. Reinstall the cover and fasten
the retaining clips.

Caution
If the air cleaner/filter is off, dirt
can easily get into the engine,
which could damage it. Always
have the air cleaner/filter in place
when you are driving.

keep hands, clothing, and tools
away from any engine
cooling fan.

{ Warning

{ Warning
Operating the engine with the air
cleaner/filter off can cause you or
others to be burned. The air
cleaner not only cleans the air; it
helps to stop flames if the engine
backfires. Use caution when
working on the engine and do not
drive with the air cleaner/filter off.

Warning (Continued)

Heater and radiator hoses, and
other engine parts, can be very
hot. Do not touch them. If you do,
you can be burned.

1. Radiator Pressure Cap
2. Coolant Recovery Tank
3. Engine Cooling Fan (Out
of View)

Do not run the engine if there is a
leak. If you run the engine, it
could lose all coolant. That could
cause an engine fire, and you
could be burned. Get any leak
fixed before you drive the vehicle.

{ Warning

Caution

An electric engine cooling fan can
start even when the engine is not
running. To avoid injury, always
(Continued)

Using coolant other than
DEX-COOL® can cause
premature engine, heater core,
(Continued)

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Vehicle Care
Caution (Continued)
or radiator corrosion. In addition,
the engine coolant could require
changing sooner. Any repairs
would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty. Always use
DEX-COOL (silicate-free) coolant
in the vehicle.

Engine Coolant
The cooling system in the vehicle is
filled with DEX-COOL® engine
coolant. This coolant is designed to
remain in the vehicle for 5 years or
240 000 km (150,000 mi), whichever
occurs first.
The following explains the cooling
system and how to check and add
coolant when it is low. If there is a
problem with engine overheating,
see Engine Overheating 0 228.

What to Use

{ Warning
Adding only plain water or some
other liquid to the cooling system
can be dangerous. Plain water
and other liquids, can boil before
the proper coolant mixture will.
The coolant warning system is set
for the proper coolant mixture.
With plain water or the wrong
mixture, the engine could get too
hot but you would not get the
overheat warning. The engine
could catch fire and you or others
could be burned. Use a 50/
50 mixture of clean, drinkable
water and DEX-COOL coolant.
Use a 50/50 mixture of clean,
drinkable water and DEX-COOL
coolant. If using this mixture,
nothing else needs to be added.
This mixture:
. Gives freezing protection down
to −37 °C (−34 °F), outside
temperature.

225

Gives boiling protection up to
129 °C (265 °F), engine
temperature.

Protects against rust and
corrosion.

Will not damage aluminum parts.

Helps keep the proper engine
temperature.

Caution
If improper coolant mixture,
inhibitors, or additives are used in
the vehicle cooling system, the
engine could overheat and be
damaged. Too much water in the
mixture can freeze and crack
engine cooling parts. The repairs
would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty. Use only the
proper mixture of engine coolant
for the cooling system. See
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 303.
Never dispose of engine coolant by
putting it in the trash, pouring it on
the ground, or into sewers, streams,

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

226

Vehicle Care

or bodies of water. Have the coolant
changed by an authorized service
center, familiar with legal
requirements regarding used
coolant disposal. This will help
protect the environment and your
health.

Checking Coolant
The vehicle must be on a level
surface when checking the coolant
level.
Check to see if coolant is visible in
the coolant recovery tank. If the
coolant inside the coolant recovery
tank is boiling, do not do anything
else until it cools down. If coolant is
visible but the coolant level is not at
or above the COLD FILL mark, add
a 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable
water and DEX-COOL coolant at the
coolant recovery tank, but be sure
the cooling system is cool before
this is done.

Caution

The coolant recovery tank cap has
this symbol on it.
When the engine is cold, the coolant
level should be at or above the
COLD FILL mark. If it is not, there
could be a leak in the cooling
system.
If the coolant is low, add the coolant
or take the vehicle to a dealer for
service.

How to Add Coolant to the
Recovery Tank for Gasoline
Engines

{ Warning
You can be burned if you spill
coolant on hot engine parts.
Coolant contains ethylene glycol
and it will burn if the engine parts
are hot enough. Do not spill
coolant on a hot engine.

This vehicle has a specific
coolant fill procedure. Failure to
follow this procedure could cause
the engine to overheat and be
severely damaged.
If coolant is needed, add the proper
DEX-COOL coolant mixture at the
coolant recovery tank.

How to Add Coolant to the
Radiator

{ Warning
Steam and scalding liquids from a
hot cooling system can blow out
and burn you badly. Never turn
the cap when the cooling system,
including the surge tank pressure
cap, is hot. Wait for the cooling
system and surge tank pressure
cap to cool.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Vehicle Care

227

If coolant is needed, add the proper
mixture directly to the radiator, but
be sure the cooling system is cool
before this is done.

1. Remove the radiator pressure
cap when the cooling system,
including the radiator pressure
cap and upper radiator hose, is
no longer hot. Turn the
pressure cap slowly
counterclockwise until it first
stops. Do not press down while
turning the pressure cap.
If a hiss is heard, wait for that
to stop. A hiss means there is
still some pressure left.
2. Keep turning the pressure cap,
but now push down as you turn
it. Remove the pressure cap.

3. Fill the radiator with the proper
DEX-COOL coolant mixture, up
to the base of the filler neck.
See Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 303 for more
information about the proper
coolant mixture.

4. Fill the coolant recovery tank to
the COLD FILL mark.
5. Reinstall the cap back on the
coolant recovery tank, but
leave the radiator pressure
cap off.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

228

Vehicle Care
Caution
If the pressure cap is not tightly
installed, coolant loss and
possible engine damage may
occur. Be sure the cap is properly
and tightly secured.

Engine Overheating
6. Start the engine and let it run
until the upper radiator hose
can be felt getting hot. Watch
out for the engine cooling fan.
7. By this time, the coolant level
inside the radiator filler neck
may be lower. If the level is
lower, add more of the proper
DEX-COOL coolant mixture
through the filler neck until the
level reaches the base of the
filler neck.
8. Replace the pressure cap. At
any time during this procedure
if coolant begins to flow out of
the filler neck, reinstall the
pressure cap.

If the vehicle has a diesel engine,
see the Duramax diesel
supplement.
The vehicle has an indicator to warn
of engine overheating.
There is an engine coolant
temperature gauge on the vehicle's
instrument cluster. See Engine
Coolant Temperature Gauge 0 97.
If the decision is made not to lift the
hood when this warning appears,
but instead get service help right
away, see Roadside Assistance
Program 0 315.
If the decision is made to lift the
hood, make sure the vehicle is
parked on a level surface.

Then check to see if the engine
cooling fans are running. If the
engine is overheating, the fan
should be running. If it is not, do not
continue to run the engine and have
the vehicle serviced.
See if the engine cooling fan speed
increases when idle speed is
doubled by pushing the accelerator
pedal down. If it does not, the
vehicle needs service. Turn off the
engine.

Caution
Running the engine without
coolant may cause damage or a
fire. Vehicle damage would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Vehicle Care
If Steam is Coming from the
Engine Compartment

{ Warning
Steam from an overheated engine
can burn you badly, even if you
just open the hood. Stay away
from the engine if you see or hear
steam coming from it. Just turn it
off and get everyone away from
the vehicle until it cools down.
Wait until there is no sign of
steam or coolant before you open
the hood.
If you keep driving when the
engine is overheated, the liquids
in it can catch fire. You or others
could be badly burned. Stop the
engine if it overheats, and get out
of the vehicle until the engine
is cool.

If No Steam is Coming from
the Engine Compartment
If an engine overheat warning is
displayed but no steam can be seen
or heard, the problem may not be

too serious. Sometimes the engine
can get a little too hot when the
vehicle:
. Climbs a long hill on a hot day.
.

Stops after high-speed driving.

Idles for long periods in traffic.

Tows a trailer. See “Driving on
Grades” under Trailer Towing
0 204.

If the overheat warning is displayed
with no sign of steam:
1. Turn the air off.
2. Turn the heater on to the
highest temperature and to the
highest fan speed. Open the
windows as necessary.
3. When it is safe to do so, pull off
the road, shift to P (Park) or
N (Neutral) and let the
engine idle.
If the engine coolant temperature
gauge is no longer in the overheat
zone or an overheat warning no
longer displays, the vehicle can be
driven. Continue to drive the vehicle
slowly for about 10 minutes. Keep a
safe vehicle distance from the

229

vehicle in front. If the warning does
not come back on, continue to drive
normally and have the cooling
system checked for proper fill and
function.
If the warning continues, pull over,
stop, and park the vehicle
right away.
If there is still no sign of steam,
push down the accelerator until the
engine speed is about twice as fast
as normal idle speed for at least
three minutes while parked. If the
warning is still on, turn off the
engine until it cools down.
If the decision is made not to lift the
hood, get service help right away.

Engine Fan
The vehicle has a clutched engine
cooling fan. When the clutch is
engaged, the fan spins faster to
provide more air to cool the engine.
In most everyday driving conditions,
the fan is spinning slower and the
clutch is not fully engaged. This
improves fuel economy and reduces
fan noise. Under heavy vehicle
loading, trailer towing, and/or high

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

230

Vehicle Care

outside temperatures, the fan speed
increases as the clutch more fully
engages, so an increase in fan
noise may be heard. This is normal
and should not be mistaken as the
transmission slipping or making
extra shifts. It is merely the cooling
system functioning properly. The fan
will slow down when additional
cooling is not required and the
clutch partially disengages.
This fan noise may be heard when
starting the engine. It will go away
as the fan clutch partially
disengages.

Power Steering Fluid

When to Check Power Steering
Fluid
It is not necessary to regularly
check power steering fluid unless
there is a leak suspected in the
system or an unusual noise is
heard. A fluid loss in this system
could indicate a problem. Have the
system inspected and repaired.

How to Check Power Steering
Fluid
To check the power steering fluid:
1. Turn the key off and let the
engine compartment
cool down.
2. Wipe the cap and the top of the
reservoir clean.
3. Unscrew the cap and wipe the
dipstick with a clean rag.
4. Replace the cap and
completely tighten it.

The power steering fluid reservoir is
in the engine compartment on the
driver side of the vehicle. See
Engine Compartment Overview
0 216 for reservoir location.

5. Remove the cap again and
look at the fluid level on the
dipstick.

The level should be at the COLD
FILL mark. If necessary, add only
enough fluid to bring the level up to
the mark.
To prevent contamination of brake
fluid, never check or fill the power
steering reservoir with the brake
master cylinder cover off.

What to Use
Caution
Use of the incorrect fluid may
damage the vehicle and the
damages may not be covered by
the vehicle warranty. Always use
the correct fluid listed in
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 303.
To determine what kind of fluid to
use, see Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 303. Always use the
proper fluid. Failure to use the
proper fluid can cause leaks and
damage hoses and seals.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Vehicle Care

Washer Fluid
What to Use
When the vehicle needs windshield
washer fluid, be sure to read the
manufacturer's instructions before
use. If operating the vehicle in an
area where the temperature may fall
below freezing, use a fluid that has
sufficient protection against
freezing.

Caution
.

Do not use washer fluid that
contains any type of water
repellent coating. This can
cause the wiper blades to
chatter or skip.

Do not use engine coolant
(antifreeze) in the
windshield washer. It can
damage the windshield
washer system and paint.

Do not mix water with
ready-to-use washer fluid.
Water can cause the
solution to freeze and
damage the washer fluid
tank and other parts of the
washer system.

Adding Washer Fluid

Open the cap with the washer
symbol on it. Add washer fluid until
the tank is full. See Engine
Compartment Overview 0 216 for
reservoir location.

When using concentrated
washer fluid, follow the
manufacturer instructions for
adding water.

Fill the washer fluid tank
only three-quarters full when
it is very cold. This allows
for fluid expansion if
(Continued)

231

Caution (Continued)
freezing occurs, which could
damage the tank if it is
completely full.

Brakes
Disc brake pads have built-in wear
indicators that make a high-pitched
warning sound when the brake pads
are worn and new pads are needed.
The sound can come and go or be
heard all the time when the vehicle
is moving, except when applying the
brake pedal firmly.

{ Warning
The brake wear warning sound
means that soon the brakes will
not work well. That could lead to
a crash. When the brake wear
warning sound is heard, have the
vehicle serviced.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

232

Vehicle Care
Caution

Continuing to drive with worn-out
brake pads could result in costly
brake repair.
Some driving conditions or climates
can cause a brake squeal when the
brakes are first applied or lightly
applied. This does not mean
something is wrong with the brakes.
Properly torqued wheel nuts are
necessary to help prevent brake
pulsation. When tires are rotated,
inspect brake pads for wear and
evenly tighten wheel nuts in the
proper sequence to torque
specifications. See Capacities and
Specifications 0 307.
Brake pads should be replaced as
complete sets.

Brake Pedal Travel
See your dealer if the brake pedal
does not return to normal height,
or if there is a rapid increase in
pedal travel. This could be a sign
that brake service may be required.

Replacing Brake System Parts
Always replace brake system parts
with new, approved replacement
parts. If this is not done, the brakes
may not work properly. The braking
performance expected can change
in many other ways if the wrong
replacement brake parts are
installed or parts are improperly
installed.

Brake Fluid

The brake master cylinder reservoir
is filled with DOT 3 brake fluid. See
Engine Compartment Overview
0 216 for the location of the
reservoir.
There are only two reasons why the
brake fluid level in the reservoir may
go down:

Normal brake lining wear. When
new linings are installed, the
fluid level goes back up.

A fluid leak in the brake
hydraulic system. Have the
brake hydraulic system fixed.
With a leak, the brakes will not
work well.

Always clean the brake fluid
reservoir cap and the area around
the cap before removing it.
Do not top off the brake fluid.
Adding fluid does not correct a leak.
If fluid is added when the linings are
worn, there will be too much fluid
when new brake linings are
installed. Add or remove fluid, as
necessary, only when work is done
on the brake hydraulic system.

{ Warning
If too much brake fluid is added, it
can spill on the engine and burn,
if the engine is hot enough. You
or others could be burned, and
the vehicle could be damaged.
(Continued)

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Vehicle Care

233

Warning (Continued)

{ Warning

Add brake fluid only when work is
done on the brake hydraulic
system.

The wrong or contaminated brake
fluid could result in damage to the
brake system. This could result in
the loss of braking leading to a
possible injury. Always use the
proper brake fluid.

When the brake fluid falls to a low
level, the brake warning light comes
on. See Brake System Warning
Light 0 102.
Brake fluid absorbs water over time.
Replace brake fluid at the specified
intervals to prevent increased
stopping distance. See Maintenance
Schedule 0 295.

Checking Brake Fluid
Check brake fluid by looking at the
brake fluid reservoir. See Engine
Compartment Overview 0 216.

Caution
The fluid level should be above
MIN. If it is not, have the brake
hydraulic system checked to see if
there is a leak.
After work is done on the brake
hydraulic system, make sure the
level is above MIN but not over the
MAX mark.
What to Add
Use only GM approved DOT 3
brake fluid from a clean, sealed
container. See Recommended
Fluids and Lubricants 0 303.

If brake fluid is spilled on the
vehicle's painted surfaces, the
paint finish can be damaged.
Immediately wash off any painted
surface.

Battery - North America
The original equipment battery is
maintenance free. Do not remove
the cap and do not add fluid.
Refer to the replacement number
shown on the original battery label
when a new battery is needed. See
Engine Compartment Overview
0 216 for battery location.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

234

Vehicle Care

{ Warning
WARNING: Battery posts,
terminals, and related
accessories contain lead and lead
compounds, chemicals known to
the State of California to cause
cancer and birth defects or other
reproductive harm. Batteries also
contain other chemicals known to
the State of California to cause
cancer. WASH HANDS AFTER
HANDLING. See California
Proposition 65 Warning 0 213.

Vehicle Storage

{

Warning

Batteries have acid that can burn
you and gas that can explode.
You can be badly hurt if you are
not careful. See Jump Starting North America 0 280 for tips on
working around a battery without
getting hurt.

Infrequent Usage: Remove the
black, negative (−) cable from the
battery to keep the battery from
running down.
Extended Storage: Remove the
black, negative (−) cable from the
battery or use a battery trickle
charger.

Rear Axle
When to Check Lubricant
Refer to the Maintenance Schedule
0 295 to determine how often to
check the lubricant.

How to Check Lubricant
To get an accurate reading, the
vehicle should be on a level
surface.

The proper level for the 2500 and
3500 Series is from 0 to 6 mm (1/
4 in) below the bottom of the fill plug
hole. Add only enough fluid to reach
the proper level.

What to Use
Refer to Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 303 to determine what
kind of lubricant to use.

Noise Control System
Noise Emission Warranty
General Motors warrants to the first
person who purchases this vehicle
for purposes other than resale and
to each subsequent purchaser that

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Vehicle Care
this vehicle as manufactured by
General Motors was designed, built
and equipped to conform at the time
it left General Motors control with all
applicable U.S. EPA Noise Control
Regulations. This warranty covers
this vehicle as designed, built and
equipped by General Motors and is
not limited to any particular part,
component or system of the
manufactured by General Motors.
Defects in design, assembly or any
part, component or system of the
vehicle manufactured by General
Motors, which at the time it left
General Motors control caused
noise emissions to exceed Federal
standards, are covered by the
warranty for the life of the vehicle.

life of the vehicle. The noise control
system warranty is given in the
vehicle warranty booklet.

The following information relates to
compliance with federal noise
emission standards for vehicles with
a Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
(GVWR) of more than 4 536 kg
(10,000 lbs). The Maintenance
Schedule provides information on
maintaining the noise control system
to minimize degradation of the noise
emission control system during the

2. The use of the vehicle after
such device or element of
design has been removed or
rendered inoperative by any
person.

These standards apply only to
vehicles sold in the United States.
Federal law prohibits the following
acts or the causing thereof:
1. The removal or rendering
inoperative by any person,
other than for purposes of
maintenance, repair or
replacement, of any device or
element of design incorporated
into any new vehicle for the
purpose of noise control, prior
to its sale or delivery to the
ultimate purchaser or while it is
in use; or

Among those acts presumed to
constitute tampering are the acts
listed below.

235

Insulation:
. Removal of the noise shields or
any underhood insulation.
Engine:
. Removal or rendering engine
speed governor, if the vehicle
has one, inoperative so as to
allow engine speed to exceed
manufacturer specifications.
Fan and Drive:
. Removal of fan clutch, if the
vehicle has one, or rendering
clutch inoperative.
. Removal of the fan shroud, if the
vehicle has one.
Air Intake:
. Removal of the air cleaner
silencer.
. Modification of the air cleaner.
Exhaust:
. Removal of the muffler and/or
resonator.
. Removal of the exhaust pipes
and exhaust pipe clamps.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

236

Vehicle Care

Fuel Operated Heater (FOH) —
Diesel Engine:
. Removal of the muffler.

Starter Switch Check

{ Warning
When you are doing this
inspection, the vehicle could
move suddenly. If the vehicle
moves, you or others could be
injured.
1. Before starting this check, be
sure there is enough room
around the vehicle.
2. Apply both the parking brake
and the regular brake.
Do not use the accelerator
pedal, and be ready to turn off
the engine immediately if it
starts.
3. Try to start the engine in each
gear. The vehicle should start
only in P (Park) or N (Neutral).

If the vehicle starts in any other
position, contact your dealer for
service.

Automatic Transmission
Shift Lock Control
Function Check

{ Warning
When you are doing this
inspection, the vehicle could
move suddenly. If the vehicle
moves, you or others could be
injured.
1. Before starting this check, be
sure there is enough room
around the vehicle. It should be
parked on a level surface.
2. Apply the parking brake. Be
ready to apply the regular
brake immediately if the vehicle
begins to move.
3. With the engine off, turn the
ignition on, but do not start the
engine. Without applying the
regular brake, try to move the

shift lever out of P (Park) with
normal effort. If the shift lever
moves out of P (Park), contact
your dealer for service.

Ignition Transmission
Lock Check
While parked and with the parking
brake set, try to turn the ignition to
LOCK/OFF in each shift lever
position.
. The ignition should turn to
LOCK/OFF only when the shift
lever is in P (Park).
. The ignition key should come
out only in LOCK/OFF.
Contact your dealer if service is
required.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Vehicle Care

Park Brake and P (Park)
Mechanism Check

{ Warning
When you are doing this check,
the vehicle could begin to move.
You or others could be injured
and property could be damaged.
Make sure there is room in front
of the vehicle in case it begins to
roll. Be ready to apply the regular
brake at once should the vehicle
begin to move.
Park on a fairly steep hill, with the
vehicle facing downhill. Keeping
your foot on the regular brake, set
the parking brake.
. To check the parking brake's
holding ability: With the engine
running and the transmission in
N (Neutral), slowly remove foot
pressure from the regular brake
pedal. Do this until the vehicle is
held by the parking brake only.

To check the P (Park)
mechanism's holding ability:
With the engine running, shift to
P (Park). Then release the
parking brake followed by the
regular brake.

Contact your dealer if service is
required.

237

Caution (Continued)
the vehicle warranty. Do not allow
the wiper arm to touch the
windshield.
1. Lift the wiper arm away from
the windshield.

Wiper Blade Replacement
Windshield wiper blades should be
inspected for wear and cracking.
See Maintenance Schedule 0 295.
Replacement blades come in
different types and are removed in
different ways. For proper type and
length, see Maintenance
Replacement Parts 0 304.

Caution
Allowing the wiper arm to touch
the windshield when no wiper
blade is installed could damage
the windshield. Any damage that
occurs would not be covered by
(Continued)

2. Push the release lever (2) to
disengage the hook and push
the wiper arm (1) out of the
blade assembly (3).
3. Push the new blade assembly
securely on the wiper arm until
the release lever clicks into
place.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

238

Vehicle Care

Headlamp Aiming

Bulb Replacement

Headlamps

Headlamp aim has been preset and
should need no further adjustment.

For the proper type of replacement
bulbs, see Replacement Bulbs
0 242.

Composite Headlamp

If the vehicle is damaged in a crash,
the headlamp aim may be affected.
If adjustment to the headlamps is
necessary, see your dealer.

For any bulb-changing procedure
not listed in this section, contact
your dealer.

Halogen Bulbs

{ Warning
Halogen bulbs have pressurized
gas inside and can burst if you
drop or scratch the bulb. You or
others could be injured. Be sure
to read and follow the instructions
on the bulb package.

1. High-Beam Headlamp
2. Low-Beam Headlamp

To remove the headlamp assembly
from the vehicle and access the
bulbs:
1. Open the hood. See Hood
0 214.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Vehicle Care

239

assembly tabs in the slots at
the lower portion of the
housing.

Sealed-Beam Headlamp

2. Remove the two bolts from the
headlamp assembly.

5. Disconnect the electrical
connector.

3. Lift the headlamp assembly to
release the lower tabs from the
radiator support.

6. Turn the bulb counterclockwise
one-quarter turn to remove it
from the headlamp assembly.

4. Turn the headlamp forward and
upward to remove it from the
grille.

7. Install the new bulb into the
headlamp assembly and
connect the electrical
connector.
8. Reverse the steps to reinstall
the headlamp assembly.
To prevent headlamp vibration
and shortened bulb life, be
sure to insert the headlamp

1. Headlamp Retainer Screws
2. Headlamp Retainer
3. Sealed-Beam
Headlamp Bulb

To replace one of these bulbs:
1. Remove the four screws (1)
from the headlamp retainer (2).
Pull the retainer (2) out and set
it aside.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

240

Vehicle Care

2. Pull the bulb (3) forward to gain
access to the electrical
connector.

Front Turn Signal,
Sidemarker, and Parking
Lamps

1. Use a small tool to unlatch the
outboard clip on the lamp by
pushing inboard and prying the
lamp assembly forward.
2. Remove the lamp from the
grille.
3. Turn the bulb socket
counterclockwise one-quarter
turn and remove it from the
lamp assembly.
4. Remove the bulb from the
socket by pulling it straight out.

3. Disconnect the electrical
connector (2) and remove the
headlamp bulb (1).
4. Reverse Steps 1–3 to reinstall
the headlamp.

1. Front Parking and Turn
Signal Lamp
2. Front Sidemarker Lamp

To replace the front turn signal,
sidemarker, and/or parking lamp
bulb(s):

5. Replace the bulb.
6. Turn the bulb socket clockwise
to reinstall it in the lamp
assembly.
7. Reinstall the lamp assembly
into the grille until the outboard
clip snaps into place.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Vehicle Care

241

Taillamps
To replace a taillamp/turn signal
lamp or back-up lamp bulb:

1. Remove the two inboard nuts
from the inside of the taillamp
assembly.

2. The third nut (3) is under the
applique piece (2) above the
lamp. Remove the two inboard
applique nuts. Pull the
applique (2) straight rearward
slightly to clear the studs. Then
rotate the applique (2) just far
enough to gain access to the
outer push pins (1).
3. Carefully disconnect the push
pins (1) from the applique
bracket.
4. Remove the third nut (3) from
the upper outboard side of
the lamp.
5. Remove the taillamp assembly
from the vehicle.

6. Remove the taillamp/turn signal
lamp (1) or back-up lamp (2)
bulb socket by turning it
counterclockwise one-quarter
turn and pulling it out of the
lamp assembly.
7. Remove the bulb by pulling it
straight out.
8. Push the new bulb into the
socket.
9. Reinstall the bulb socket by
turning it clockwise into the
lamp assembly.
10. Reverse Steps 1–5 to reinstall
the taillamp assembly and
applique.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

242

Vehicle Care

Center High-Mounted
Stoplamp (CHMSL)

4. Pull the old bulb straight out of
the socket and push the new
bulb into the socket.

The CHMSL is above the rear doors
at the center of the vehicle.

5. Turn the bulb socket clockwise
one-quarter turn to install it in
the lamp assembly.

To replace a bulb:

6. Reinstall the CHMSL assembly
and two screws.
Do not block or damage the CHMSL
when items are loaded on the roof
of the vehicle.

License Plate Lamp

2. License Plate Bulb
Assembly
3. Screws

To replace one of these bulbs:
1. Remove the screws (3) that
secure the license plate bulb
assembly (2).
2. Turn the bulb socket (1)
counterclockwise and pull the
bulb straight out of the socket.
3. Install the new bulb.
4. Reverse Steps 1 and 2 to
reinstall the license plate bulb
assembly.

Replacement Bulbs
Exterior Lamp

1. Remove the two screws from
the CHMSL assembly.

Back-up, Rear
Parking, Stoplamp,
and Turn
Signal Lamp

2. Remove the CHMSL assembly.
3. Turn the bulb socket
counterclockwise one-quarter
turn to remove it from the lamp
assembly.
1. Bulb Socket

Center
High-Mounted
Stoplamp
(CHMSL)

Bulb
Number
3157KX

912LL

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Vehicle Care
Exterior Lamp

Bulb
Number

Front Parking and
Turn Signal Lamp

3157KX

Front
Sidemarker Lamp

194LL

License
Plate Lamp

194LL

Headlamps
Composite
High-Beam
Headlamp

9005LL

Composite
Low-Beam
Headlamp

9006LL

Sealed Beam
Headlamp

H6054

For replacement bulbs not listed
here, contact your dealer.

Electrical System
Electrical System
Overload
The vehicle has fuses and circuit
breakers to protect against an
electrical system overload.
When the current electrical load is
too heavy, the circuit breaker opens
and closes, protecting the circuit
until the current load returns to
normal or the problem is fixed. This
greatly reduces the chance of circuit
overload and fire caused by
electrical problems.
Fuses and circuit breakers protect
power devices in the vehicle.
Replace a bad fuse with a new one
of the identical size and rating.
If there is a problem on the road and
a fuse needs to be replaced, the
same amperage fuse can be
borrowed. Choose some feature of
the vehicle that is not needed to use
and replace it as soon as possible.

243

Headlamp Wiring
An electrical overload may cause
the lamps to go on and off, or in
some cases to remain off. Have the
headlamp wiring checked right away
if the lamps go on and off or
remain off.

Windshield Wipers
If the wiper motor overheats due to
heavy snow or ice, the windshield
wipers will stop until the motor cools
and will then restart.
Although the circuit is protected
from electrical overload, overload
due to heavy snow or ice may
cause wiper linkage damage.
Always clear ice and heavy snow
from the windshield before using the
windshield wipers.
If the overload is caused by an
electrical problem and not snow or
ice, be sure to get it fixed.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

244

Vehicle Care

Fuses and Circuit
Breakers
The wiring circuits in the vehicle are
protected from short circuits by a
combination of fuses and circuit
breakers. This greatly reduces the
chance of fires caused by electrical
problems.
Look at the silver-colored band
inside the fuse. If the band is broken
or melted, replace the fuse. Be sure
you replace a bad fuse with a new
one of the identical size and rating.

Engine Compartment
Fuse Block
The fuse block is located in the
engine compartment on the driver
side of the vehicle.
Vehicles with upfitter content
See www.gmupfitter.com for upfitter
provisions and best practices.

Caution
Spilling liquid on any electrical
component on the vehicle may
damage it. Always keep the
covers on any electrical
component.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Vehicle Care
Mini Fuse

The vehicle may not be equipped
with all of the fuses, relays, and
features shown.

Mini Fuse
3

Usage
Right Stop/Turn
Trailer

245

Usage

Spare

Fuel System
Control Module
Ignition

Body Control
Module 5

Body Control
Module 7

Body Control
Module 4

Instrument Cluster

Trailer Wiring

Inside Rear Vision
Camera Module

Spare

Windshield Washer

Horn

Transmission

Air Conditioning
Compressor

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

246

Vehicle Care

Mini Fuse

Usage

Engine Control
Module Battery

Spare

21
22

Left Stop/Turn
Trailer
Spare

Mini Fuse

Usage

Transmission
Control Module
Battery

Rear Parking Aid
Module

Spare

Fuel Operated
Heater Module

Fuel System
Control Module
Battery

Mini Fuse

Usage

Body Control
Module 2

Body Control
Module 1

Spare

Oxygen Sensor 2
(Post), EV Fan
(Diesel)

Spare

Mass Air Flow/
Canister Vent

Spare

Fuel Pump

Auxiliary Power
Outlet

Body Control
Module 3

Left High-Beam
Headlamp

Odd Ignition/
Injectors

Special Equipment
Option

Right High-Beam
Headlamp

Airbag

Steering Wheel
Sensor

Left Low-Beam
Headlamp

Daytime Running
Lamps 2
(LOLVL-V22) (If
Equipped)

Engine Control
Module Ignition/
Glow Plug Module

Right Low-Beam
Headlamp

Wiper

Daytime Running
Lamps 1 (UPLVL
+V22) (If
Equipped)

Canister Vent
Solenoid

Auxiliary Stop
Lamps

Trailer Stop Lamps

Transmission
Control Module
Ignition

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Vehicle Care
Mini Fuse

Usage

J-Case Fuse

Usage

Spare

Starter Solenoid

Fuel Heater/Flex
Fuel Sensor

Engine Control
Module/Powertrain

Body Control
Module 6

Spare

Fan Lo
Front Blower

Lighter/Data Link
Connection

V6 Fuel Injectors

Relay

Spare

Run/Crank

Oxygen Sensor
2 (Pre)

Spare

Engine Control
Module Powertrain

Fuel Pump

Crank

Air Conditioning
Compressor

Fan High

Powertrain

Even Ignition/
Injectors

J-Case Fuse

Usage

ABS Motor

Spare

ABS Module

Fan Low

Spare

Fan Control

Trailer Wiring

Fan High

247

Floor Console Fuse Block
The floor console fuse block is
under the driver seat.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

248

Vehicle Care
Mini-Fuse

The vehicle may not be equipped
with all of the fuses, relays, and
features shown.

Mini-Fuse
F1

Usage
Empty

Usage

Steering Wheel
Sensor

Auxiliary Parking
Lamps (Cut-Away)

Front Park Lamps

Trailer Park Lamps

Upfitter Park
Lamps

Right Rear
Park Lamp

Left Rear
Park Lamp

Outside Rearview
Mirror Switch

F10

Airbag/Automatic
Occupant Sensing

F11

OnStar® (If
Equipped)

F12

Empty

F13

Heating, Ventilation
and Air
Conditioning 2

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Vehicle Care
Mini-Fuse

Usage

Mini-Fuse

F14

Heating, Ventilation
and Air
Conditioning 1

F26

Auxiliary/Trailer
Backup

F27

Taillamps Backup

F15

Empty

F30

F17

Outside Rearview
Mirror Heater

Upfitter Courtesy
Lamps

F31

Front Door Lock

F32

Rear Door Lock

F33

F18

Rear Window
Defogger

F19

Compass

F20

F21

F22

Radio/Chime/
SiriusXM Satellite
Radio (If Equipped)
Remote Function
Actuator/Tire
Pressure Monitor
Ignition Switch/
Discrete Logic
Ignition
Sensor (PK3)

F23

Instrument Cluster

F25

Heating, Ventilation
and Air
Conditioning
Control

Usage

249

J-Case Fuse

Usage

F28

Upfitter Auxiliary 2
Reading Lamps
Gas Ambulance

F29

Rear Blower

Relays

Usage

Run (High Current
Micro)

Cargo Door Unlock

F34

Passenger Door
Unlock

Empty (High
Current Micro)

F35

Rear Passenger
Door Unlock

Park Lamps (High
Current Micro)

F36

Driver Door Unlock

Upfitter Auxiliary 2
(High Current Mini)

F37

Empty

F38

Empty

Rear Defogger
(High Current
Micro)

Retained
Accessory Power
(RAP) (High
Current Micro)

J-Case Fuse

Usage

F16

Upfitter Auxiliary 1
Gas Ambulance

F24

Empty

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

250

Vehicle Care

Circuit
Breaker

Usage

CB1

Power Seats

CB2

Power Windows

Wheels and Tires
Tires

Warning (Continued)
.

Underinflated tires pose
the same danger as
overloaded tires. The
resulting crash could
cause serious injury.
Check all tires frequently
to maintain the
recommended pressure.
Tire pressure should be
checked when the tires
are cold.

Overinflated tires are
more likely to be cut,
punctured, or broken by
a sudden impact — such
as when hitting a pothole.
Keep tires at the
recommended pressure.

Worn or old tires can
cause a crash. If the
tread is badly worn,
replace them.

Every new GM vehicle has
high-quality tires made by a
leading tire manufacturer. See
the warranty manual for
information regarding the tire
warranty and where to get
service. For additional
information refer to the tire
manufacturer.

{ Warning
.

Poorly maintained and
improperly used tires are
dangerous.

Overloading the tires can
cause overheating as a
result of too much
flexing. There could be a
blowout and a serious
crash. See Vehicle Load
Limits 0 170.
(Continued)

(Continued)

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Vehicle Care
Warning (Continued)
.

Replace any tires that
have been damaged by
impacts with potholes,
curbs, etc.

Improperly repaired tires
can cause a crash. Only
the dealer or an
authorized tire service
center should repair,
replace, dismount, and
mount the tires.

Do not spin the tires in
excess of 56 km/h
(35 mph) on slippery
surfaces such as snow,
mud, ice, etc. Excessive
spinning may cause the
tires to explode.

All-Season Tires
This vehicle may come with
all-season tires. These tires are
designed to provide good overall
performance on most road surfaces

251

and weather conditions. Original
equipment tires designed to GM's
specific tire performance criteria
have a TPC specification code
molded onto the sidewall. Original
equipment all-season tires can be
identified by the last two characters
of this TPC code, which will
be “MS.”

for details regarding winter tire
availability and proper tire selection.
Also, see Buying New Tires 0 266.

Consider installing winter tires on
the vehicle if frequent driving on
snow or ice-covered roads is
expected. All-season tires provide
adequate performance for most
winter driving conditions, but they
may not offer the same level of
traction or performance as winter
tires on snow or ice-covered roads.
See Winter Tires 0 251.

If using winter tires:
. Use tires of the same brand and
tread type on all four wheel
positions.
. Use only radial ply tires of the
same size, load range, and
speed rating as the original
equipment tires.

Winter Tires
This vehicle was not originally
equipped with winter tires. Winter
tires are designed for increased
traction on snow and ice-covered
roads. Consider installing winter
tires on the vehicle if frequent
driving on ice or snow covered
roads is expected. See your dealer

With winter tires, there may be
decreased dry road traction,
increased road noise, and shorter
tread life. After changing to winter
tires, be alert for changes in vehicle
handling and braking.

Winter tires with the same speed
rating as the original equipment tires
may not be available for H, V, W, Y,
and ZR speed rated tires. If winter
tires with a lower speed rating are
chosen, never exceed the tire's
maximum speed capability.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

252

Vehicle Care

All-Terrain Tires

GM's TPC specifications meet or
exceed all federal safety
guidelines.

This vehicle may have All-Terrain
Tires. These tires provide good
performance on most road surfaces,
weather conditions, and for off-road
driving.
The tread pattern on these tires may
wear more quickly than other tires.
Consider rotating the tires more
frequently than at 12 000 km
(7,500 mi) intervals if irregular wear
is noted when the tires are
inspected. See Tire Inspection
0 263.

Tire Sidewall Labeling
Useful information about a tire is
molded into the sidewall. The
examples show a typical
passenger vehicle and light
truck tire sidewall.

Passenger (P-Metric) Tire

(1) Tire Size : The tire size code
is a combination of letters and
numbers used to define a
particular tire's width, height,
aspect ratio, construction type,
and service description. See the
“Tire Size” illustration later in this
section for more detail.
(2) TPC Spec (Tire
Performance Criteria
Specification) : Original
equipment tires designed to
GM's specific tire performance
criteria have a TPC specification
code molded onto the sidewall.

(3) DOT (Department of
Transportation) : The
Department of Transportation
(DOT) code indicates that the
tire is in compliance with the
U.S. Department of
Transportation Motor Vehicle
Safety Standards.
DOT Tire Date of
Manufacture : The last four
digits of the TIN indicate the tire
manufactured date. The first two
digits represent the week
(01-52) and the last two digits,
the year. For example, the third
week of the year 2010 would
have a four-digit DOT date
of 0310.
(4) Tire Identification Number
(TIN) : The letters and numbers
following the DOT code are the
Tire Identification Number (TIN).
The TIN shows the
manufacturer and plant code,

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Vehicle Care

GM's TPC specifications meet or
exceed all federal safety
guidelines. This does not apply
to Goodyear LT225/75R16 G949
RSA and Goodyear LT225/
75R16 G933 RSD commercial
truck tires.

tire size, and date the tire was
manufactured. The TIN is
molded onto both sides of the
tire, although only one side may
have the date of manufacture.
(5) Tire Ply Material : The type
of cord and number of plies in
the sidewall and under the tread.
(6) Uniform Tire Quality
Grading (UTQG) : Tire
manufacturers are required to
grade tires based on three
performance factors: treadwear,
traction, and temperature
resistance. For more
information, see Uniform Tire
Quality Grading 0 268.
(7) Maximum Cold Inflation
Load Limit : Maximum load that
can be carried and the
maximum pressure needed to
support that load. For
information on recommended
tire pressure see Tire Pressure
0 258 and Vehicle Load Limits
0 170.

253

Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire

(3) Dual Tire Maximum Load :
Maximum load that can be
carried and the maximum
pressure needed to support that
load when used in a dual
configuration. For information on
recommended tire pressure see
Tire Pressure 0 258 and Vehicle
Load Limits 0 170.
(4) DOT (Department of
Transportation) : The
Department of Transportation
(DOT) code indicates that the
tire is in compliance with the
U.S. Department of
Transportation Motor Vehicle
Safety Standards.
DOT Tire Date of
Manufacture : The last four
digits of the TIN indicate the tire

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

254

Vehicle Care

manufactured date. The first two
digits represent the week
(01-52) and the last two digits,
the year. For example, the third
week of the year 2010 would
have a four-digit DOT date
of 0310.
(5) Tire Identification Number
(TIN) : The letters and numbers
following the DOT code are the
Tire Identification Number (TIN).
The TIN shows the
manufacturer and plant code,
tire size, and date the tire was
manufactured. The TIN is
molded onto both sides of the
tire, although only one side may
have the date of manufacture.
(6) Tire Ply Material : The type
of cord and number of plies in
the sidewall and under the tread.
(7) Single Tire Maximum
Load : Maximum load that can
be carried and the maximum
pressure needed to support that
load when used as a single. For
information on recommended

tire pressure see Tire Pressure
0 258 and Vehicle Load Limits
0 170.

Tire Designations
Tire Size
The following examples show
the different parts of a tire size.

Passenger (P-Metric) Tire

(1) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire :
The United States version of a
metric tire sizing system. The
letter P as the first character in
the tire size means a passenger
vehicle tire engineered to
standards set by the U.S. Tire
and Rim Association.

(2) Tire Width : The three-digit
number indicates the tire section
width in millimeters from
sidewall to sidewall.
(3) Aspect Ratio : A two-digit
number that indicates the tire
height-to-width measurements.
For example, if the tire size
aspect ratio is 75, as shown in
item 3 of the illustration, it would
mean that the tire's sidewall is
75 percent as high as it is wide.
(4) Construction Code : A letter
code is used to indicate the type
of ply construction in the tire.
The letter R means radial ply
construction; the letter D means
diagonal or bias ply
construction; and the letter B
means belted-bias ply
construction.
(5) Rim Diameter : Diameter of
the wheel in inches.
(6) Service Description : These
characters represent the load
index and speed rating of the

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Vehicle Care
tire. The load index represents
the load carrying capacity a tire
is certified to carry. The speed
rating is the maximum speed a
tire is certified to carry a load.

Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire

(1) Light Truck (LT-Metric)
Tire : The United States version
of a metric tire sizing system.
The letters LT as the first two
characters in the tire size mean
a light truck tire engineered to
standards set by the U.S. Tire
and Rim Association.
(2) Tire Width : The three-digit
number indicates the tire section
width in millimeters from
sidewall to sidewall.
(3) Aspect Ratio : A two-digit
number that indicates the tire
height-to-width measurements.

For example, if the tire size
aspect ratio is 75, as shown in
item 3 of the light truck
(LT-Metric) tire illustration, it
would mean that the tire's
sidewall is 75 percent as high as
it is wide.
(4) Construction Code : A letter
code is used to indicate the type
of ply construction in the tire.
The letter R means radial ply
construction; the letter D means
diagonal or bias ply
construction; and the letter B
means belted-bias ply
construction.

255

(single/dual). The speed rating is
the maximum speed a tire is
certified to carry a load. This
does not apply to Goodyear
LT225/75R16 G949 RSA and
Goodyear LT225/75R16 G933
RSD commercial truck tires; see
the dual tire and single tire
maximum load and load range
letter designations on the tire
sidewall.

Tire Terminology and
Definitions

(6) Load Range : Load Range.

Air Pressure : The amount of
air inside the tire pressing
outward on each square inch of
the tire. Air pressure is
expressed in kPa (kilopascal)
or psi (pounds per square inch).

(7) Service Description : The
service description indicates the
load index and speed rating of a
tire. If two numbers are given as
in the example, 120/116, then
this represents the load index for
single versus dual wheel usage

Accessory Weight : The
combined weight of optional
accessories. Some examples of
optional accessories are
automatic transmission, power
windows, power seats, and air
conditioning.

(5) Rim Diameter : Diameter of
the wheel in inches.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

256

Vehicle Care

Aspect Ratio : The relationship
of a tire's height to its width.
Belt : A rubber coated layer of
cords between the plies and the
tread. Cords may be made from
steel or other reinforcing
materials.
Bead : The tire bead contains
steel wires wrapped by steel
cords that hold the tire onto
the rim.
Bias Ply Tire : A pneumatic tire
in which the plies are laid at
alternate angles less than
90 degrees to the centerline of
the tread.
Cold Tire Pressure : The
amount of air pressure in a tire,
measured in kPa (kilopascal)
or psi (pounds per square inch)
before a tire has built up heat
from driving. See Tire Pressure
0 258.
Curb Weight : The weight of a
motor vehicle with standard and
optional equipment including the

maximum capacity of fuel, oil,
and coolant, but without
passengers and cargo.
DOT Markings : A code molded
into the sidewall of a tire
signifying that the tire is in
compliance with the U.S.
Department of Transportation
(DOT) Motor Vehicle Safety
Standards. The DOT code
includes the Tire Identification
Number (TIN), an alphanumeric
designator which can also
identify the tire manufacturer,
production plant, brand, and
date of production.
GVWR : Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating. See Vehicle Load Limits
0 170.
GAWR FRT : Gross Axle Weight
Rating for the front axle. See
Vehicle Load Limits 0 170.
GAWR RR : Gross Axle Weight
Rating for the rear axle. See
Vehicle Load Limits 0 170.

Intended Outboard Sidewall :
The side of an asymmetrical tire
that must always face outward
when mounted on a vehicle.
Kilopascal (kPa) : The metric
unit for air pressure.
Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire : A
tire used on light duty trucks and
some multipurpose passenger
vehicles.
Load Index : An assigned
number ranging from 1 to 279
that corresponds to the load
carrying capacity of a tire.
Maximum Inflation Pressure :
The maximum air pressure to
which a cold tire can be inflated.
The maximum air pressure is
molded onto the sidewall.
Maximum Load Rating : The
load rating for a tire at the
maximum permissible inflation
pressure for that tire.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Vehicle Care
Maximum Loaded Vehicle
Weight : The sum of curb
weight, accessory weight,
vehicle capacity weight, and
production options weight.
Normal Occupant Weight : The
number of occupants a vehicle
is designed to seat multiplied by
68 kg (150 lb). See Vehicle Load
Limits 0 170.
Occupant Distribution :
Designated seating positions.
Outward Facing Sidewall : The
side of an asymmetrical tire that
has a particular side that faces
outward when mounted on a
vehicle. The side of the tire that
contains a whitewall, bears
white lettering, or bears
manufacturer, brand, and/or
model name molding that is
higher or deeper than the same
moldings on the other sidewall
of the tire.

Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : A
tire used on passenger cars and
some light duty trucks and
multipurpose vehicles.
Recommended Inflation
Pressure : Vehicle
manufacturer's recommended
tire inflation pressure as shown
on the tire placard. See Tire
Pressure 0 258 and Vehicle
Load Limits 0 170.
Radial Ply Tire : A pneumatic
tire in which the ply cords that
extend to the beads are laid at
90 degrees to the centerline of
the tread.
Rim : A metal support for a tire
and upon which the tire beads
are seated.
Sidewall : The portion of a tire
between the tread and the bead.
Speed Rating : An
alphanumeric code assigned to
a tire indicating the maximum
speed at which a tire can
operate.

257

Traction : The friction between
the tire and the road surface.
The amount of grip provided.
Tread : The portion of a tire that
comes into contact with
the road.
Treadwear Indicators : Narrow
bands, sometimes called wear
bars, that show across the tread
of a tire when only 1.6 mm (1/
16 in) of tread remains. See
When It Is Time for New Tires
0 265.
UTQGS (Uniform Tire Quality
Grading Standards) : A tire
information system that provides
consumers with ratings for a
tire's traction, temperature, and
treadwear. Ratings are
determined by tire
manufacturers using
government testing procedures.
The ratings are molded into the
sidewall of the tire. See Uniform
Tire Quality Grading 0 268.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

258

Vehicle Care

Vehicle Capacity Weight : The
number of designated seating
positions multiplied by
68 kg (150 lb) plus the rated
cargo load. See Vehicle Load
Limits 0 170.
Vehicle Maximum Load on the
Tire : Load on an individual tire
due to curb weight, accessory
weight, occupant weight, and
cargo weight.
Vehicle Placard : A label
permanently attached to a
vehicle showing the vehicle
capacity weight and the original
equipment tire size and
recommended inflation pressure.
See “Tire and Loading
Information Label” under Vehicle
Load Limits 0 170.

Tire Pressure
Tires need the correct amount of
air pressure to operate
effectively.

Caution
Neither tire underinflation nor
overinflation is good.
Underinflated tires, or tires
that do not have enough air,
can result in:
.

Tire overloading and
overheating which could
lead to a blowout.

The Tire and Loading
Information label on the vehicle
indicates the original equipment
tires and the correct cold tire
inflation pressures. The
recommended pressure is the
minimum air pressure needed to
support the vehicle's maximum
load carrying capacity.

Unusual wear.

For additional information
regarding how much weight the
vehicle can carry, and an
example of the Tire and Loading
Information label, see Vehicle
Load Limits 0 170. How the
vehicle is loaded affects vehicle
handling and ride comfort. Never
load the vehicle with more
weight than it was designed to
carry.

Poor handling.

When to Check

Rough ride.

Needless damage from
road hazards.

Check the tires once a month
or more.

Premature or
irregular wear.

Poor handling.

Reduced fuel economy.

Overinflated tires, or tires that
have too much air, can
result in:

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Vehicle Care
Do not forget the spare tire,
if the vehicle has one. See
Full-Size Spare Tire 0 279 for
additional information.
How to Check
Use a good quality pocket-type
gauge to check tire pressure.
Proper tire inflation cannot be
determined by looking at the tire.
Check the tire inflation pressure
when the tires are cold, meaning
the vehicle has not been driven
for at least three hours or no
more than 1.6 km (1 mi).
Remove the valve cap from the
tire valve stem. Press the tire
gauge firmly onto the valve to
get a pressure measurement.
If the cold tire inflation pressure
matches the recommended
pressure on the Tire and
Loading Information label, no
further adjustment is necessary.
If the inflation pressure is low,
add air until the recommended
pressure is reached. If the

inflation pressure is high, press
on the metal stem in the center
of the tire valve to release air.
Re-check the tire pressure with
the tire gauge.
Put the valve caps back on the
valve stems to keep out dirt and
moisture and prevent leaks. Use
only valve caps designed for the
vehicle by GM. TPMS sensors
could be damaged and would
not be covered by the vehicle
warranty.

Tire Pressure Monitor
System
The Tire Pressure Monitor System
(TPMS) uses radio and sensor
technology to check tire pressure
levels. The TPMS sensors monitor
the air pressure in your tires and
transmit tire pressure readings to a
receiver located in the vehicle.
Each tire, including the spare (if
provided), should be checked
monthly when cold and inflated to
the inflation pressure recommended

259

by the vehicle manufacturer on the
vehicle placard or tire inflation
pressure label. (If your vehicle has
tires of a different size than the size
indicated on the vehicle placard or
tire inflation pressure label, you
should determine the proper tire
inflation pressure for those tires.)
As an added safety feature, your
vehicle has been equipped with a
tire pressure monitoring system
(TPMS) that illuminates a low tire
pressure telltale when one or more
of your tires is significantly
under-inflated.
Accordingly, when the low tire
pressure telltale illuminates, you
should stop and check your tires as
soon as possible, and inflate them
to the proper pressure. Driving on a
significantly under-inflated tire
causes the tire to overheat and can
lead to tire failure. Under-inflation
also reduces fuel efficiency and tire
tread life, and may affect the
vehicle's handling and stopping
ability.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

260

Vehicle Care

Please note that the TPMS is not a
substitute for proper tire
maintenance, and it is the driver's
responsibility to maintain correct tire
pressure, even if under-inflation has
not reached the level to trigger
illumination of the TPMS low tire
pressure telltale.
Your vehicle has also been
equipped with a TPMS malfunction
indicator to indicate when the
system is not operating properly.
The TPMS malfunction indicator is
combined with the low tire pressure
telltale. When the system detects a
malfunction, the telltale will flash for
approximately one minute and then
remain continuously illuminated.
This sequence will continue upon
subsequent vehicle start-ups as
long as the malfunction exists.
When the malfunction indicator is
illuminated, the system may not be
able to detect or signal low tire
pressure as intended. TPMS
malfunctions may occur for a variety
of reasons, including the installation
of replacement or alternate tires or
wheels on the vehicle that prevent
the TPMS from functioning properly.

Always check the TPMS malfunction
telltale after replacing one or more
tires or wheels on your vehicle to
ensure that the replacement or
alternate tires and wheels allow the
TPMS to continue to function
properly.
See Tire Pressure Monitor
Operation 0 260.
See Radio Frequency Statement
0 321.

Tire Pressure Monitor
Operation
This vehicle may have a Tire
Pressure Monitor System (TPMS).
The TPMS is designed to warn the
driver when a low tire pressure
condition exists. TPMS sensors are
mounted onto each tire and wheel
assembly, excluding the spare tire
and wheel assembly. The TPMS
sensors monitor the air pressure in
the tires and transmit the tire
pressure readings to a receiver
located in the vehicle.

When a low tire pressure condition
is detected, the TPMS illuminates
the low tire pressure warning light
located on the instrument cluster.
If the warning light comes on, stop
as soon as possible and inflate the
tires to the recommended pressure
shown on the Tire and Loading
Information label. See Vehicle Load
Limits 0 170.
A message to check the pressure in
a specific tire displays in the Driver
Information Center (DIC). The low
tire pressure warning light and the
DIC warning message come on at
each ignition cycle until the tires are
inflated to the correct inflation
pressure. If the vehicle has DIC
buttons, tire pressure levels can be
viewed. For additional information
and details about the DIC operation
and displays, see Driver Information
Center (DIC) 0 106 and Tire
Messages 0 117.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Vehicle Care
The low tire pressure warning light
may come on in cool weather when
the vehicle is first started, and then
turn off as the vehicle is driven. This
could be an early indicator that the
air pressure is getting low and
needs to be inflated to the proper
pressure.
A Tire and Loading Information label
shows the size of the original
equipment tires and the correct
inflation pressure for the tires when
they are cold. See Vehicle Load
Limits 0 170, for an example of the
Tire and Loading Information label
and its location. Also see Tire
Pressure 0 258.
The TPMS can warn about a low
tire pressure condition but it does
not replace normal tire
maintenance. See Tire Inspection
0 263, Tire Rotation 0 263 and Tires
0 250.

Caution
Tire sealant materials are not all
the same. A non-approved tire
sealant could damage the TPMS
sensors. TPMS sensor damage
caused by using an incorrect tire
sealant is not covered by the
vehicle warranty. Always use only
the GM approved tire sealant
available through your dealer or
included in the vehicle.

TPMS Malfunction Light and
Message
The TPMS will not function properly
if one or more of the TPMS sensors
are missing or inoperable. When the
system detects a malfunction, the
low tire pressure warning light
flashes for about one minute and
then stays on for the remainder of
the ignition cycle. A DIC warning
message also displays. The
malfunction light and DIC warning
message come on at each ignition

261

cycle until the problem is corrected.
Some of the conditions that can
cause these to come on are:
. One of the road tires has been
replaced with the spare tire. The
spare tire does not have a
TPMS sensor. The malfunction
light and the DIC message
should go off after the road tire
is replaced and the sensor
matching process is performed
successfully. See "TPMS Sensor
Matching Process" later in this
section.
. The TPMS sensor matching
process was not done or not
completed successfully after
rotating the tires. The
malfunction light and the DIC
message should go off after
successfully completing the
sensor matching process. See
"TPMS Sensor Matching
Process" later in this section.
. One or more TPMS sensors are
missing or damaged. The
malfunction light and the DIC
message should go off when the
TPMS sensors are installed and

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

262

Vehicle Care

the sensor matching process is
performed successfully. See
your dealer for service.
.

Replacement tires or wheels do
not match the original equipment
tires or wheels. Tires and wheels
other than those recommended
could prevent the TPMS from
functioning properly. See Buying
New Tires 0 266.

Operating electronic devices or
being near facilities using radio
wave frequencies similar to the
TPMS could cause the TPMS
sensors to malfunction.

If the TPMS is not functioning
properly, it cannot detect or signal a
low tire condition. See your dealer
for service if the TPMS malfunction
light and DIC message come on
and stay on.

TPMS Sensor Matching
Process
Each TPMS sensor has a unique
identification code. The identification
code needs to be matched to a new
tire/wheel position after rotating the
vehicle’s tires or replacing one or

more of the TPMS sensors. Also,
the TPMS sensor matching process
should be performed after replacing
a spare tire with a road tire
containing the TPMS sensor. The
malfunction light and the DIC
message should go off at the next
ignition cycle. The sensors are
matched to the tire/wheel positions,
using a TPMS relearn tool, in the
following order: driver side front tire,
passenger side front tire, passenger
side rear tire, and driver side rear.
See your dealer for service or to
purchase a relearn tool. A TPMS
relearn tool can also be purchased.
See Tire Pressure Monitor Sensor
Activation Tool at
www.gmtoolsandequipment.com or
call 1-800-GM TOOLS
(1-800-468-6657).
There are two minutes to match the
first tire/wheel position, and
five minutes overall to match all four
tire/wheel positions. If it takes
longer, the matching process stops
and must be restarted.
The TPMS sensor matching
process is:

1. Set the parking brake.
2. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN
with the engine off.
3. Press the Remote Keyless
Entry (RKE) transmitter's Q
and K buttons at the same
time for approximately
five seconds. The horn sounds
twice to signal the receiver is in
relearn mode and TIRE
LEARNING ACTIVE message
displays on the DIC screen.
If the vehicle does not have
RKE, press the Driver
Information Center (DIC)
vehicle information button until
the PRESS V TO RELEARN
TIRE POSITIONS message
displays. The horn sounds
twice to signal the receiver is in
relearn mode and TIRE
LEARNING ACTIVE message
displays on the DIC screen.
4. Start with the driver side
front tire.
5. Place the relearn tool against
the tire sidewall, near the valve
stem. Then press the button to

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Vehicle Care
activate the TPMS sensor.
A horn chirp confirms that the
sensor identification code has
been matched to this tire and
wheel position.
6. Proceed to the passenger side
front tire, and repeat the
procedure in Step 5.
7. Proceed to the passenger side
rear tire, and repeat the
procedure in Step 5.
8. Proceed to the driver side rear
tire, and repeat the procedure
in Step 5. The horn sounds two
times to indicate the sensor
identification code has been
matched to the driver side rear
tire, and the TPMS sensor
matching process is no longer
active. The TIRE LEARNING
ACTIVE message on the DIC
display screen goes off.
9. Turn the ignition switch to
LOCK/OFF.
10. Set all four tires to the
recommended air pressure
level as indicated on the Tire
and Loading Information label.

263

Tire Inspection

Tire Rotation

We recommend that the tires,
including the spare tire, if the
vehicle has one, be inspected
for signs of wear or damage at
least once a month.

Tires should be rotated every
12 000 km (7,500 mi). See
Maintenance Schedule 0 295.

Replace the tire if:
.

The indicators at three or
more places around the tire
can be seen.

There is cord or fabric
showing through the tire's
rubber.

The tread or sidewall is
cracked, cut, or snagged
deep enough to show cord or
fabric.

The tire has a bump, bulge,
or split.

The tire has a puncture, cut,
or other damage that cannot
be repaired well because of
the size or location of the
damage.

Tires are rotated to achieve a
uniform wear for all tires. The
first rotation is the most
important.
Any time unusual wear is
noticed, rotate the tires as soon
as possible and check the wheel
alignment. Also check for
damaged tires or wheels. See
When It Is Time for New Tires
0 265 and Wheel Replacement
0 269.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

264

Vehicle Care
Check that all wheel nuts are
properly tightened. See “Wheel
Nut Torque” under Capacities
and Specifications 0 307.

{ Warning

Use this rotation pattern when
rotating the tires.
If the vehicle has a compact
spare tire, do not include it in the
tire rotation.
Adjust the front and rear tires to
the recommended inflation
pressure on the Tire and
Loading Information label after
the tires have been rotated. See
Tire Pressure 0 258 and Vehicle
Load Limits 0 170.
Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor
System. See Tire Pressure
Monitor Operation 0 260.

Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the
parts to which it is fastened, can
make wheel nuts become loose
after time. The wheel could come
off and cause an accident. When
changing a wheel, remove any
rust or dirt from places where the
wheel attaches to the vehicle. In
an emergency, a cloth or a paper
towel can be used; however, use
a scraper or wire brush later to
remove all rust or dirt.

Lightly coat the center of the
wheel hub with wheel bearing
grease after a wheel change or
tire rotation to prevent corrosion
or rust build-up. Do not get
grease on the flat wheel
mounting surface or on the
wheel nuts or bolts.

Dual Tire Rotation
When the vehicle is new,
or whenever a wheel, wheel bolt,
or wheel nut is replaced, check the
wheel nut torque after
160, 1 600, and 10 000 km (100,
1,000, and 6,000 mi) of driving. For
proper wheel nut tightening
information, see “Removing the Flat
Tire and Installing the Spare Tire”
under Tire Changing 0 272. Also
see “Wheel Nut Torque” under
Capacities and Specifications 0 307.
The outer tire on a dual wheel setup
generally wears faster than the
inner tire. Tires last longer and wear
more evenly if they are rotated. See
Tire Inspection 0 263 and Tire
Rotation 0 263. Also see
Maintenance Schedule 0 295.

{ Warning
If the vehicle is operated with a
tire that is underinflated, the tire
can overheat. An overheated tire
can lose air suddenly or catch
(Continued)

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Vehicle Care
Warning (Continued)
fire. You or others could be
injured. Properly inflate all tires,
including the spare.
See Tires 0 250 and Tire Pressure
0 258 for more information on
proper tire inflation.

When It Is Time for New
Tires
Factors such as maintenance,
temperatures, driving speeds,
vehicle loading, and road conditions
affect the wear rate of the tires.

Treadwear indicators are one way to
tell when it is time for new tires.
Treadwear indicators appear when
the tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in)
or less of tread remaining.
Some commercial truck tires,
including Goodyear LT225/75R16
G949 RSA and Goodyear LT225/
75R16 G933 RSD, may not have
treadwear indicators. If the tires do
not have treadwear indicators,
replace the tires when the tread
depth is down to 3.2 mm (1/8 in) for
the front tires, or 1.6 mm (1/16 in) for
the rear tires. See Tire Inspection
0 263 and Tire Rotation 0 263 for
additional information.

265

The rubber in tires ages over time.
This also applies to the spare tire,
if the vehicle has one, even if it is
never used. Multiple factors
including temperatures, loading
conditions, and inflation pressure
maintenance affect how fast aging
takes place. GM recommends that
tires, including the spare if
equipped, be replaced after six
years, regardless of tread wear. The
tire manufacture date is the last four
digits of the DOT Tire Identification
Number (TIN) which is molded into
one side of the tire sidewall. The
first two digits represent the week
(01-52) and the last two digits, the
year. For example, the third week of
the year 2010 would have a
four-digit DOT date of 0310.

Vehicle Storage
Tires age when stored normally
mounted on a parked vehicle. Park
a vehicle that will be stored for at
least a month in a cool, dry, clean
area away from direct sunlight to
slow aging. This area should be free

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

266

Vehicle Care

of grease, gasoline or other
substances that can deteriorate
rubber.
Parking for an extended period can
cause flat spots on the tires that
may result in vibrations while
driving. When storing a vehicle for
at least a month, remove the tires or
raise the vehicle to reduce the
weight from the tires.

Buying New Tires
GM has developed and matched
specific tires for the vehicle. The
original equipment tires installed
were designed to meet General
Motors Tire Performance Criteria
Specification (TPC Spec)
system rating. When
replacement tires are needed,
GM strongly recommends
buying tires with the same TPC
Spec rating.
GM's exclusive TPC Spec
system considers over a dozen
critical specifications that impact
the overall performance of the

vehicle, including brake system
performance, ride and handling,
traction control, and tire
pressure monitoring
performance. GM's TPC Spec
number is molded onto the tire's
sidewall near the tire size. If the
tires have an all-season tread
design, the TPC Spec number
will be followed by MS for mud
and snow. See Tire Sidewall
Labeling 0 252 for additional
information.
GM recommends replacing worn
tires in complete sets of four (six
for dual rear wheels). Uniform
tread depth on all tires will help
to maintain the performance of
the vehicle. Braking and
handling performance may be
adversely affected if all the tires
are not replaced at the same
time. If proper rotation and
maintenance have been done,
all four tires (six for dual rear
wheels) should wear out at
about the same time.

See Tire Rotation 0 263 for
information on proper tire
rotation. However, if it is
necessary to replace only one
axle set of worn tires, place the
new tires on the rear axle (two
for single rear wheels, four for
dual rear wheels).

{ Warning
Tires could explode during
improper service. Attempting
to mount or dismount a tire
could cause injury or death.
Only your dealer or authorized
tire service center should
mount or dismount the tires.

{ Warning
Mixing tires of different sizes,
brands, or types may cause
loss of control of the vehicle,
resulting in a crash or other
(Continued)

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Vehicle Care
Warning (Continued)
vehicle damage. Use the
correct size, brand, and type
of tires on all wheels.
This vehicle may have a
different size spare than the
road tires originally installed
on the vehicle. When new, the
vehicle included a spare tire
and wheel assembly with a
similar overall diameter as the
road tires and wheels, so it is
all right to drive on it. The
spare tire was developed for
use on this vehicle and will not
affect vehicle handling.

{ Warning
Using bias-ply tires on the
vehicle may cause the wheel
rim flanges to develop cracks
after many miles of driving.
(Continued)

Warning (Continued)
A tire and/or wheel could fail
suddenly and cause a crash.
Use only radial-ply tires with
the wheels on the vehicle.
Winter tires with the same speed
rating as the original equipment
tires may not be available for H,
V, W, Y and ZR speed rated
tires. Never exceed the winter
tires’ maximum speed capability
when using winter tires with a
lower speed rating.
If the vehicle tires must be
replaced with a tire that does not
have a TPC Spec number, make
sure they are the same size,
load range, speed rating, and
construction (radial) as the
original tires.
Vehicles that have a tire
pressure monitoring system
could give an inaccurate
low-pressure warning if non-TPC

267

Spec rated tires are installed.
See Tire Pressure Monitor
System 0 259.
The Tire and Loading
Information label indicates the
original equipment tires on the
vehicle. See Vehicle Load Limits
0 170 for the label location and
more information about the Tire
and Loading Information label.

Different Size Tires and
Wheels
If wheels or tires are installed that
are a different size than the original
equipment wheels and tires, vehicle
performance, including its braking,
ride and handling characteristics,
stability, and resistance to rollover
may be affected. If the vehicle has
electronic systems such as antilock
brakes, rollover airbags, traction
control, electronic stability control,
or All-Wheel Drive, the performance
of these systems can also be
affected.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

268

Vehicle Care

{ Warning
If different sized wheels are used,
there may not be an acceptable
level of performance and safety if
tires not recommended for those
wheels are selected. This
increases the chance of a crash
and serious injury. Only use GM
specific wheel and tire systems
developed for the vehicle, and
have them properly installed by a
GM certified technician.
See Buying New Tires 0 266 and
Accessories and Modifications
0 213.

Uniform Tire Quality
Grading
The following information relates
to the system developed by the
United States National Highway
Traffic Safety Administration
(NHTSA), which grades tires by
treadwear, traction, and
temperature performance. This

applies only to vehicles sold in
the United States. The grades
are molded on the sidewalls of
most passenger car tires. The
Uniform Tire Quality Grading
(UTQG) system does not apply
to deep tread, winter tires,
compact spare tires, tires with
nominal rim diameters of
10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm),
or to some limited-production
tires.
While the tires available on
General Motors passenger cars
and light trucks may vary with
respect to these grades, they
must also conform to federal
safety requirements and
additional General Motors Tire
Performance Criteria (TPC)
standards.
Quality grades can be found
where applicable on the tire
sidewall between tread shoulder
and maximum section width. For
example:

Treadwear 200 Traction AA
Temperature A

All Passenger Car Tires Must
Conform to Federal Safety
Requirements In Addition To
These Grades.
Treadwear
The treadwear grade is a
comparative rating based on the
wear rate of the tire when tested
under controlled conditions on a
specified government test
course. For example, a tire
graded 150 would wear one and
one-half (1½) times as well on
the government course as a tire
graded 100. The relative
performance of tires depends
upon the actual conditions of
their use, however, and may
depart significantly from the
norm due to variations in driving
habits, service practices and
differences in road
characteristics and climate.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Vehicle Care
Traction
The traction grades, from
highest to lowest, are AA, A, B,
and C. Those grades represent
the tire's ability to stop on wet
pavement as measured under
controlled conditions on
specified government test
surfaces of asphalt and
concrete. A tire marked C may
have poor traction performance.
Warning: The traction grade
assigned to this tire is based on
straight-ahead braking traction
tests, and does not include
acceleration, cornering,
hydroplaning, or peak traction
characteristics.
Temperature
The temperature grades are A
(the highest), B, and C,
representing the tire's resistance
to the generation of heat and its
ability to dissipate heat when
tested under controlled
conditions on a specified indoor

laboratory test wheel. Sustained
high temperature can cause the
material of the tire to degenerate
and reduce tire life, and
excessive temperature can lead
to sudden tire failure. The grade
C corresponds to a level of
performance which all
passenger car tires must meet
under the Federal Motor Safety
Standard No. 109. Grades B and
A represent higher levels of
performance on the laboratory
test wheel than the minimum
required by law. Warning: The
temperature grade for this tire is
established for a tire that is
properly inflated and not
overloaded. Excessive speed,
underinflation, or excessive
loading, either separately or in
combination, can cause heat
buildup and possible tire failure.

269

Wheel Alignment and Tire
Balance
The tires and wheels were aligned
and balanced at the factory to
provide the longest tire life and best
overall performance. Adjustments to
wheel alignment and tire balancing
are not necessary on a regular
basis. Consider an alignment check
if there is unusual tire wear or the
vehicle is significantly pulling to one
side or the other. Some slight pull to
the left or right, depending on the
crown of the road and/or other road
surface variations such as troughs
or ruts, is normal. If the vehicle is
vibrating when driving on a smooth
road, the tires and wheels may need
to be rebalanced. See your dealer
for proper diagnosis.

Wheel Replacement
Replace any wheel that is bent,
cracked, or badly rusted or
corroded. If wheel nuts keep coming
loose, the wheel, wheel bolts, and
wheel nuts should be replaced.
If the wheel leaks air, replace it.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

270

Vehicle Care

Some aluminum wheels can be
repaired. See your dealer if any of
these conditions exist.
Your dealer will know the kind of
wheel that is needed.
Each new wheel should have the
same load-carrying capacity,
diameter, width, offset, and be
mounted the same way as the one it
replaces.
Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheel
nuts, or Tire Pressure Monitor
System (TPMS) sensors with new
GM original equipment parts.

{ Warning
Using the wrong replacement
wheels, wheel bolts, or wheel
nuts can be dangerous. It could
affect the braking and handling of
the vehicle. Tires can lose air,
and cause loss of control, causing
a crash. Always use the correct
wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel
nuts for replacement.

Caution
The wrong wheel can also cause
problems with bearing life, brake
cooling, speedometer or
odometer calibration, headlamp
aim, bumper height, vehicle
ground clearance, and tire or tire
chain clearance to the body and
chassis.

Used Replacement Wheels

{ Warning
Replacing a wheel with a used
one is dangerous. How it has
been used or how far it has been
driven may be unknown. It could
fail suddenly and cause a crash.
When replacing wheels, use a
new GM original equipment
wheel.

Tire Chains

{ Warning
Tire chains used on a vehicle
without the proper amount of
clearance can cause damage to
the brakes, suspension, or other
vehicle parts. The area damaged
by the tire chains could cause you
to lose control of the vehicle and
you or others may be injured in a
crash. To help avoid damage to
the vehicle, drive slowly, readjust,
or remove the device if it is
contacting the vehicle. Do not
spin the vehicle's tires. Follow the
manufacturer's instructions.

Caution
Use tire chains only where legal
and only when necessary. Use
chains that are the proper size for
the tires. Install them on the tires
of the rear axle. Do not use
(Continued)

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Vehicle Care
Caution (Continued)
chains on the tires of the front
axle. Tighten them as tightly as
possible with the ends securely
fastened. Drive slowly and follow
the chain manufacturer's
instructions. If the chains contact
the vehicle, stop and retighten
them. If the contact continues,
slow down until it stops. Driving
too fast or spinning the wheels
with chains on will damage the
vehicle.
For Cutaway models with LT245/
75R16, LT225/75R16 or LT215/
85R16 size single or dual rear tires,
use Low Profile Z-Chain or SAE
Class S cables.
For Cargo or Passenger models
with P245/70R17, LT225/75R16 or
LT245/75R16 size tires, use Low
Profile Z-Chain cables. SAE Class S
chains are not recommended.

If the vehicle has dual rear tires, do
not use individual tire chains. Use
tire chains that fit across both dual
tires.

If a Tire Goes Flat
It is unusual for a tire to blow out
while driving, especially if the tires
are maintained properly. See Tires
0 250. If air goes out of a tire, it is
much more likely to leak out slowly.
But if there ever is a blowout, here
are a few tips about what to expect
and what to do:
If a front tire fails, the flat tire
creates a drag that pulls the vehicle
toward that side. Take your foot off
the accelerator pedal and grip the
steering wheel firmly. Steer to
maintain lane position, and then
gently brake to a stop, well off the
road, if possible.
A rear blowout, particularly on a
curve, acts much like a skid and
may require the same correction as
used in a skid. Stop pressing the
accelerator pedal and steer to
straighten the vehicle. It may be

271

very bumpy and noisy. Gently brake
to a stop, well off the road,
if possible.

{ Warning
Driving on a flat tire will cause
permanent damage to the tire.
Re-inflating a tire after it has been
driven on while severely
underinflated or flat may cause a
blowout and a serious crash.
Never attempt to re-inflate a tire
that has been driven on while
severely underinflated or flat.
Have your dealer or an authorized
tire service center repair or
replace the flat tire as soon as
possible.

{ Warning
Lifting a vehicle and getting under
it to do maintenance or repairs is
dangerous without the
appropriate safety equipment and
(Continued)

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

272

Vehicle Care
Warning (Continued)

training. If a jack is provided with
the vehicle, it is designed only for
changing a flat tire. If it is used for
anything else, you or others could
be badly injured or killed if the
vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack
is provided with the vehicle, only
use it for changing a flat tire.
If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire
and wheel damage by driving slowly
to a level place, well off the road,
if possible. Turn on the hazard
warning flashers. See Hazard
Warning Flashers 0 126.

{ Warning
Changing a tire can be
dangerous. The vehicle can slip
off the jack and roll over or fall
causing injury or death. Find a
level place to change the tire. To
help prevent the vehicle from
moving:
(Continued)

Warning (Continued)
1. Set the parking brake firmly.
2. Put an automatic
transmission in P (Park) or a
manual transmission in
1 (First) or R (Reverse).
3. Turn off the engine and do
not restart while the vehicle
is raised.

1. Wheel Block (If Equipped)
2. Flat Tire

4. Do not allow passengers to
remain in the vehicle.

The following information explains
how to repair or change a tire.

5. Place wheel blocks,
if equipped, on both sides of
the tire at the opposite
corner of the tire being
changed.
When the vehicle has a flat tire (2),
use the following example as a
guide to assist in the placement of
the wheel blocks (1), if equipped.

Tire Changing
Removing the Spare Tire and
Tools
Equipment needed for a cargo van
or a passenger van is in the
passenger side rear corner of the
vehicle.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Vehicle Care
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

273

Jack
Hoist Handle
Extension(s)
Wheel Wrench
Jack Handle

The spare tire is mounted in the rear
underbody of the vehicle.
Use the hoist handle, extension(s),
and the wheel wrench to remove the
underbody-mounted spare tire.
Remove the retaining wing bolt and
lift it off of the mounting bracket.
Equipment needed for a
15-passenger seating arrangement
is secured on the rear floor on the
passenger side of the vehicle.

Remove the retaining wing bolt and
lift it out of the mounting bracket to
access the equipment.

To lower the spare tire from the
vehicle:

The tools you will be using include:

1. Spare Tire
2. Tire/Wheel Retainer
3. Hoist Cable

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

274

Vehicle Care
4. Hoist Assembly
5. Hoist Shaft
6. Hoist Handle and
Extension(s)
7. Wheel Wrench

4. Turn the wheel wrench
counterclockwise to lower the
spare tire to the ground.
Continue to turn the wheel
wrench until the spare tire can
be pulled out from under the
vehicle.
5. Remove the wheel wrench,
extension(s), and hoist handle
assembly from the hoist shaft.

2. Open the passenger side
rear door.

Be sure the hoist handle
connects to the hoist shaft. The
chiseled end of the hoist
handle is used to lower the
spare tire.

7. Put the spare tire near the
flat tire.
8. Close the passenger side
rear door.

Removing the Flat Tire and
Installing the Spare Tire
If the vehicle has plastic wheel nut
caps, loosen them by turning the
wheel wrench counterclockwise.
The wheel nut caps are designed to
remain with the center cap. Remove
the center cap.

1. Assemble the wheel wrench (7)
to the hoist handle and the
extension(s) (6).

3. Insert the chisel end of the
hoist handle, on an angle,
through the hole in the rear
floor panel above the bumper.

The spare tire is a full-size tire,
like the other tires on the
vehicle.

6. When the tire has been
lowered, pull it closer to reach
the tire retainer and pull it up
through the wheel opening.
For a vehicle that was
completed from a cab and
chassis, refer to the information
from the body supplier/installer.

If the wheel has a smooth center
piece, place the chisel end of the
wheel wrench in the slot on the
wheel and gently pry it out.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Vehicle Care
Front Flat: Assemble the
jack (1) together with the jack
handle (5), one or two
extension(s) (3), and the wheel
wrench (4).
Rear Flat: Assemble the
jack (1) together with the jack
handle (5), two extensions (3),
and the wheel wrench (4).

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Front Position

Jack
Hoist Handle
Extension(s)
Wheel Wrench
Jack Handle

1. Do a safety check before
proceeding. See If a Tire Goes
Flat 0 271.
2. Loosen all the wheel nuts with
the wheel wrench. Do not
remove them yet.
3. Assemble the jack and tools:

Front Position

Rear Position

275

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

276

Vehicle Care

{ Warning
Getting under a vehicle when it is
jacked up is dangerous. If the
vehicle slips off the jack you could
be badly injured or killed. Never
get under a vehicle when it is
supported only by a jack.

Rear Alternative Position (Diesel
Vehicles)
4. Position the jack under the
vehicle, as shown.
The front position jacking point
is on the frame. The rear
position jacking point is on the
rear axle.
If the exhaust system interferes
with the jack location in the
rear axle, such as in Diesel
vehicles, place the jack (1) on
the rear axle between the axle
housing and the shock
absorber bracket in order to
avoid any interference with the
exhaust pipe (2).

{ Warning
Raising the vehicle with the jack
improperly positioned can
damage the vehicle and even
make the vehicle fall. To help
avoid personal injury and vehicle
damage, be sure to fit the jack lift
head into the proper location
before raising the vehicle.
5. Turn the wheel wrench
clockwise to raise the vehicle.
Raise the vehicle far enough
off the ground so there is
enough room for the spare tire
to fit.

6. Remove all the wheel nuts.
7. Take the flat tire off of the
mounting surface.

{ Warning
Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the
parts to which it is fastened, can
make wheel nuts become loose
after time. The wheel could come
off and cause an accident. When
changing a wheel, remove any
rust or dirt from places where the
wheel attaches to the vehicle. In
an emergency, a cloth or a paper
(Continued)

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Vehicle Care
Warning (Continued)
towel can be used; however, use
a scraper or wire brush later to
remove all rust or dirt.

{ Warning
Never use oil or grease on bolts
or nuts because the nuts might
come loose. The vehicle's wheel
could fall off, causing a crash.

277

10. Turn the jack handle
counterclockwise to lower the
vehicle. Lower the jack
completely.

{ Warning
Wheel nuts that are not tight can
work loose. If all the nuts on a
wheel come off, the wheel can
come off the vehicle, causing a
crash. All wheel nuts must be
properly tightened. Follow the
rules in this section to be sure
they are.

{ Warning
8. Remove any rust or dirt from
the wheel bolts, mounting
surfaces, and spare wheel.

9. Put the wheel nuts back on
with the rounded end of the
nuts toward the wheel. Tighten
each wheel nut by hand until
the wheel is held against
the hub.

If wheel studs are damaged, they
can break. If all the studs on a
wheel broke, the wheel could
come off and cause a crash.
If any stud is damaged because
of a loose-running wheel, it could
be that all of the studs are
damaged. To be sure, replace all
(Continued)

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

278

Vehicle Care
Warning (Continued)

Warning (Continued)

studs on the wheel. If the stud
holes in a wheel have become
larger, the wheel could collapse in
operation. Replace any wheel if
its stud holes have become larger
or distorted in any way. Inspect
hubs and hub‐piloted wheels for
damage. Because of loose
running wheels, piloting pad
damage may occur and require
replacement of the entire hub, for
proper centering of the wheels.
When replacing studs, hubs,
wheel nuts or wheels, be sure to
use GM original equipment parts.

after replacing. Follow the torque
specification supplied by the
aftermarket manufacturer when
using accessory locking wheel
nuts. See Capacities and
Specifications 0 307 for original
equipment wheel nut torque
specifications.

{ Warning
Wheel nuts that are improperly or
incorrectly tightened can cause
the wheels to become loose or
come off. The wheel nuts should
be tightened with a torque wrench
to the proper torque specification
(Continued)

Caution
Improperly tightened wheel nuts
can lead to brake pulsation and
rotor damage. To avoid expensive
brake repairs, evenly tighten the
wheel nuts in the proper
sequence and to the proper
torque specification. See
Capacities and Specifications
0 307 for the wheel nut torque
specification.

11. Use the wheel wrench to
tighten the nuts firmly. Turn the
wheel wrench clockwise and in
a crisscross sequence, as
shown.
12. Put the wheel cover or the
center cap and plastic wheel
nut caps back on. Remove any
wheel blocks.
Have a technician check the
wheel nut tightness of all
wheels with a torque wrench
after the first 160 km (100 mi)
and then 1 600 km (1,000 mi)
after that. Repeat this service
whenever a tire is removed or

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Vehicle Care
serviced. See Capacities and
Specifications 0 307 for more
information.

Storing a Flat or Spare Tire
and Tools

{ Warning
Storing a jack, a tire, or other
equipment in the passenger
compartment of the vehicle could
cause injury. In a sudden stop or
collision, loose equipment could
strike someone. Store all these in
the proper place.
1. Put the tire on the ground at
the rear of the vehicle with the
valve stem pointed down.

279

2. Pull the retaining bar through
the center of the wheel, making
sure it is properly attached.
3. Pull the wheel toward the rear
of the vehicle, keeping the
cable tight.
4. Open the passenger side
rear door.
5. Insert the chisel end of the
hoist handle, on an angle,
through the hole in the rear
floor panel above the bumper.
6. Turn the wheel wrench
clockwise to fully raise the tire
against the underside of the
vehicle. Continue turning the
wheel wrench until the tire is
secure and the cable is tight.
Two clicks should occur. The
spare tire hoist cannot be
overtightened.

7. Make sure the tire is stored
securely. Push, pull (1), and
then try to turn (2) the tire.
If the tire moves, use the wheel
wrench to tighten the cable.
Two clicks mean the tire is up
all the way.
8. Return the jacking equipment
to the proper location. Secure
the items and replace the jack
cover.

Full-Size Spare Tire
If this vehicle came with a full-size
spare tire, it was fully inflated when
new, however, it can lose air over

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

280

Vehicle Care

time. Check the inflation pressure
regularly. See Tire Pressure 0 258
and Vehicle Load Limits 0 170. For
instructions on how to remove,
install, or store a spare tire, see Tire
Changing 0 272.
After installing the spare tire on the
vehicle, stop as soon as possible
and check that the spare is correctly
inflated. The spare tire is made to
perform well at speeds up to
112 km/h (70 mph) at the
recommended inflation pressure, so
you can finish your trip.
Have the damaged or flat road tire
repaired or replaced back onto the
vehicle, as soon as possible, so the
spare tire will be available in case it
is needed again.
Do not mix tires and wheels of
different sizes, because they will not
fit. Keep the spare tire and its wheel
together.

Jump Starting
Jump Starting - North
America
For more information about the
vehicle battery, see Battery - North
America 0 233.
If the vehicle battery has run down,
you may want to use another
vehicle and some jumper cables to
start your vehicle. Be sure to use
the following steps to do it safely.

{ Warning
Batteries can hurt you. They can
be dangerous because:
. They contain acid that can
burn you.
. They contain gas that can
explode or ignite.
. They contain enough
electricity to burn you.
If you do not follow these steps
exactly, some or all of these
things can hurt you.

Caution
Ignoring these steps could result
in costly damage to the vehicle
that would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty. Trying to start
the vehicle by pushing or pulling it
will not work, and it could damage
the vehicle.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Vehicle Care
1. Check the other vehicle.
It must have a 12-volt battery
with a negative ground system.

manual transmission in Neutral
before setting the parking
brake.

281

On your van, use the unpainted
radio antenna bracket as a
remote negative (−) terminal.

Caution

{ Warning

If the other vehicle does not have
a 12-volt system with a negative
ground, both vehicles can be
damaged. Only use a vehicle that
has a 12-volt system with a
negative ground for jump starting.

If any accessories are left on or
plugged in during the jump
starting procedure, they could be
damaged. The repairs would not
be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Whenever possible, turn
off or unplug all accessories on
either vehicle when jump starting.

Using a match near a battery can
cause battery gas to explode.
People have been hurt doing this,
and some have been blinded.
Use a flashlight if you need more
light.

2. Get the vehicles close enough
so the jumper cables can
reach, but be sure the vehicles
are not touching each other.
If they are, it could cause a
ground connection you do not
want. You would not be able to
start your vehicle, and the bad
grounding could damage the
electrical systems.
To avoid the possibility of the
vehicles rolling, set the parking
brake firmly on both vehicles
involved in the jump start
procedure. Put an automatic
transmission in P (Park) or a

3. Turn off the ignition on both
vehicles. Unplug unnecessary
accessories plugged into the
cigarette lighter or the
accessory power outlet. Turn
off the radio and all lamps that
are not needed. This will avoid
sparks and help save both
batteries. And it could save the
radio!
4. Open the hoods and locate the
positive (+) and negative (−)
terminal locations of the other
vehicle.

Battery fluid contains acid that
can burn you. Do not get it on
you. If you accidentally get it in
your eyes or on your skin, flush
the place with water and get
medical help immediately.

{ Warning
Fans or other moving engine
parts can injure you badly. Keep
your hands away from moving
parts once the engine is running.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

282

Vehicle Care
Do not let the other end touch
anything until the next step.
The other end of the
negative (−) cable does not go
to the dead battery. It goes to a
heavy, unpainted metal engine
part or to a remote negative (−)
terminal on the vehicle with the
dead battery. On your van, use
the unpainted radio antenna
bracket as a remote
negative (−) terminal.

5. Check that the jumper cables
do not have loose or missing
insulation. If they do, you could
get a shock. The vehicles
could be damaged too.
Before you connect the cables,
here are some basic things you
should know. Positive (+) will
go to positive (+) or to a remote
positive (+) terminal if the
vehicle has one. Negative (−)
will go to an unpainted metal
part or to a remote negative (−)
terminal if the vehicle has one.
On your van, use the unpainted
radio antenna bracket as a
remote negative (−) terminal.
Do not connect positive (+) to
negative (−) or you will get a
short that would damage the
battery and maybe other parts
too. And do not connect the
negative (−) cable to the
negative (−) terminal on the
dead battery because this can
cause sparks.

6. Connect the red positive (+)
cable to the positive (+)
terminal of the dead battery.
Use a remote positive (+)
terminal if the vehicle has one.
Do not let the other end touch
metal. Connect it to the
positive (+) terminal of the good
battery. Use a remote
positive (+) terminal if the
vehicle has one.
7. Now connect the black
negative (−) cable to the
negative (−) terminal of the
good battery. Use a remote
negative (−) terminal if the
vehicle has one.

8. Connect the other end of the
negative (−) cable to the
negative (−) terminal location
on the vehicle with the dead
battery. On your van, use the

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Vehicle Care
unpainted radio antenna
bracket as a remote
negative (−) terminal.

Caution
The vehicle uses the unpainted
radio antenna bracket as a
remote negative (-) terminal.
Move the antenna coaxial cable
out of the way before clamping
the negative jumper cable to the
fixed antenna bracket. Avoid
touching the negative cable clamp
to the air conditioning line. Failure
to do either of these could
damage the vehicle. The repairs
would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty.
9. Now start the vehicle with the
good battery and run the
engine for a while.
10. Try to start the vehicle that had
the dead battery. If it will not
start after a few tries, it
probably needs service.

Caution
If the jumper cables are
connected or removed in the
wrong order, electrical shorting
may occur and damage the
vehicle. The repairs would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Always connect and remove the
jumper cables in the correct order,
making sure that the cables do
not touch each other or other
metal.
Jumper Cable Removal
Reverse the sequence exactly when
removing the jumper cables.
After starting the disabled vehicle
and removing the jumper cables,
allow it to idle for several minutes.

283

Towing the Vehicle
Caution
Incorrectly towing a disabled
vehicle may cause damage. The
damage would not be covered by
the vehicle warranty.
Do not lash or hook to
suspension components. Use the
proper straps around the tires to
secure the vehicle.
Have the vehicle towed on a flatbed
car carrier or a wheel lift tow truck. If
a wheel lift tow truck is used, the
drive wheels cannot contact the
road while the vehicle is being
towed. A wheel dolly must be used
to lift all drive wheels off the ground.
Consult your dealer or a
professional towing service if the
disabled vehicle must be towed.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

284

Vehicle Care

Recreational Vehicle
Towing
Recreational vehicle towing means
towing the vehicle behind another
vehicle, such as behind a motor
home. The two most common types
of recreational vehicle towing are
known as dinghy towing and dolly
towing. Dinghy towing is towing the
vehicle with all four wheels on the
ground. Dolly towing is towing the
vehicle with two wheels on the
ground and two wheels up on a
device known as a dolly.
Here are some important things to
consider before recreational vehicle
towing:
. What is the towing capacity of
the towing vehicle? Be sure to
read the tow vehicle
manufacturer's
recommendations.
. What is the distance that will be
traveled? Some vehicles have
restrictions on how far and how
long they can tow.

Is the proper towing equipment
going to be used? See your
dealer or trailering professional
for additional advice and
equipment recommendations.

Is the vehicle ready to be
towed? Just as preparing the
vehicle for a long trip, make sure
the vehicle is prepared to be
towed.

Dinghy Towing

Caution
Use of a shield mounted in front
of the vehicle grille could restrict
airflow and cause damage to the
transmission. The repairs would
not be covered by the vehicle
warranty. If using a shield, only
use one that attaches to the
towing vehicle.

Two-Wheel-Drive Vehicles

Caution
If the vehicle is towed with all four
wheels on the ground, the
drivetrain components could be
damaged. The repairs would not
be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Do not tow the vehicle
with all four wheels on the
ground.
The vehicle should not be towed
with all four wheels on the ground.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Vehicle Care
Dolly Towing
Rear Towing (Rear Wheels Off the
Ground)

5. Secure the vehicle to the dolly
following the manufacturer's
instructions.
6. Use an adequate clamping
device designed for towing to
ensure that the front wheels
are locked into the straight
position.
7. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF.

To tow the vehicle from the rear:
1. Attach the dolly to the tow
vehicle following the dolly
manufacturer's instructions.
2. Drive the rear wheels onto the
dolly.
3. Firmly set the parking brake.
See Parking Brake 0 187.
4. Put the transmission in
P (Park).

If the tow vehicle will not be
started or driven for six weeks
or more, remove the battery
cable from the negative
terminal (post) of the battery to
prevent the battery from
draining while towing.

285

Appearance Care
Exterior Care
Locks
Locks are lubricated at the factory.
Use a de-icing agent only when
absolutely necessary, and have the
locks greased after using. See
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 303.

Washing the Vehicle
To preserve the vehicle's finish,
wash it often and out of direct
sunlight.

Caution
Do not use petroleum-based,
acidic, or abrasive cleaning
agents as they can damage the
vehicle's paint, metal, or plastic
parts. If damage occurs, it would
not be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Approved cleaning
products can be obtained from
(Continued)

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

286

Vehicle Care
Caution (Continued)

your dealer. Follow all
manufacturer directions regarding
correct product usage, necessary
safety precautions, and
appropriate disposal of any
vehicle care product.

Caution
Avoid using high-pressure
washes closer than 30 cm (12 in)
to the surface of the vehicle. Use
of power washers exceeding
8,274 kPa (1,200 psi) can result
in damage or removal of paint
and decals.
The e symbol is on any
underhood compartment electrical
center that should not be power
washed. This could cause damage
that would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty.

If using an automatic car wash,
follow the car wash instructions. The
windshield wiper and rear window
wiper, if equipped, must be off.
Remove any accessories that may
be damaged or interfere with the car
wash equipment.
Rinse the vehicle well, before
washing and after, to remove all
cleaning agents completely. If they
are allowed to dry on the surface,
they could stain.
Dry the finish with a soft, clean
chamois or an all-cotton towel to
avoid surface scratches and water
spotting.

Finish Care
Application of aftermarket clearcoat
sealant/wax materials is not
recommended. If painted surfaces
are damaged, see your dealer to
have the damage assessed and
repaired. Foreign materials such as
calcium chloride and other salts, ice
melting agents, road oil and tar, tree
sap, bird droppings, chemicals from
industrial chimneys, etc., can
damage the vehicle's finish if they
remain on painted surfaces. Wash

the vehicle as soon as possible.
If necessary, use non-abrasive
cleaners that are marked safe for
painted surfaces to remove foreign
matter.
Occasional hand waxing or mild
polishing should be done to remove
residue from the paint finish. See
your dealer for approved cleaning
products.
Do not apply waxes or polishes to
uncoated plastic, vinyl, rubber,
decals, simulated wood, or flat paint
as damage can occur.

Caution
Machine compounding or
aggressive polishing on a
basecoat/clearcoat paint finish
may damage it. Use only
non-abrasive waxes and polishes
that are made for a basecoat/
clearcoat paint finish on the
vehicle.
To keep the paint finish looking new,
keep the vehicle garaged or
covered whenever possible.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Vehicle Care
Protecting Exterior Bright Metal
Moldings

Caution
Failure to clean and protect the
bright metal moldings can result
in a hazy white finish or pitting.
This damage would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
The bright metal moldings on the
vehicle are aluminum, chrome,
or stainless steel. To prevent
damage always follow these
cleaning instructions:
. Be sure the molding is cool to
the touch before applying any
cleaning solution.
. Use only approved cleaning
solutions for aluminum, chrome,
or stainless steel. Some
cleaners are highly acidic or
contain alkaline substances and
can damage the moldings.
. Always dilute a concentrated
cleaner according to the
manufacturer’s instructions.

287

Do not use cleaners that are not
intended for automotive use.

Solvents, alcohols, fuels,
or other harsh cleaners.

Use a nonabrasive wax on the
vehicle after washing to protect
and extend the molding finish.

Ice scrapers or other hard items.

Aftermarket appearance caps or
covers while the lamps are
illuminated, due to excessive
heat generated.

Cleaning Exterior Lamps/
Lenses, Emblems, Decals, and
Stripes
Use only lukewarm or cold water, a
soft cloth, and a car washing soap
to clean exterior lamps, lenses,
emblems, decals, and stripes.
Follow instructions under "Washing
the Vehicle" previously in this
section.
Lamp covers are made of plastic,
and some have a UV protective
coating. Do not clean or wipe them
while they are dry.
Do not use any of the following on
lamp covers:
. Abrasive or caustic agents.
.

Washer fluids and other cleaning
agents in higher concentrations
than suggested by the
manufacturer.

Caution
Failure to clean lamps properly
can cause damage to the lamp
cover that would not be covered
by the vehicle warranty.

Caution
Using wax on low gloss black
finish stripes can increase the
gloss level and create a
non-uniform finish. Clean low
gloss stripes with soap and
water only.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

288

Vehicle Care

Air Intakes
Clear debris from the air intakes,
between the hood and windshield
when washing the vehicle.

Windshield and Wiper Blades
Clean the outside of the windshield
with glass cleaner.
Clean rubber blades using a lint-free
cloth or paper towel soaked with
windshield washer fluid or a mild
detergent. Wash the windshield
thoroughly when cleaning the
blades. Bugs, road grime, sap, and
a buildup of vehicle wash/wax
treatments may cause wiper
streaking.
Replace the wiper blades if they are
worn or damaged. Damage can be
caused by extreme dusty
conditions, sand, salt, heat, sun,
snow, and ice.

Weatherstrips
Apply Dielectric silicone grease on
weatherstrips to make them last
longer, seal better, and not stick or
squeak. Lubricate weatherstrips at
least once a year. Hot, dry climates

may require more frequent
application. Black marks from
rubber material on painted surfaces
can be removed by rubbing with a
clean cloth. See Recommended
Fluids and Lubricants 0 303.

Tires
Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner to
clean the tires.

Caution
Using petroleum-based tire
dressing products on the vehicle
may damage the paint finish and/
or tires. When applying a tire
dressing, always wipe off any
overspray from all painted
surfaces on the vehicle.

Wheels and Trim — Aluminum
or Chrome
Use a soft, clean cloth with mild
soap and water to clean the wheels.
After rinsing thoroughly with clean
water, dry with a soft, clean towel.
A wax may then be applied.

Caution
Chrome wheels and other chrome
trim may be damaged if the
vehicle is not washed after driving
on roads that have been sprayed
with magnesium, calcium,
or sodium chloride. These
chlorides are used on roads for
conditions such as ice and dust.
Always wash the chrome with
soap and water after exposure.

Caution
To avoid surface damage, do not
use strong soaps, chemicals,
abrasive polishes, cleaners,
brushes, or cleaners that contain
acid on aluminum or
chrome-plated wheels. Use only
approved cleaners. Also, never
drive a vehicle with aluminum or
chrome-plated wheels through an
automatic car wash that uses
silicone carbide tire cleaning
(Continued)

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Vehicle Care
Caution (Continued)
brushes. Damage could occur
and the repairs would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.

Brake System
Visually inspect brake lines and
hoses for proper hook-up, binding,
leaks, cracks, chafing, etc. Inspect
disc brake pads for wear and rotors
for surface condition. Inspect drum
brake linings/shoes for wear or
cracks. Inspect other brake parts,
including drums, wheel cylinders,
calipers, parking brake, master
cylinder, brake fluid reservoir,
vacuum pipes, electric vacuum
pump including bracket and vent
hose, if equipped.

289

Inspect power steering for proper
hook-up, binding, leaks, cracks,
chafing, etc.

with a clean cloth will make them
last longer, seal better, and not stick
or squeak.

Visually check constant velocity joint
boots and axle seals for leaks.

Underbody Maintenance

Lubricate the upper and lower
control arm ball joints, at least every
other engine oil change .
Lubricate the tie rod ball joints, idler
arm pivot shaft bearings, idler arm
socket, and pitman arm socket, at
least every other engine oil change .

Caution
Lubrication of applicable steering/
suspension points should not be
done unless the temperature is
−12 °C (10 °F) or higher,
or damage could result.

Steering, Suspension, and
Chassis Components

Body Component Lubrication

Visually inspect steering,
suspension, and chassis
components for damaged, loose,
or missing parts or signs of wear at
least once a year.

Lubricate all key lock cylinders,
hood hinges, liftgate hinges, and the
fuel door hinge unless the
components are plastic. Applying
silicone grease on weatherstrips

At least twice a year, spring and fall,
use plain water to flush dirt and
debris from the vehicle's underbody.
Your dealer or an underbody car
washing system can do this. If not
removed, rust and corrosion can
develop.
Do not directly power wash the
transfer case and/or front/rear axle
output seals. High pressure water
can overcome the seals and
contaminate the fluid. Contaminated
fluid will decrease the life of the
transfer case and/or axles and
should be replaced.

Sheet Metal Damage
If the vehicle is damaged and
requires sheet metal repair or
replacement, make sure the body
repair shop applies anti-corrosion
material to parts repaired or
replaced to restore corrosion
protection.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

290

Vehicle Care

Original manufacturer replacement
parts will provide the corrosion
protection while maintaining the
vehicle warranty.

Finish Damage
Quickly repair minor chips and
scratches with touch-up materials
available from your dealer to avoid
corrosion. Larger areas of finish
damage can be corrected in your
dealer's body and paint shop.

Chemical Paint Spotting
Airborne pollutants can fall upon
and attack painted vehicle surfaces
causing blotchy, ring-shaped
discolorations, and small, irregular
dark spots etched into the paint
surface. See “Finish Care”
previously in this section.

Interior Care
To prevent dirt particle abrasions,
regularly clean the vehicle's interior.
Immediately remove any soils.
Newspapers or dark garments can
transfer color to the vehicle’s
interior.

Use a soft bristle brush to remove
dust from knobs and crevices on the
instrument cluster. Using a mild
soap solution, immediately remove
hand lotions, sunscreen, and insect
repellent from all interior surfaces or
permanent damage may result.
Use cleaners specifically designed
for the surfaces being cleaned to
prevent permanent damage. Apply
cleaners directly to the cleaning
cloth. Do not spray cleaners on any
switches or controls. Remove
cleaners quickly.
Before using cleaners, read and
follow to all safety instructions on
the label. While cleaning the interior,
open the doors and windows to get
proper ventilation.
To prevent damage, do not clean
the interior using the following
cleaners or techniques:
. Never use a razor or any other
sharp object to remove a soil
from any interior surface.
. Never use a brush with stiff
bristles.

Never rub any surface
aggressively or with too much
pressure.

Do not use laundry detergents or
dishwashing soaps with
degreasers. For liquid cleaners,
use approximately 20 drops per
3.8 L (1 gal) of water.
A concentrated soap solution will
create streaks and attract dirt.
Do not use solutions that contain
strong or caustic soap.

Do not heavily saturate the
upholstery when cleaning.

Do not use solvents or cleaners
containing solvents.

Interior Glass
To clean, use a terry cloth fabric
dampened with water. Wipe droplets
left behind with a clean dry cloth.
If necessary, use a commercial
glass cleaner after cleaning with
plain water.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Vehicle Care
Caution
To prevent scratching, never use
abrasive cleaners on automotive
glass. Abrasive cleaners or
aggressive cleaning may damage
the rear window defogger.
Cleaning the windshield with water
during the first three to six months
of ownership will reduce tendency
to fog.

Speaker Covers
Vacuum around a speaker cover
gently, so that the speaker will not
be damaged. Clean spots with water
and mild soap.

Coated Moldings
Coated moldings should be cleaned.
. When lightly soiled, wipe with a
sponge or soft, lint-free cloth
dampened with water.
. When heavily soiled, use warm
soapy water.

Fabric/Carpet/Suede
Start by vacuuming the surface
using a soft brush attachment. If a
rotating vacuum brush attachment is
being used, only use it on the floor
carpet. Before cleaning, gently
remove as much of the soil as
possible:
. Gently blot liquids with a paper
towel. Continue blotting until no
more soil can be removed.
. For solid soils, remove as much
as possible prior to vacuuming.
To clean:
1. Saturate a clean, lint-free
colorfast cloth with water.
Microfiber cloth is
recommended to prevent lint
transfer to the fabric or carpet.
2. Remove excess moisture by
gently wringing until water does
not drip from the cleaning cloth.
3. Start on the outside edge of the
soil and gently rub toward the
center. Rotate the cleaning

291

cloth to a clean area frequently
to prevent forcing the soil in to
the fabric.
4. Continue gently rubbing the
soiled area until there is no
longer any color transfer from
the soil to the cleaning cloth.
5. If the soil is not completely
removed, use a mild soap
solution followed only by plain
water.
If the soil is not completely
removed, it may be necessary to
use a commercial upholstery
cleaner or spot lifter. Test a small
hidden area for colorfastness before
using a commercial upholstery
cleaner or spot lifter. If ring
formation occurs, clean the entire
fabric or carpet.
After cleaning use a paper towel to
blot excess moisture.

Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces
and Vehicle Information and
Radio Displays
Use a microfiber cloth on high gloss
surfaces or vehicle displays. First,
use a soft bristle brush to remove

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

292

Vehicle Care

dirt that can scratch the surface.
Then gently clean by rubbing with a
microfiber cloth. Never use window
cleaners or solvents. Periodically
hand wash the microfiber cloth
separately, using mild soap. Do not
use bleach or fabric softener. Rinse
thoroughly and air dry before
next use.

Caution
Do not attach a device with a
suction cup to the display. This
may cause damage and would
not be covered by the vehicle
warranty.

Instrument Panel, Leather,
Vinyl, Other Plastic Surfaces,
Low Gloss Paint Surfaces and
Natural Open Pore Wood
Surfaces
Use a soft microfiber cloth
dampened with water to remove
dust and loose dirt. For a more
thorough cleaning, use a soft
microfiber cloth dampened with a
mild soap solution.

Caution

Soaking or saturating leather,
especially perforated leather, as
well as other interior surfaces,
may cause permanent damage.
Wipe excess moisture from these
surfaces after cleaning and allow
them to dry naturally. Never use
heat, steam, or spot removers. Do
not use cleaners that contain
silicone or wax-based products.
Cleaners containing these
solvents can permanently change
the appearance and feel of
leather or soft trim, and are not
recommended.

Use of air fresheners may cause
permanent damage to plastics
and painted surfaces. If an air
freshener comes in contact with
any plastic or painted surface in
the vehicle, blot immediately and
clean with a soft cloth dampened
with a mild soap solution.
Damage caused by air fresheners
would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty.

Do not use cleaners that increase
gloss, especially on the instrument
panel. Reflected glare can decrease
visibility through the windshield
under certain conditions.

Care of Safety Belts
Keep belts clean and dry.

{ Warning
Do not bleach or dye safety belts.
It may severely weaken them. In
a crash, they might not be able to
provide adequate protection.
Clean safety belts only with mild
soap and lukewarm water.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Vehicle Care

Floor Mats

{ Warning
If a floor mat is the wrong size or
is not properly installed, it can
interfere with the pedals.
Interference with the pedals can
cause unintended acceleration
and/or increased stopping
distance which can cause a crash
and injury. Make sure the floor
mat does not interfere with the
pedals.
Use the following guidelines for
proper floor mat usage.
. The original equipment floor
mats were designed for the
vehicle. If the floor mats need
replacing, it is recommended
that GM certified floor mats be
purchased. Non-GM floor mats
may not fit properly and may
interfere with the pedals. Always
check that the floor mats do not
interfere with the pedals.

Use the floor mat with the
correct side up. Do not turn
it over.

Do not place anything on top of
the driver side floor mat.

Use only a single floor mat on
the driver side.

Do not place one floor mat on
top of another.

293

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

294

Service and Maintenance

Service and
Maintenance
General Information
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 294

Maintenance Schedule
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . 295

Special Application Services
Special Application
Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299

Additional Maintenance
and Care
Additional Maintenance
and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300

Recommended Fluids
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
Maintenance Replacement
Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304

Maintenance Records
Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . 305

General Information
This maintenance section applies to
vehicles with a gasoline engine. For
diesel engine vehicles, see
"Maintenance Schedule" in the
Duramax diesel supplement.
Your vehicle is an important
investment. This section describes
the required maintenance for the
vehicle. Follow this schedule to help
protect against major repair
expenses resulting from neglect or
inadequate maintenance. It may
also help to maintain the value of
the vehicle if it is sold. It is the
responsibility of the owner to have
all required maintenance performed.
Your dealer has trained technicians
who can perform required
maintenance using genuine
replacement parts. They have
up-to-date tools and equipment for
fast and accurate diagnostics. Many
dealers have extended evening and
Saturday hours, courtesy
transportation, and online
scheduling to assist with service
needs.

Your dealer recognizes the
importance of providing
competitively priced maintenance
and repair services. With trained
technicians, the dealer is the place
for routine maintenance such as oil
changes and tire rotations and
additional maintenance items like
tires, brakes, batteries, and wiper
blades.

Caution
Damage caused by improper
maintenance can lead to costly
repairs and may not be covered
by the vehicle warranty.
Maintenance intervals, checks,
inspections, recommended fluids,
and lubricants are important to
keep the vehicle in good working
condition.
The Tire Rotation and Required
Services are the responsibility of the
vehicle owner. It is recommended to
have your dealer perform these
services every 12 000 km/7,500 mi.
Proper vehicle maintenance helps to

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Service and Maintenance
keep the vehicle in good working
condition, improves fuel economy,
and reduces vehicle emissions.
Because of the way people use
vehicles, maintenance needs vary.
There may need to be more
frequent checks and services.
Normal Service
All maintenance services, including
those listed under Additional
Required Services, are for
vehicles that:
. Carry passengers and cargo
within recommended limits on
the Tire and Loading Information
label. See Vehicle Load Limits
0 170.
. Are driven on reasonable road
surfaces within legal driving
limits.
. Use the recommended fuel. See
Fuel 0 197.
Severe Service
In addition to the normal service
schedule, some vehicles require
service more often. Severe service
is for vehicles that are:

Mainly driven in heavy city traffic
in hot weather.

Mainly driven in hilly or
mountainous terrain.

Frequently towing a trailer.

Used for high-speed or
competitive driving.

Used for taxi, police, or delivery
service.

{ Warning
Performing maintenance work can
be dangerous and can cause
serious injury. Perform
maintenance work only if the
required information, proper tools,
and equipment are available.
If they are not, see your dealer to
have a trained technician do the
work. See Doing Your Own
Service Work 0 214.

295

Maintenance
Schedule
Owner Checks and Services
At Each Fuel Stop
. Check the engine oil level. See
Engine Oil 0 217.
Once a Month
. Check the tire inflation
pressures. See Tire Pressure
0 258.
. Inspect the tires for wear. See
Tire Inspection 0 263.
. Check the windshield washer
fluid level. See Washer Fluid
0 231.

Engine Oil Change
When the CHANGE ENGINE OIL
SOON message displays, have the
engine oil and filter changed within
the next 1 000 km/600 mi. If driven
under the best conditions, the
engine oil life system may not
indicate the need for vehicle service
for up to a year. The engine oil and
filter must be changed at least once

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

296

Service and Maintenance

a year and the oil life system must
be reset. Your trained dealer
technician can perform this work.
If the engine oil life system is reset
accidentally, service the vehicle
within 5 000 km/3,000 mi since the
last service. Reset the oil life
system when the oil is changed.
See Engine Oil Life System 0 219.

Check windshield washer fluid
level. See Washer Fluid 0 231.

Visually inspect windshield wiper
blades for wear, cracking,
or contamination. See Exterior
Care 0 285. Replace worn or
damaged wiper blades. See
Wiper Blade Replacement
0 237.

Tire Rotation and Required
Services Every 12 000 km/
7,500 mi

Check tire inflation pressures.
See Tire Pressure 0 258.

Inspect tire wear. See Tire
Inspection 0 263.

Visually check for fluid leaks.

Inspect engine air cleaner filter.
See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter
0 223.

Inspect brake system. See
Exterior Care 0 285.

Visually inspect steering,
suspension, and chassis
components for damaged, loose,
or missing parts or signs of
wear. See Exterior Care 0 285.

Rotate the tires, if recommended for
the vehicle, and perform the
following services. See Tire
Rotation 0 263.
. Check engine oil level and oil
life percentage. If needed,
change engine oil and filter, and
reset oil life system. See Engine
Oil 0 217 and Engine Oil Life
System 0 219.
. Check engine coolant level. See
Engine Coolant 0 225.

Check restraint system
components. See Safety System
Check 0 53.

Visually inspect fuel system for
damage or leaks.

Visually inspect exhaust system
and nearby heat shields for
loose or damaged parts.

Lubricate body components. See
Exterior Care 0 285.

Check starter switch. See Starter
Switch Check 0 236.

Check automatic transmission
shift lock control function. See
Automatic Transmission Shift
Lock Control Function Check
0 236.

Check ignition transmission lock.
See Ignition Transmission Lock
Check 0 236.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Service and Maintenance
.

Check parking brake and
automatic transmission park
mechanism. See Park Brake and
P (Park) Mechanism Check
0 237.

Check accelerator pedal for
damage, high effort, or binding.
Replace if needed.

Visually inspect gas strut for
signs of wear, cracks, or other
damage. Check the hold open
ability of the strut. See your
dealer if service is required.

Lubricate the steering linkage
(greasable joints). See Normal
and Severe Maintenance
Schedules. For severe
commercial use vehicles, see
Special Application Services
0 299.

297

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

4 8 0 0 0 k m/3 0 ,0 0 0 mi

6 0 0 0 0 k m/3 7 ,5 0 0 mi

7 2 0 0 0 k m/4 5 ,0 0 0 mi

8 4 0 0 0 k m/5 2 ,5 0 0 mi

9 6 0 0 0 k m/6 0 ,0 0 0 mi

1 0 8 0 0 0 k m/6 7 ,5 0 0 mi

1 2 0 0 0 0 k m/7 5 ,0 0 0 mi

1 3 2 0 0 0 k m/8 2 ,5 0 0 mi

1 4 4 0 0 0 k m/9 0 ,0 0 0 mi

1 5 6 0 0 0 k m/9 7 ,5 0 0 mi

1 6 8 0 0 0 k m/1 0 5 ,0 0 0 mi

1 8 0 0 0 0 k m/11 2 ,5 0 0 mi

1 9 2 0 0 0 k m/1 2 0 ,0 0 0 mi

2 0 4 0 0 0 k m/1 2 7 ,5 0 0 mi

2 1 6 0 0 0 k m/1 3 5 ,0 0 0 mi

2 2 8 0 0 0 k m/1 4 2 ,5 0 0 mi

2 4 0 0 0 0 k m/1 5 0 ,0 0 0 mi

Rotate tires and perform Required Services.
Check engine oil level and oil life percentage.
Change engine oil and filter, if needed.
Lubricate the steering linkage.

3 6 0 0 0 k m/2 2 ,5 0 0 mi

Maintenance Schedule
Additional Required
Services - Normal

2 4 0 0 0 k m/1 5 ,0 0 0 mi

Service and Maintenance
1 2 0 0 0 k m/7 ,5 0 0 mi

298

Inspect evaporative control system. (1)

Replace engine air cleaner filter. (2)

@
@
@

Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires.
Drain and fill engine cooling system. (3)

Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (4)

Replace brake fluid. (5)

Footnotes — Maintenance
Schedule Additional Required
Services - Normal
(1) Check all fuel and vapor lines
and hoses for proper hook-up,
routing, and condition.

(2) Or every four years, whichever
comes first. If driving in dusty
conditions, inspect the filter at each
oil change or more often as needed.

(4) Or every 10 years, whichever
comes first. Inspect for fraying,
excessive cracking, or damage;
replace, if needed.

(3) Or every five years, whichever
comes first. See Cooling System
0 224.

(5) Replace brake fluid every five
years. See Brake Fluid 0 232.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

3 6 0 0 0 k m/2 2 ,5 0 0 mi

4 8 0 0 0 k m/3 0 ,0 0 0 mi

6 0 0 0 0 k m/3 7 ,5 0 0 mi

7 2 0 0 0 k m/4 5 ,0 0 0 mi

8 4 0 0 0 k m/5 2 ,5 0 0 mi

9 6 0 0 0 k m/6 0 ,0 0 0 mi

1 0 8 0 0 0 k m/6 7 ,5 0 0 mi

1 2 0 0 0 0 k m/7 5 ,0 0 0 mi

1 3 2 0 0 0 k m/8 2 ,5 0 0 mi

1 4 4 0 0 0 k m/9 0 ,0 0 0 mi

1 5 6 0 0 0 k m/9 7 ,5 0 0 mi

1 6 8 0 0 0 k m/1 0 5 ,0 0 0 mi

1 8 0 0 0 0 k m/11 2 ,5 0 0 mi

1 9 2 0 0 0 k m/1 2 0 ,0 0 0 mi

2 0 4 0 0 0 k m/1 2 7 ,5 0 0 mi

2 1 6 0 0 0 k m/1 3 5 ,0 0 0 mi

2 2 8 0 0 0 k m/1 4 2 ,5 0 0 mi

2 4 0 0 0 0 k m/1 5 0 ,0 0 0 mi

Rotate tires and perform Required Services.
Check engine oil level and oil life percentage.
Change engine oil and filter, if needed.
Lubricate the steering linkage.

2 4 0 0 0 k m/1 5 ,0 0 0 mi

Maintenance Schedule
Additional Required
Services - Severe

299

1 2 0 0 0 k m/7 ,5 0 0 mi

Service and Maintenance

Inspect evaporative control system. (1)

Replace engine air cleaner filter. (2)

Change automatic transmission fluid and filter.

@
@

Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires.
Drain and fill engine cooling system. (3)

Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (4)

Replace brake fluid. (5)

Footnotes — Maintenance
Schedule Additional Required
Services - Severe

(3) Or every five years, whichever
comes first. See Cooling System
0 224.

Special Application
Services

(1) Check all fuel and vapor lines
and hoses for proper hook-up,
routing, and condition.

(4) Or every 10 years, whichever
comes first. Inspect for fraying,
excessive cracking, or damage;
replace, if needed.

(2) Or every four years, whichever
comes first. If driving in dusty
conditions, inspect the filter at each
oil change or more often as needed.

(5) Replace brake fluid every five
years. See Brake Fluid 0 232.

Vehicles with Dual Wheels:
Check dual wheel nut torque at
160, 1 600 and 10 000 km
(100, 1,000 and 6,000 mi) of
driving. Repeat this service
whenever a tire/wheel is
serviced or removed.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

300

Service and Maintenance

Severe Commercial Use
Vehicles Only: Lubricate chassis
components every 5 000 km/
3,000 mi.

Have underbody flushing service
performed. See “Underbody
Maintenance” in Exterior Care
0 285.

Additional
Maintenance and Care

To avoid break-down or failure to
start the vehicle, maintain a
battery with full cranking power.

Your vehicle is an important
investment and caring for it properly
may help to avoid future costly
repairs. To maintain vehicle
performance, additional
maintenance services may be
required.

Trained dealer technicians have
the diagnostic equipment to test
the battery and ensure that the
connections and cables are
corrosion-free.

It is recommended that your dealer
perform these services — their
trained dealer technicians know
your vehicle best. Your dealer can
also perform a thorough
assessment with a multi-point
inspection to recommend when your
vehicle may need attention.
The following list is intended to
explain the services and conditions
to look for that may indicate
services are required.
Battery
The 12-volt battery supplies power
to start the engine and operate any
additional electrical accessories.

Belts
. Belts may need replacing if they
squeak or show signs of
cracking or splitting.
. Trained dealer technicians have
access to tools and equipment
to inspect the belts and
recommend adjustment or
replacement when necessary.
Brakes
Brakes stop the vehicle and are
crucial to safe driving.
. Signs of brake wear may include
chirping, grinding, or squealing
noises, or difficulty stopping.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Service and Maintenance
.

Trained dealer technicians have
access to tools and equipment
to inspect the brakes and
recommend quality parts
engineered for the vehicle.

Fluids
Proper fluid levels and approved
fluids protect the vehicle’s systems
and components. See
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 303 for GM approved
fluids.
. Engine oil and windshield
washer fluid levels should be
checked at every fuel fill.
. Instrument cluster lights may
come on to indicate that fluids
may be low and need to be
filled.
Hoses
Hoses transport fluids and should
be regularly inspected to ensure
that there are no cracks or leaks.
With a multi-point inspection, your
dealer can inspect the hoses and
advise if replacement is needed.

Lamps
Properly working headlamps,
taillamps, and brake lamps are
important to see and be seen on
the road.
. Signs that the headlamps need
attention include dimming, failure
to light, cracking, or damage.
The brake lamps need to be
checked periodically to ensure
that they light when braking.
. With a multi-point inspection,
your dealer can check the lamps
and note any concerns.
Shocks and Struts
Shocks and struts help aid in control
for a smoother ride.
. Signs of wear may include
steering wheel vibration, bounce/
sway while braking, longer
stopping distance, or uneven
tire wear.
. As part of the multi-point
inspection, trained dealer
technicians can visually inspect
the shocks and struts for signs

301

of leaking, blown seals,
or damage, and can advise
when service is needed.
Tires
Tires need to be properly inflated,
rotated, and balanced. Maintaining
the tires can save money and fuel,
and can reduce the risk of tire
failure.
. Signs that the tires need to be
replaced include three or more
visible treadwear indicators; cord
or fabric showing through the
rubber; cracks or cuts in the
tread or sidewall; or a bulge or
split in the tire.
. Trained dealer technicians can
inspect and recommend the right
tires. Your dealer can also
provide tire/wheel balancing
services to ensure smooth
vehicle operation at all speeds.
Your dealer sells and services
name brand tires.
Vehicle Care
To help keep the vehicle looking like
new, vehicle care products are
available from your dealer. For

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

302

Service and Maintenance

information on how to clean and
protect the vehicle’s interior and
exterior, see Interior Care 0 290 and
Exterior Care 0 285.
Wheel Alignment
Wheel alignment is critical for
ensuring that the tires deliver
optimal wear and performance.
. Signs that the alignment may
need to be adjusted include
pulling, improper vehicle
handling, or unusual tire wear.
. Your dealer has the required
equipment to ensure proper
wheel alignment.
Windshield
For safety, appearance, and the
best viewing, keep the windshield
clean and clear.
. Signs of damage include
scratches, cracks, and chips.
. Trained dealer technicians can
inspect the windshield and
recommend proper replacement
if needed.

Wiper Blades
Wiper blades need to be cleaned
and kept in good condition to
provide a clear view.
. Signs of wear include streaking,
skipping across the windshield,
and worn or split rubber.
. Trained dealer technicians can
check the wiper blades and
replace them when needed.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Service and Maintenance

303

Recommended Fluids
Recommended Fluids and Lubricants
This maintenance section applies to vehicles with a gasoline engine. If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the
maintenance schedule section in the Duramax diesel supplement.
Fluids and lubricants identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.
Usage
Engine Oil

Engine Coolant
Hydraulic Brake System

Fluid/Lubricant
Use only engine oil meeting the dexos1™ specification of the proper SAE
viscosity grade. Look for the dexos1 approved logo for GM approved
engine oil. See Engine Oil 0 217.
50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL ® Coolant.
See Engine Coolant 0 225.
DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 19299818, in
Canada 19299819).

Windshield Washer

Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protection
requirements.

Power Steering System

GM Power Steering Fluid (GM Part No. 89021185, in Canada 89021186).

Automatic Transmission

DEXRON®-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.

Chassis Lubrication, Parking Brake
Cable Guides
Front Wheel Bearings

Chassis Lubricant (GM Part No. 12377985, in Canada 88901242) or
lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB.
Wheel bearing lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category GC or
GC-LB (GM Part No. 1051344, in Canada 993037).

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

304

Service and Maintenance
Usage

Fluid/Lubricant

Rear Axle

SAE 75W-85 Synthetic Axle Lubricant (GM Part No. 19300457, in
Canada 19300458).

Key Lock Cylinders, Hood Hinges
Weatherstrip Conditioning
Weatherstrip Squeaks

Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, in
Canada 10953474).
Weatherstrip Lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) or
Dielectric Silicone Grease (GM Part No. 12345579, in Canada 10953481).
Synthetic Grease with Teflon, Superlube (GM Part No. 12371287, in
Canada 10953437).

Maintenance Replacement Parts
If the vehicle has the Duramax diesel engine, see the Duramax diesel supplement.
Replacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.
Part

GM Part Number

ACDelco Part Number

Engine Air Cleaner/Filter

22909882

A3097C

Engine Oil Filter

19303975

PF48E

Spark Plugs

12621258

41-110

Wiper Blades – 56.0 cm (22 in)

15214346

—

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Service and Maintenance

305

Maintenance Records
After the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the
type of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts.
Date

Odometer
Reading

Serviced By

Services Performed

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

306

Technical Data

Vehicle Identification

Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN)

Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
Service Parts Identification
Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306

Vehicle Data
Capacities and
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . . 309

This legal identifier is in the front
corner of the instrument panel, on
the left side of the vehicle. It can be
seen through the windshield from
outside. The VIN also appears on
the Vehicle Certification and Service
Parts labels and certificates of title
and registration.

Engine Identification
The eighth character in the VIN is
the engine code. This code
identifies the vehicle's engine,
specifications, and replacement
parts. See “Engine Specifications”
under Capacities and Specifications
0 307 for the vehicle's engine code.

Service Parts
Identification Label
This label, on the rear edge of the
passenger side front door, has the
following information:
. Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN).
. Model designation.
.

Paint information.

Production options and special
equipment.

Do not remove this label from the
vehicle.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Technical Data

307

Vehicle Data
Capacities and Specifications
If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the Duramax diesel supplement for more information.
The following approximate capacities are given in metric and English conversions. See Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 303 for more information.
Application
Air Conditioning Refrigerant R134a

Capacities
Metric

English

For the air conditioning system refrigerant charge
amount, see the refrigerant label located under the
hood. See your dealer for more information.

Cooling System without Rear Heat
4.8L V8

11.8 L

12.4 qt

6.0L V8

13.1 L

13.8 qt

4.8L V8

14.6 L

15.4 qt

6.0L V8

16.1 L

17.0 qt

5.7 L

6.0 qt

Cutaway (Optional Tank)*

215.7 L

57.0 gal

Cutaway (Standard Tank)

124.9 L

33.0 gal

Cooling System with Rear Heat

Engine Oil with Filter
Fuel Tank

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

308

Technical Data
Capacities

Application
Passenger and Cargo

Metric

English

117.3 L

31.0 gal

190 Y

140 lb ft

* 4 039 mm (159 in) wheelbase or 4 496 mm (177 in) wheelbase only
Wheel Nut Torque

All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in this
manual. Recheck fluid level after filling.

Engine Specifications
Engine

VIN Code

Transmission

Spark Plug Gap

4.8L V8

Automatic

0.95–1.10 mm (0.037–
0.043 in)

6.0L V8

Automatic

0.95–1.10 mm (0.037–
0.043 in)

6.0L V8 CNG

Automatic

0.95–1.10 mm (0.037–
0.043 in)

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Technical Data

Engine Drive Belt Routing

V8 Engines
If equipped with a diesel engine,
see the Duramax diesel
supplement.

309

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

310

Customer Information

Customer
Information
Customer Information
Customer Satisfaction
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
Customer Satisfaction
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
Customer Assistance
Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
Customer Assistance for Text
Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . 314
Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . 314
GM Mobility Reimbursement
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
Roadside Assistance
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
Scheduling Service
Appointments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
Courtesy Transportation
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
Collision Damage Repair . . . . . 318
Service Publications Ordering
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
Radio Frequency
Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321

Reporting Safety Defects
Reporting Safety Defects to
the United States
Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
Reporting Safety Defects to
the Canadian
Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
Reporting Safety Defects to
General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322

Customer Information
Customer Satisfaction
Procedure

Vehicle Data Recording and
Privacy
Vehicle Data Recording and
Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . .
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Navigation System (U.S. and
Canada) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

322
323
323
324

Did you get the Warranty Extension
Plan? This plan is recommended by
General Motors to supplement the
warranty included with the new
vehicle purchase.
See your dealer for details.

Customer Assistance
Procedure
Owner satisfaction and goodwill are
very important to your dealer and
General Motors.
Normally, any problem with the
transaction, sale, or usage of the
vehicle must be handled by your
dealer sales or service departments.
However, we recognize that despite

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Customer Information
the good intentions of all parties
involved, sometimes a
misunderstanding may occur.
If you have a problem that has not
been satisfactorily handled through
the normal means, we suggest the
following steps:
STEP ONE

STEP THREE
If your case is not resolved in a
reasonable amount of time by your
dealer, please call the General
Motors Customer Assistance
Center (CAC) and provide the
following information:
. Name

Explain your case to your dealer
service agent, service manager,
dealer sales agent, or sales
manager, depending on your case.

Address

Phone number

Model year

Make sure that they have all
necessary information. They are
interested in your continual
satisfaction.

Brand

Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN)

Mileage

STEP TWO

Delivery date

If you are not satisfied, please
contact the general manager or your
dealership owner to ask for their
help. If they are not able to resolve
your case, ask them to contact the
right people at General Motors for
support, if needed.

Description of the problem

Dealership name

Dealership address

See Customer Assistance Offices
0 313.

311

Customer Satisfaction
Procedure
Your satisfaction and goodwill are
important to your dealer and to
Chevrolet. Normally, any concerns
with the sales transaction or the
operation of the vehicle will be
resolved by your dealer's sales or
service departments. Sometimes,
however, despite the best intentions
of all concerned, misunderstandings
can occur. If your concern has not
been resolved to your satisfaction,
the following steps should be taken:
STEP ONE : Discuss your concern
with a member of dealership
management. Normally, concerns
can be quickly resolved at that level.
If the matter has already been
reviewed with the sales, service,
or parts manager, contact the owner
of your dealership or the general
manager.
STEP TWO : If after contacting a
member of dealership management,
it appears your concern cannot be
resolved by your dealership without
further help, in the U.S., call the
Chevrolet Customer Assistance

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

312

Customer Information

Center at 1-800-222-1020. In
Canada, call General Motors of
Canada Customer Care Centre at
1-800-263-3777 (English),
or 1-800-263-7854 (French).
We encourage you to call the
toll-free number in order to give your
inquiry prompt attention. Have the
following information available to
give the Customer Assistance
representative:
. Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN). This is available
from the vehicle registration or
title, or the plate at the top left of
the instrument panel and visible
through the windshield.
. Dealership name and location.
.

Vehicle delivery date and
present mileage.

When contacting Chevrolet,
remember that your concern will
likely be resolved at a dealer's
facility. That is why we suggest
following Step One first.
STEP THREE — U.S. Owners :
Both General Motors and your
dealer are committed to making

sure you are completely satisfied
with your new vehicle. However,
if you continue to remain unsatisfied
after following the procedure
outlined in Steps One and Two, you
can file with the Better Business
Bureau (BBB) Auto Line® Program
to enforce your rights.
The BBB Auto Line Program is an
out-of-court program administered
by the Council of Better Business
Bureaus to settle automotive
disputes regarding vehicle repairs or
the interpretation of the New Vehicle
Limited Warranty. Although you may
be required to resort to this informal
dispute resolution program prior to
filing a court action, use of the
program is free of charge and your
case will generally be heard within
40 days. If you do not agree with the
decision given in your case, you
may reject it and proceed with any
other venue for relief available
to you.
You may contact the BBB Auto Line
Program using the toll-free
telephone number or write them at
the following address:

BBB Auto Line Program
Council of Better Business Bureaus,
Inc.
3033 Wilson Boulevard
Suite 600
Arlington, VA 22201
Telephone: 1-800-955-5100
http://www.bbb.org/council/
programs-services/
dispute-handling-and-resolution/
bbb-auto-line
This program is available in all
50 states and the District of
Columbia. Eligibility is limited by
vehicle age, mileage, and other
factors. General Motors reserves
the right to change eligibility
limitations and/or discontinue its
participation in this program.
STEP THREE — Canadian
Owners : In the event that you do
not feel your concerns have been
addressed after following the
procedure outlined in Steps One
and Two, General Motors of Canada
Limited wants you to be aware of its
participation in a no-charge
Mediation/Arbitration Program.
General Motors of Canada Limited

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Customer Information
has committed to binding arbitration
of owner disputes involving
factory-related vehicle service
claims. The program provides for
the review of the facts involved by
an impartial third party arbiter, and
may include an informal hearing
before the arbiter. The program is
designed so that the entire dispute
settlement process, from the time
you file your complaint to the final
decision, should be completed in
about 70 days. We believe our
impartial program offers advantages
over courts in most jurisdictions
because it is informal, quick, and
free of charge.
For further information concerning
eligibility in the Canadian Motor
Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP),
call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or call
the General Motors Customer Care
Centre, 1-800-263-3777 (English),
1-800-263-7854 (French),
or write to:

The Mediation/Arbitration Program
c/o Customer Care Centre
General Motors of Canada Limited
Mail Code: CA1-163-005
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
Your inquiry should be accompanied
by the Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN).

Customer Assistance
Offices
Chevrolet encourages customers to
call the toll-free number for
assistance. However, if a customer
wishes to write or e-mail Chevrolet,
the letter should be addressed to:

313

United States and Puerto Rico
Chevrolet Motor Division
Chevrolet Customer Assistance
Center
P.O. Box 33170
Detroit, MI 48232-5170
www.Chevrolet.com
1-800-222-1020
1-800-833-2438 (For Text
Telephone Devices (TTYs))
Roadside Assistance:
1-800-243-8872
From U.S. Virgin Islands:
1-800-496-9994

Canada
General Motors of Canada Limited
Customer Care Centre, Mail Code:
CA1-163-005
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
www.gm.ca
1-800-263-3777 (English)
1-800-263-7854 (French)
1-800-263-3830 (For Text
Telephone devices (TTYs))
Roadside Assistance:
1-800-268-6800

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

314

Customer Information

Overseas

Membership Benefits

Please contact the local General
Motors Business Unit.

E : Download owner manuals and
view vehicle-specific how-to videos.

Customer Assistance for
Text Telephone (TTY)
Users
To assist customers who are deaf,
hard of hearing, or speech-impaired
and who use Text Telephones
(TTYs), Chevrolet has TTY
equipment available at its Customer
Assistance Center. Any TTY user in
the U.S. can communicate with
Chevrolet by dialing:
1-800-833-2438. TTY users in
Canada can dial 1-800-263-3830.

View maintenance schedules,
alerts, and OnStar Vehicle
Diagnostic Information. Schedule
service appointments.

I : View and print dealer-recorded
service records and self-recorded
service records.

D : Select a preferred dealer and
view locations, maps, phone
numbers, and hours.

r : Track your vehicle’s warranty
information.
J : View active recalls by Vehicle

Online Owner Center

Identification Number (VIN). See
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
0 306.

Online Owner Experience
(U.S.) my.chevrolet.com

H : View GM Card, SiriusXM

The Chevrolet online owner
experience allows interaction with
Chevrolet and keeps important
vehicle-specific information in one
place.

Satellite radio, and OnStar account
information (if equipped).

F : Chat with online help
representatives.
See my.chevrolet.com to register
your vehicle.

Chevrolet Owner Centre
(Canada) chevroletowner.ca
Visit the Chevrolet Owner Centre:
. Chat live with online help
representatives.
. Locate owner resources such as
lease-end, financing, and
warranty information.
. Retrieve your favorite articles,
quizzes, tips, and multimedia
galleries organized into the
Featured Articles and Auto Care
Sections.
. Download owner manuals.
.

Find the
Chevrolet-recommended
maintenance services.

GM Mobility
Reimbursement Program

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Customer Information
This program is available to
qualified applicants for cost
reimbursement of eligible
aftermarket adaptive equipment
required for the vehicle, such as
hand controls or a wheelchair/
scooter lift for the vehicle.
For more information on the limited
offer, visit www.gmmobility.com or
call the GM Mobility Assistance
Center at 1-800-323-9935. Text
Telephone (TTY) users, call
1-800-833-9935.

Calling for Assistance
When calling Roadside Assistance,
have the following information
ready:
. Your name, home address, and
home telephone number.
. Telephone number of your
location.
. Location of the vehicle.
.

Model, year, color, and license
plate number of the vehicle.

General Motors of Canada also has
a Mobility Program. Visit www.gm.ca
or call 1-800-GM-DRIVE (463-7483)
for details. TTY users call
1-800-263-3830.

Odometer reading, Vehicle
Identification Number (VIN), and
delivery date of the vehicle.

Roadside Assistance
Program

Services are provided for the
duration of the vehicle’s powertrain
warranty.

For U.S.-purchased vehicles, call
1-800-243-8872. (Text Telephone
(TTY): 1-888-889-2438.)
For Canadian-purchased vehicles,
call 1-800-268-6800.
Service is available 24 hours a day,
365 days a year.

Roadside Assistance is not a part of
the New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
General Motors North America and
Chevrolet reserve the right to make
any changes or discontinue the
Roadside Assistance program at
any time without notification.
General Motors North America and
Chevrolet reserve the right to limit
services or payment to an owner or
driver if they decide the claims are
made too often, or the same type of
claim is made many times.

Services Provided
.

Emergency Fuel Delivery:
Delivery of enough fuel for the
vehicle to get to the nearest
service station.

Lock-Out Service: Service to
unlock the vehicle if you are
locked out. A remote unlock may
be available if you have OnStar.
For security reasons, the driver
must present identification
before this service is given.

Emergency Tow from a Public
Road or Highway: Tow to the
nearest Chevrolet dealer for

Description of the problem.

Coverage

In the U.S., anyone driving the
vehicle is covered. In Canada, a
person driving the vehicle without
permission from the owner is not
covered.

315

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

316

Customer Information

warranty service, or if the vehicle
was in a crash and cannot be
driven. Assistance is not given
when the vehicle is stuck in the
sand, mud, or snow.
.

Flat Tire Change: Service to
change a flat tire with the spare
tire. The spare tire, if equipped,
must be in good condition and
properly inflated. It is the owner's
responsibility for the repair or
replacement of the tire if it is not
covered by the warranty.

Battery Jump Start: Service to
jump start a dead battery.

Trip Interruption Benefits and
Assistance: If your trip is
interrupted due to a warranty
event, incidental expenses may
be reimbursed within the
Powertrain warranty period.
Items considered are reasonable
and customary hotel, meals,
rental car, or a vehicle being
delivered back to the customer,
up to 805 km (500 mi).

Services Not Included in
Roadside Assistance
.

Impound towing caused by
violation of any laws.

Legal fines.

Mounting, dismounting,
or changing of snow tires,
chains, or other traction devices.

Service is not provided if a vehicle
is in an area that is not accessible
to the service vehicle or is not a
regularly traveled or maintained
public road, which includes ice and
winter roads. Off-road use is not
covered.

Services Specific to
Canadian-Purchased Vehicles
.

Fuel Delivery: Reimbursement
is up to 7 liters. If available,
diesel fuel delivery may be
restricted. Propane and other
fuels are not provided through
this service.

Lock-Out Service: Vehicle
registration is required.

Trip Interruption Benefits and
Assistance: Must be over
150 km from where your trip was
started to qualify. General
Motors of Canada Limited
requires pre-authorization,
original detailed receipts, and a
copy of the repair orders. Once
authorization has been received,
the Roadside Assistance advisor
will help to make arrangements
and explain how to receive
payment.

Alternative Service: If
assistance cannot be provided
right away, the Roadside
Assistance advisor may give
permission to get local
emergency road service. You will
receive payment, up to $100,
after sending the original receipt
to Roadside Assistance.
Mechanical failures may be
covered, however any cost for
parts and labor for repairs not
covered by the warranty are the
owner responsibility.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Customer Information

Scheduling Service
Appointments

Courtesy Transportation
Program

When the vehicle requires warranty
service, contact your dealer and
request an appointment. By
scheduling a service appointment
and advising the service consultant
of your transportation needs, your
dealer can help minimize your
inconvenience.

To enhance your ownership
experience, we and our participating
dealers are proud to offer Courtesy
Transportation, a customer support
program for vehicles with the
Bumper-to-Bumper (Base Warranty
Coverage period in Canada),
extended powertrain, and/or
hybrid-specific warranties in both
the U.S. and Canada.

If the vehicle cannot be scheduled
into the service department
immediately, keep driving it until it
can be scheduled for service,
unless, of course, the problem is
safety related. If it is, please call
your dealership, let them know this,
and ask for instructions.
If your dealer requests you to bring
the vehicle for service, you are
urged to do so as early in the work
day as possible to allow for
same-day repair.

The Courtesy Transportation
program is no longer available for
cutaway vehicles.
Several Courtesy Transportation
options are available to assist in
reducing inconvenience when
warranty repairs are required.
Courtesy Transportation is not a
part of the New Vehicle Limited
Warranty. A separate booklet
entitled “Limited Warranty and
Owner Assistance Information”
furnished with each new vehicle
provides detailed warranty coverage
information.

317

Transportation Options
Warranty service can generally be
completed while you wait. However,
if you are unable to do so, your
dealer may offer the following
transportation options:
Shuttle Service
This includes one-way or round-trip
shuttle service within reasonable
time and distance parameters of
your dealer's area.
Public Transportation or Fuel
Reimbursement
If overnight warranty repairs are
needed, and public transportation is
used, the expense must be
supported by original receipts and
within the maximum amount allowed
by GM for shuttle service. If U.S.
customers arrange their own
transportation, limited
reimbursement for reasonable fuel
expenses may be available. Claim
amounts should reflect actual costs
and be supported by original
receipts. See your dealer for
information.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

318

Customer Information

Courtesy Rental Vehicle
For an overnight warranty repair, the
dealer may provide an available
courtesy rental vehicle or provide for
reimbursement of a rental vehicle.
Reimbursement is limited and must
be supported by original receipts as
well as a signed and completed
rental agreement and meet state/
provincial, local, and rental vehicle
provider requirements.
Requirements vary and may include
minimum age requirements,
insurance coverage, credit card, etc.
Additional fees such as fuel usage
charges, taxes, levies, usage fees,
excessive mileage, or rental usage
beyond the completion of the repair
are also your responsibility.
It may not be possible to provide a
like vehicle as a courtesy rental.

Additional Program
Information
All program options, such as shuttle
service, may not be available at
every dealer. Contact your dealer
for specific availability.

General Motors reserves the right to
unilaterally modify, change,
or discontinue Courtesy
Transportation at any time and to
resolve all questions of claim
eligibility pursuant to the terms and
conditions described herein at its
sole discretion.

Collision Damage Repair
If the vehicle is involved in a
collision and it is damaged, have the
damage repaired by a qualified
technician using the proper
equipment and quality replacement
parts. Poorly performed collision
repairs diminish the vehicle resale
value, and safety performance can
be compromised in subsequent
collisions.

Collision Parts
Genuine GM Collision parts are new
parts made with the same materials
and construction methods as the
parts with which the vehicle was
originally built. Genuine GM
Collision parts are the best choice to
ensure that the vehicle's designed
appearance, durability, and safety

are preserved. The use of Genuine
GM parts can help maintain the GM
New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
Recycled original equipment parts
may also be used for repair. These
parts are typically removed from
vehicles that were total losses in
prior crashes. In most cases, the
parts being recycled are from
undamaged sections of the vehicle.
A recycled original equipment GM
part may be an acceptable choice to
maintain the vehicle's originally
designed appearance and safety
performance; however, the history of
these parts is not known. Such parts
are not covered by the GM New
Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any
related failures are not covered by
that warranty.
Aftermarket collision parts are also
available. These are made by
companies other than GM and may
not have been tested for the vehicle.
As a result, these parts may fit
poorly, exhibit premature durability/
corrosion problems, and may not
perform properly in subsequent
collisions. Aftermarket parts are not
covered by the GM New Vehicle

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Customer Information
Limited Warranty, and any vehicle
failure related to such parts is not
covered by that warranty.

Repair Facility
GM also recommends that you
choose a collision repair facility that
meets your needs before you ever
need collision repairs. Your dealer
may have a collision repair center
with GM-trained technicians and
state-of-the-art equipment, or be
able to recommend a collision repair
center that has GM-trained
technicians and comparable
equipment.

Insuring the Vehicle
Protect your investment in the GM
vehicle with comprehensive and
collision insurance coverage. There
are significant differences in the
quality of coverage afforded by
various insurance policy terms.
Many insurance policies provide
reduced protection to the GM
vehicle by limiting compensation for
damage repairs through the use of
aftermarket collision parts. Some
insurance companies will not

specify aftermarket collision parts.
When purchasing insurance, we
recommend that you ensure that the
vehicle will be repaired with GM
original equipment collision parts.
If such insurance coverage is not
available from your current
insurance carrier, consider switching
to another insurance carrier.
If the vehicle is leased, the leasing
company may require you to have
insurance that ensures repairs with
Genuine GM Original Equipment
Manufacturer (OEM) parts or
Genuine Manufacturer replacement
parts. Read the lease carefully, as
you may be charged at the end of
the lease for poor quality repairs.

If a Crash Occurs
If there has been an injury, call
emergency services for help. Do not
leave the scene of a crash until all
matters have been taken care of.
Move the vehicle only if its position
puts you in danger, or you are
instructed to move it by a police
officer.

319

Give only the necessary information
to police and other parties involved
in the crash.
For emergency towing see
Roadside Assistance Program
0 315.
Gather the following information:
. Driver name, address, and
telephone number.
. Driver license number.
.

Owner name, address, and
telephone number.

Vehicle license plate number.

Vehicle make, model, and
model year.

Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN).

Insurance company and policy
number.

General description of the
damage to the other vehicle.

Choose a reputable repair facility
that uses quality replacement parts.
See “Collision Parts” earlier in this
section.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

320

Customer Information

If the airbag has inflated, see What
Will You See after an Airbag
Inflates? 0 60.

repaired with Genuine GM parts,
even if your insurance coverage
does not pay the full cost.

Managing the Vehicle Damage
Repair Process

If another party's insurance
company is paying for the repairs,
you are not obligated to accept a
repair valuation based on that
insurance company's collision policy
repair limits, as you have no
contractual limits with that company.
In such cases, you can have control
of the repair and parts choices as
long as the cost stays within
reasonable limits.

In the event that the vehicle requires
damage repairs, GM recommends
that you take an active role in its
repair. If you have a pre-determined
repair facility of choice, take the
vehicle there, or have it towed there.
Specify to the facility that any
required replacement collision parts
be original equipment parts, either
new Genuine GM parts or recycled
original GM parts. Remember,
recycled parts will not be covered by
the GM vehicle warranty.
Insurance pays the bill for the repair,
but you must live with the repair.
Depending on your policy limits,
your insurance company may
initially value the repair using
aftermarket parts. Discuss this with
the repair professional, and insist on
Genuine GM parts. Remember,
if the vehicle is leased, you may be
obligated to have the vehicle

Service Publications
Ordering Information
(US and Canada Only)

Service Manuals
Service Manuals have the diagnosis
and repair information on the
engines, transmission, axle,
suspension, brakes, electrical,
steering, body, etc.

Service Bulletins
Service Bulletins give additional
technical service information
needed to knowledgeably service
General Motors cars and trucks.
Each bulletin contains instructions
to assist in the diagnosis and
service of the vehicle.

Owner Information
Owner publications are written
specifically for owners and intended
to provide basic operational
information about the vehicle. The
Owner Manual includes the
Maintenance Schedule for all
models.
In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio,
Owner Manual, and Warranty
Manual.
RETAIL SELL PRICE: $35.00 –
$40.00 (U.S.) plus handling and
shipping fees.
Without Pouch: Owner Manual only.
RETAIL SELL PRICE:
$25.00 (U.S.) plus handling and
shipping fees.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Customer Information
Current and Past Models
Technical Service Bulletins and
Manuals are available for current
and past model GM vehicles.
ORDER TOLL FREE:
1-800-551-4123 Monday – Friday
8:00 AM – 6:00 PM Eastern Time
For Credit Card Orders Only
(VISA-MasterCard-Discover), see
Helm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com.
Or write to:
Helm, Incorporated
Attention: Customer Service
47911 Halyard Drive
Plymouth, MI 48170
Prices are subject to change without
notice and without incurring
obligation. Allow ample time for
delivery.
All listed prices are quoted in U.S.
funds. Make checks payable in U.S.
funds.

Radio Frequency
Statement
This vehicle has systems that
operate on a radio frequency that
complies with Part 15/Part 18 of the
Federal Communications
Commission (FCC) rules and with
Industry Canada Standards
RSS-GEN/210/216/220/251/310,
ICES‐001.
Operation is subject to the following
two conditions:
1. The device may not cause
harmful interference.
2. The device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause
undesired operation of the
device.
Changes or modifications to any of
these systems by other than an
authorized service facility could void
authorization to use this equipment.

321

Reporting Safety
Defects
Reporting Safety Defects
to the United States
Government
If you believe that your vehicle
has a defect which could cause
a crash or could cause injury or
death, you should immediately
inform the National Highway
Traffic Safety Administration
(NHTSA) in addition to notifying
General Motors.
If NHTSA receives similar
complaints, it may open an
investigation, and if it finds that
a safety defect exists in a group
of vehicles, it may order a recall
and remedy campaign.
However, NHTSA cannot
become involved in individual
problems between you, your
dealer, or General Motors.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

322

Customer Information

To contact NHTSA, you may call
the Vehicle Safety Hotline
toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY:
1-800-424-9153); go to http://
www.safercar.gov; or write to:
Administrator, NHTSA
1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E.
Washington, D.C. 20590
You can also obtain other
information about motor vehicle
safety from http://
www.safercar.gov.

Reporting Safety Defects
to the Canadian
Government
If you live in Canada, and you
believe that the vehicle has a safety
defect, notify Transport Canada
immediately, and notify General
Motors of Canada Limited. Call
Transport Canada at
1-800-333-0510 or write to:
Transport Canada
Road Safety Branch
80 rue Noel
Gatineau, QC J8Z 0A1

Reporting Safety Defects
to General Motors
In addition to notifying NHTSA (or
Transport Canada) in a situation like
this, notify General Motors.
Call 1-800-222-1020, or write:
Chevrolet Motor Division
Chevrolet Customer Assistance
Center
P.O. Box 33170
Detroit, MI 48232-5170
In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777
(English) or 1-800-263-7854
(French), or write:
General Motors of Canada Limited
Customer Care Centre, Mail Code:
CA1-163-005
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7

Vehicle Data
Recording and
Privacy
The vehicle has a number of
computers that record information
about the vehicle’s performance and
how it is driven. For example, the
vehicle uses computer modules to
monitor and control engine and
transmission performance, to
monitor the conditions for airbag
deployment and deploy them in a
crash, and, if equipped, to provide
antilock braking to help the driver
control the vehicle. These modules
may store data to help the dealer
technician service the vehicle.
Some modules may also store data
about how the vehicle is operated,
such as rate of fuel consumption or
average speed. These modules may
retain personal preferences, such as
radio presets, seat positions, and
temperature settings.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Customer Information

Event Data Recorders
This vehicle has an event data
recorder (EDR). The main purpose
of an EDR is to record, in certain
crash or near crash-like situations,
such as an airbag deployment or
hitting a road obstacle, data that will
assist in understanding how a
vehicle's systems performed. The
EDR is designed to record data
related to vehicle dynamics and
safety systems for a short period of
time, typically 30 seconds or less.
The EDR in this vehicle may record
such data as:
. How various systems in the
vehicle were operating.
. Whether or not the driver and
passenger safety belts were
buckled/fastened.
. How far, if at all, the driver was
pressing the accelerator and/or
brake pedal.
. How fast the vehicle was
traveling.

These data can help provide a
better understanding of the
circumstances in which crashes and
injuries occur.
Important: EDR data are recorded
by the vehicle only if a non-trivial
crash situation occurs; no data are
recorded by the EDR under normal
driving conditions and no personal
data (e.g., name, gender, age, and
crash location) are recorded.
However, other parties, such as law
enforcement, could combine the
EDR data with the type of
personally identifying data routinely
acquired during a crash
investigation.
To read data recorded by an EDR,
special equipment is required, and
access to the vehicle or the EDR is
needed. In addition to the vehicle
manufacturer, other parties, such as
law enforcement, that have the
special equipment, can read the
information if they have access to
the vehicle or the EDR.
GM will not access these data or
share it with others except: with the
consent of the vehicle owner or,

323

if the vehicle is leased, with the
consent of the lessee; in response
to an official request of police or
similar government office; as part of
GM's defense of litigation through
the discovery process; or, as
required by law. Data that GM
collects or receives may also be
used for GM research needs or may
be made available to others for
research purposes, where a need is
shown and the data is not tied to a
specific vehicle or vehicle owner.

OnStar®
If the vehicle is equipped with
OnStar® and has an active
subscription, additional data may be
collected through the OnStar
system. This includes information
about the vehicle’s operation;
collisions involving the vehicle; the
use of the vehicle and its features;
and, in certain situations, the
location and approximate GPS
speed of the vehicle. Refer to the
OnStar Terms and Conditions and
Privacy Statement on the OnStar
website.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

324

Customer Information

See OnStar Additional Information
0 329.

Navigation System (U.S.
and Canada)
If the vehicle is equipped with a
navigation system, use of the
system may result in the storage of
destinations, addresses, telephone
numbers, and other trip information.
See the navigation manual for
information on stored data and for
deletion instructions.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

OnStar

OnStar Overview

OnStar Overview
OnStar Services
326
326
326
327
329

OnStar Additional Information
OnStar Additional
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329

Conditions and Privacy Statement
for more details including system
limitations at www.onstar.com (U.S.)
or www.onstar.ca (Canada).
The OnStar system status light is
next to the OnStar buttons. If the
status light is:
. Solid Green: System is ready.

OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

325

= Voice Command Button
Q Blue OnStar Button
> Red Emergency Button
This vehicle may be equipped with a
comprehensive, in-vehicle system
that can connect to an OnStar
Advisor for Emergency, Security,
Navigation, Connections, and
Diagnostics Services. OnStar
services may require a paid
subscription and data plan. OnStar
requires the vehicle battery and
electrical system, cellular service,
and GPS satellite signals to be
available and operating. OnStar acts
as a link to existing emergency
service providers. OnStar may
collect information about you and
your vehicle, including location
information. See OnStar’s Terms &

Flashing Green: On a call.

Red: Indicates a problem.

Off: System is off. Press Q
twice to speak with an OnStar
Advisor.

Press Q or call 1-888-4ONSTAR
(1-888-466-7827) to speak to an
Advisor.
Press

= to:

Make a call, end a call,
or answer an incoming call.

Give OnStar Hands-Free Calling
voice commands.

Give OnStar Turn-by-Turn
Navigation voice commands.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

326
.

OnStar

Obtain the Wi-Fi® hotspot name
or SSID and password,
if equipped.

Press Q to connect to an
Advisor to:
. Verify account information or
update contact information.
. Get driving directions.
.

Receive a Diagnostic check of
the vehicle's key operating
systems.

Receive Roadside Assistance.

Manage Wi-Fi Settings,
if equipped.

Press > to get a priority connection
to an OnStar Advisor available 24/
7 to:
. Get help for an emergency.
.

Be a Good Samaritan or
respond to an AMBER Alert.

Get assistance in severe
weather or other crisis situations
and find evacuation routes.

OnStar Services
Emergency
Emergency Services require an
active, OnStar subscription plan
(excludes Basic Plan). With
Automatic Crash Response, built-in
sensors can automatically alert a
specially trained OnStar Advisor
who is immediately connected in to
the vehicle to help.
Press > for a priority connection to
an OnStar Advisor who can contact
emergency service providers, direct
them to your exact location, and
relay important information.
With OnStar Crisis Assist, specially
trained Advisors are available
24 hours a day, 7 days a week, to
provide a central point of contact,
assistance, and information during a
crisis.
With Roadside Assistance, Advisors
can locate a nearby service provider
to help with a flat tire, a battery
jump, or an empty gas tank.

Security
If equipped, OnStar provides these
services:
. With Stolen Vehicle Assistance,
OnStar Advisors can use GPS to
pinpoint the vehicle and help
authorities quickly recover it.
. With Remote Ignition Block,
if equipped, OnStar can block
the engine from being restarted.
. With Stolen Vehicle Slowdown,
if equipped, OnStar can work
with law enforcement to
gradually slow the vehicle down.

Navigation
OnStar navigation requires a
specific OnStar subscription plan.
Press Q to receive Turn-by-Turn
directions or have them sent to the
vehicle’s navigation screen,
if equipped.

Turn-by-Turn Navigation
1. Press Q to connect to an
Advisor.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

OnStar
2. Request directions to be
downloaded to the vehicle.
3. Follow the voice-guided
commands.

Using Voice Commands
During a Planned Route
Cancel Route
1. Press =. System responds:
“OnStar ready,” then a tone.

2. Say “Repeat.” System
responds with the last direction
given, then responds with
“OnStar ready,” then a tone.
Get My Destination
1. Press =. System responds:
“OnStar ready,” then a tone.
2. Say “Get my destination.”
System responds with the
address and distance to the
destination, then responds with
“OnStar ready,” then a tone.

2. Say “Cancel route.” System
responds: “Do you want to
cancel directions?”

Destination Download

3. Say “Yes.” System responds:
“OK, request completed, thank
you, goodbye.”

Subscribers can have directions
sent to the vehicle’s navigation
screen, if equipped.

Route Preview
1. Press =. System responds:
“OnStar ready,” then a tone.
2. Say “Route preview.” System
responds with the next three
maneuvers.
Repeat
1. Press =. System responds:
“OnStar ready,” then a tone.

Press Q, then ask the Advisor to
download directions to the vehicle’s
navigation system, if equipped. After
the call ends, the navigation screen
will provide prompts to begin driving
directions. Routes that are sent to
the navigation screen can only be
canceled through the navigation
system.
See www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
www.onstar.ca (Canada).

327

Connections
The following OnStar services help
with staying connected.
For coverage maps, see
www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
www.onstar.ca (Canada).
OnStar Wi-Fi® Hotspot (If
Equipped)
The vehicle may have a built-in
Wi-Fi hotspot that provides access
to the Internet and web content at
4G LTE speed. Up to seven mobile
devices can be connected. A data
plan is required. Use the in-vehicle
controls only when it is safe to
do so.
1. To retrieve Wi-Fi hotspot
information, press =, wait for
the prompt, then say “Wi-Fi
settings.” On some vehicles,
touch Wi-Fi Settings on the
screen.
2. The Wi-Fi settings will display
the Wi-Fi hotspot name (SSID),
password, and on some
vehicles, the connection type

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

328

OnStar
(no Internet connection, 3G,
4G, 4G LTE), and signal quality
(poor, good, excellent).

3. To change the SSID or
password, press Q or call
1-888-4ONSTAR to connect
with an Advisor.
®

OnStar RemoteLink Mobile App
(If Equipped)
Download the OnStar RemoteLink
mobile app to select Apple® iOS,
Android™, BlackBerry®,
or Windows® mobile devices.
OnStar Subscribers can access the
following services from a mobile
device:
. Remotely start/stop the vehicle,
if factory-equipped.
. Lock/unlock doors, if equipped
with automatic locks.
. Activate the horn and lamps.
.

Check the vehicle’s fuel level, oil
life, or tire pressure,
if factory-equipped with the Tire
Pressure Monitor System.
Send directions to the vehicle.

Locate the vehicle on a map
(U.S. market only).

Turn the vehicle's Wi-Fi hotspot
on/off, manage settings, and
monitor data consumption,
if equipped.

For OnStar RemoteLink information
and compatibility, see
www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
www.onstar.ca (Canada).

Remote Services
Contact an OnStar Advisor to
unlock the doors or sound the horn
and flash the lamps.

OnStar AtYourService
OnStar Advisors can provide special
offers from restaurants and retailers
on your route, help locate hotels,
or book a room.

OnStar Hands-Free Calling
Make and receive calls with the
built-in wireless calling service
which requires available minutes.

Make a Call
1. Press =. System responds:
“OnStar ready.”
2. Say “Call.” System responds:
“Call. Please say the name or
number to call.”
3. Say the entire number without
pausing, including a “1” and the
area code. System responds:
“OK, calling.”

Calling 911 Emergency
1. Press =. System responds:
“OnStar ready.”
2. Say “Call.” System responds:
“Call. Please say the name or
number to call.”
3. Say “911” without pausing.
System responds: “911.”
4. Say “Call.” System responds:
“OK, dialing 911.”

Retrieve My Number
1. Press =. System responds:
“OnStar ready.”

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

OnStar
2. Say “My number.” System
responds: “Your OnStar
Hands-Free Calling number is,”
then says the number.

End a Call
Press =. System responds: “Call
ended.”

Verify Minutes and Expiration
Press = and say “Minutes” then
“Verify” to check how many minutes
remain and their expiration date.

Diagnostics
Advanced Diagnostics provides a
status of the vehicle’s key systems
with a monthly e-mail, or by
pressing Q. Diagnostic Alerts in
real-time by e-mail or text can also
be received. The Proactive Alerts
feature (if available) can predict and
alert of potential upcoming
maintenance issues with select
components on the vehicle, before
they become a problem.
OnStar can also monitor and report
tire pressure, if vehicle is equipped
with a Tire Pressure Monitoring
System.

329

OnStar Additional
Information
In-Vehicle Audio Messages
Audio messages may play important
information at the following times:
. Prior to vehicle purchase. Press
Q to set up an account.
. With the OnStar Basic Plan,
every 60 days.
. After change in ownership and
at 90 days.

Transferring Service
Press Q to request account transfer
eligibility information. The Advisor
can cancel or change account
information.

Selling/Transferring the
Vehicle
Call 1-888-4ONSTAR
(1-888-466-7827) immediately to
terminate your OnStar services if
the vehicle is disposed of, sold,
transferred, or if the lease ends.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

330

OnStar
Press Q to speak with an
Advisor.

Reactivation for Subsequent
Owners

Press Q and follow the prompts to
speak to an Advisor as soon as
possible. The Advisor will update
vehicle records and explain OnStar
service options.

OnStar services cannot work unless
the vehicle is in a place where
OnStar has an agreement with a
wireless service provider for service
in that area. The wireless service
provider must also have coverage,
network capacity, reception, and
technology compatible with OnStar
services. Service involving location
information about the vehicle cannot
work unless GPS signals are
available, unobstructed, and
compatible with the OnStar
hardware. OnStar services may not
work if the OnStar equipment is not
properly installed or it has not been
properly maintained. If equipment or
software is added, connected,
or modified, OnStar services may
not work. Other problems beyond
the control of OnStar — such as
hills, tall buildings, tunnels, weather,
electrical system design and
architecture of the vehicle, damage
to the vehicle in a crash, or wireless
phone network congestion or
jamming — may prevent service.

How OnStar Service Works
Automatic Crash Response,
Emergency Services, Crisis Assist,
Stolen Vehicle Assistance,
Advanced Diagnostics, Remote
Services, Roadside Assistance,
Turn-by-Turn Navigation, and
Hands-Free Calling are available on
most vehicles. Not all OnStar
services are available everywhere
or on all vehicles. For more
information, a full description of
OnStar services, system limitations,
and OnStar terms and conditions:
. Call 1-888-4ONSTAR
(1-888-466-7827).
. See www.onstar.com (U.S.).
.

See www.onstar.ca (Canada).

Call TTY 1-877-248-2080.

See Radio Frequency Statement
0 321.

Services for People with
Disabilities
Advisors provide services to help
Subscribers with physical disabilities
and medical conditions.
Press

Q to help:

Locate a gas station with an
attendant to pump gas.

Find a hotel, restaurant, etc.,
that meets accessibility needs.

Provide directions to the closest
hospital or pharmacy in urgent
situations.

TTY Users
OnStar has the ability to
communicate to deaf,
hard-of-hearing, or speech-impaired
customers while in the vehicle. The
available dealer-installed TTY
system can provide in-vehicle
access to all OnStar services,
except Virtual Advisor and OnStar
Turn-by-Turn Navigation.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

OnStar
OnStar Personal Identification
Number (PIN)
A PIN is needed to access some
OnStar services. The PIN will need
to be changed the first time when
speaking with an Advisor. To
change the OnStar PIN, contact an
OnStar Advisor by pressing Q or
calling 1-888-4ONSTAR.

vehicle has not been started for
five days, OnStar can contact
Roadside Assistance or a locksmith
to help gain access to the vehicle.

Global Positioning
System (GPS)
.

Warranty
OnStar equipment may be
warranted as part of the vehicle
warranty.

Languages
The vehicle can be programmed to
respond in multiple languages.
Press Q and ask for an Advisor.
Advisors are available in English,
Spanish, and French. Available
languages may vary by country.

Potential Issues
OnStar cannot perform Remote
Door Unlock or Stolen Vehicle
Assistance after the vehicle has
been off continuously for five days
without an ignition cycle. If the

Obstruction of the GPS can
occur in a large city with tall
buildings; in parking garages;
around airports; in tunnels and
underpasses; or in an area with
very dense trees. If GPS signals
are not available, the OnStar
system should still operate to
call OnStar. However, OnStar
could have difficulty identifying
the exact location.
In emergency situations, OnStar
can use the last stored GPS
location to send to emergency
responders.

A temporary loss of GPS can cause
loss of the ability to send a
Turn-by-Turn Navigation route. The
Advisor may give a verbal route or
may ask for a call back after the
vehicle is driven into an open area.

331

Cellular and GPS Antennas
Cellular reception is required for
OnStar to send remote signals to
the vehicle. Do not place items over
or near the antenna to prevent
blocking cellular and GPS signal
reception.

Unable to Connect to OnStar
Message
If there is limited cellular coverage
or the cellular network has reached
maximum capacity, this message
may come on. Press Q to try the
call again or try again after driving a
few miles into another cellular area.

Vehicle and Power Issues
OnStar services require a vehicle
electrical system, wireless service,
and GPS satellite technologies to be
available and operating for features
to function properly. These systems
may not operate if the battery is
discharged or disconnected.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

332

OnStar

Add-on Electrical Equipment
The OnStar system is integrated
into the electrical architecture of the
vehicle. Do not add any electrical
equipment. See Add-On Electrical
Equipment 0 211. Added electrical
equipment may interfere with the
operation of the OnStar system and
cause it to not operate.

Vehicle Software Updates
OnStar or GM may remotely deliver
software updates or changes to the
vehicle without further notice or
consent. These updates or changes
may enhance or maintain safety,
security, or the operation of the
vehicle or the vehicle systems.
Software updates or changes may
affect or erase data or settings that
are stored in the vehicle, such as
OnStar Hands-Free Calling name
tags, saved navigation destinations,
or pre-set radio stations. Neither
OnStar nor GM is responsible for
any affected or erased data or
settings. These updates or changes
may also collect personal
information. Such collection is
described in the OnStar privacy

statement or separately disclosed at
the time of installation. These
updates or changes may also cause
a system to automatically
communicate with GM servers to
collect information about vehicle
system status, identify whether
updates or changes are available,
or deliver updates or changes. An
active OnStar agreement constitutes
consent to these software updates
or changes and agreement that
either OnStar or GM may remotely
deliver them to the vehicle.

Privacy
The complete OnStar Privacy
Statement may be found at
www.onstar.com (U.S.),
or www.onstar.ca (Canada). We
recommend that you review it. If you
have any questions, call
1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827)
or press Q to speak with an
Advisor. Users of wireless
communications are cautioned that
the privacy of any information sent
via wireless cellular communications
cannot be assured. Third parties

may unlawfully intercept or access
transmissions and private
communications without consent.

OnStar - Software
Acknowledgements
Certain OnStar components include
libcurl and unzip software and other
third party software. Below are the
notices and licenses associated with
libcurl and unzip and for other third
party software please see http://
www.lg.com/global/support/
opensource/index and https://
www.onstar.com/us/en/support/
getdocuments.html
libcurl:
COPYRIGHT AND PERMISSION
NOTICE
Copyright (c) 1996 - 2010, Daniel
Stenberg, .
All rights reserved.
Permission to use, copy, modify,
and distribute this software for any
purpose with or without fee is
hereby granted, provided that the

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

OnStar
above copyright notice and this
permission notice appear in all
copies.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED
“AS IS,” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF
ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES
OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
AND NONINFRINGEMENT OF
THIRD PARTY RIGHTS. IN NO
EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF
CONTRACT, TORT OR
OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE
USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice,
the name of a copyright holder shall
not be used in advertising or
otherwise to promote the sale, use
or other dealings in this Software
without prior written authorization of
the copyright holder.

unzip:
This is version 2005-Feb-10 of the
Info-ZIP copyright and license. The
definitive version of this document
should be available at ftp://
ftp.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/
license.html indefinitely.
Copyright (c) 1990-2005 Info-ZIP. All
rights reserved.
For the purposes of this copyright
and license, “Info-ZIP” is defined as
the following set of individuals:
Mark Adler, John Bush, Karl Davis,
Harald Denker, Jean-Michel Dubois,
Jean-loup Gailly, Hunter Goatley, Ed
Gordon, Ian Gorman, Chris
Herborth, Dirk Haase, Greg Hartwig,
Robert Heath, Jonathan Hudson,
Paul Kienitz, David Kirschbaum,
Johnny Lee, Onno van der Linden,
Igor Mandrichenko, Steve P. Miller,
Sergio Monesi, Keith Owens,
George Petrov, Greg Roelofs, Kai
Uwe Rommel, Steve Salisbury,
Dave Smith, Steven M. Schweda,
Christian Spieler, Cosmin Truta,
Antoine Verheijen, Paul von Behren,
Rich Wales, Mike White.

333

This software is provided “as is,”
without warranty of any kind,
express or implied. In no event shall
Info-ZIP or its contributors be held
liable for any direct, indirect,
incidental, special or consequential
damages arising out of the use of or
inability to use this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to
use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications,
and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following
restrictions:
1. Redistributions of source code
must retain the above copyright
notice, definition, disclaimer,
and this list of conditions.
2. Redistributions in binary form
(compiled executables) must
reproduce the above copyright
notice, definition, disclaimer,
and this list of conditions in
documentation and/or other
materials provided with the
distribution. The sole exception
to this condition is redistribution
of a standard UnZipSFX binary
(including SFXWiz) as part of a

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

334

OnStar
self-extracting archive; that is
permitted without inclusion of
this license, as long as the
normal SFX banner has not
been removed from the binary
or disabled.

3. Altered versions–including, but
not limited to, ports to new
operating systems, existing
ports with new graphical
interfaces, and dynamic,
shared, or static library
versions–must be plainly
marked as such and must not
be misrepresented as being
the original source. Such
altered versions also must not
be misrepresented as being
Info-ZIP releases–including,
but not limited to, labeling of
the altered versions with the
names “Info-ZIP” (or any
variation thereof, including, but
not limited to, different
capitalizations), “Pocket
UnZip,” “WiZ” or “MacZip”
without the explicit permission
of Info-ZIP. Such altered
versions are further prohibited
from misrepresentative use of

the Zip-Bugs or Info-ZIP e-mail
addresses or of the
Info-ZIP URL(s).
4. Info-ZIP retains the right to use
the names “Info-ZIP,” “Zip,”
“UnZip,” “UnZipSFX,” “WiZ,”
“Pocket UnZip,” “Pocket Zip,”
and “MacZip” for its own
source and binary releases.

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Index

A
Accessories and
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Accessory Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Add-On Electrical Equipment . . . 211
Additional Information
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
Additional Maintenance
and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . . . 223
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Airbag System
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
How Does an Airbag
Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
What Makes an Airbag
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
What Will You See after an
Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
When Should an Airbag
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . . 56
Airbags
Adding Equipment to the
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Light On-Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
On-Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
On-Off Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61

335

Airbags (cont'd)
Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Servicing Airbag-Equipped
Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
All-Terrain Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Antenna
Fixed Mast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Antilock Brake System (ABS) . . . 187
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Appearance Care
Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
Ashtrays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Assistance Program,
Roadside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
Audio
Theft-Deterrent Feature . . . . . . . 131
Audio Players
CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Automatic
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Headlamp System . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Transmission Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . 220

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

336

Index

Automatic Transmission
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Shift Lock Control Function
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Auxiliary
Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Axle, Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234

B
Battery
Load Management . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Power Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Voltage and Charging
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Battery - North America . . . .233, 280
Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . . . 237
Bluetooth
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Brake
System Warning Light . . . . . . . . 102
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Antilock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Break-In, New Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 174
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242

Bulb Replacement (cont'd)
Center High-Mounted
Stoplamp (CHMSL) . . . . . . . . . 242
Front Turn Signal,
Sidemarker, and Parking
Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
License Plate Lamps . . . . . . . . . 242
Taillamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266

C
Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
California
Fuel Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Perchlorate Materials
Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
California
Proposition
65 Warning . . . . . . . . . .213, 233, 280
Camera
Rear Vision (RVC) . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Canadian Vehicle Owners . . . . . . . . 2
Capacities and
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
Carbon Monoxide
Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181

Carbon Monoxide (cont'd)
Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Cargo
Tie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Cargo Door Relocking . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Caution, Danger, and Warning . . . . 3
CD Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Center High-Mounted
Stoplamp (CHMSL) . . . . . . . . . . . 242
Chains, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
Charging System Light . . . . . . . . . 100
Check
Ignition Transmission Lock . . . 236
Malfunction Indicator
Engine Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Child Restraints
Infants and Young Children . . . . . 67
Lower Anchors and Tethers
for Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79, 81
Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Cigarette Lighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
Cleaning
Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
Climate Control Systems . . . . . . . 157

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Index
Climate Control Systems (cont'd)
Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Rear Heating System . . . . . . . . . 159
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Cluster, Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Collision Damage Repair . . . . . . . 318
Compartments
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112
Connections
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
Control
Traction and Electronic
Stability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Coolant
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Engine Temperature Gauge . . . . 97
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Engine Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . .112
Courtesy Transportation
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106

Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . 314
Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
Text Telephone (TTY)
Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
Customer Information
Service Publications
Ordering Information . . . . . . . . 320
Customer Satisfaction
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310, 311

D
Damage Repair, Collision . . . . . . . 318
Danger, Warning, and Caution . . . . 3
Data Recorders, Event . . . . . . . . . 323
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Devices
Auxiliary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Diagnostics
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Door
Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112
Cargo Door Relocking . . . . . . . . . . 30
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Power Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Rear Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

337

Door (cont'd)
Side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Sliding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Drive Belt Routing, Engine . . . . . . 309
Driver Information
Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Driving
Characteristics and
Towing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Drunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
For Better Fuel Economy . . . . . . . 23
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . 168
If the Vehicle is Stuck . . . . . . . . . 169
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Dual Tire
Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264

E
E85 or FlexFuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Electrical Equipment,
Add-On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Electrical System
Engine Compartment Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

338

Index

Electrical System (cont'd)
Floor Console Fuse Block . . . . 247
Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 244
Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
Emergency
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
Engine
Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Check and Service Engine
Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Compartment Overview . . . . . . . 216
Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Coolant Temperature Gauge . . . . 97
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Cooling System Messages . . . .112
Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Oil Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113
Oil Pressure Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Oil Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Power Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113
Running While Parked . . . . . . . . 182
Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Enhanced Technology Glass . . . . 38

Entry/Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Equipment, Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . . . 323
Extender, Safety Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . 124
Exterior Lamps Off Reminder . . . 124

F
Fan
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Fast Idle System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Filter,
Engine Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Fixed Mast Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Flashers, Hazard Warning . . . . . . 126
Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
FlexFuel
E85 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
Fluid
Automatic Transmission . . . . . . 220
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Power Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Frequency Statement
Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321

Front Seats
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Front Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Front Turn Signal
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Economy Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Filling a Portable Fuel
Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . 105
Requirements, California . . . . . 198
System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . .114
Full-Size Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Fuses
Engine Compartment Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
Floor Console Fuse Block . . . . 247
Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 244

G
Gauges
Engine Coolant Temperature . . . 97
Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Index
Gauges (cont'd)
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Voltmeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Warning Lights and
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
General Information
Service and Maintenance . . . . . 294
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Glass, Enhanced Technology . . . . 38
GM Mobility Reimbursement
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314

H
Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . 126
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . 106
High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 125
Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Heater
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Heating and Air Conditioning . . . 157

High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . 168
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
How to Wear Safety Belts
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

I
Idle System
Fast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Ignition Transmission Lock
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Infants and Young Children,
Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . 37
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

J
Jump Starting - North
America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280

K
Key and Lock Messages . . . . . . . . 114
Keyless Entry
Remote (RKE) System . . . . . . . . . 26
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

339

L
Labeling, Tire Sidewall . . . . . . . . . . 252
Lamps
Dome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Exterior Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Exterior Lamps Off
Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
License Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
Malfunction Indicator . . . . . . . . . 101
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114
Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Taillamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Lamps, Bulb Replacement . . . . . . 240
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
LATCH System
Replacing Parts after a
Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
LATCH, Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Lighter, Cigarette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Lighting
Entry/Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Illumination Control . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Lights
Airbag On-Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Airbag Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Antilock Brake System
(ABS) Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

340

Index

Lights (cont'd)
Brake System Warning . . . . . . . 102
Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . . 105
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
High-Beam On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 125
Low Fuel Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . . . 98
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
StabiliTrak® OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Tow/Haul Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Traction Control System
(TCS)/StabiliTrak® . . . . . . . . . . 104
Locking Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Locks
Automatic Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Cargo Door Relocking . . . . . . . . . . 30
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Power Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . . 105

Lower Anchors and Tethers
for Children (LATCH
System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72

M
Maintenance
Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
Maintenance and Care
Additional . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . . 295
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . . 101
Manual Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Manual Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Messages
Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116
Battery Voltage and
Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Brake System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112
Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112
Engine Cooling System . . . . . . . .112
Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113
Engine Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113
Fuel System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114
Key and Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114
Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114

Messages (cont'd)
Object Detection System . . . . . .114
Ride Control System . . . . . . . . . . .115
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116
Service Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116
Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Vehicle Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118
Mirrors
Convex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Manual Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Trailer Tow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Mirrors, Interior Rearview . . . . . . . . 37
Monitor System, Tire
Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259

N
Navigation
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
Vehicle Data Recording
and Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Noise Control System . . . . . . . . . . 234

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Index
O
Object Detection System
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Off-Road
Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Oil
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 219
Engine Oil Pressure Gauge . . . . . 96
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113
Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Older Children, Restraints . . . . . . . 65
Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . . . 314
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
OnStar System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
OnStar® Additional
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
OnStar® Connections . . . . . . . . . . . 327
OnStar® Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
OnStar® Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
OnStar® Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
OnStar® Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
OnStar® Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
Operation
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 134

Ordering
Service Publications . . . . . . . . . . 320
Outlets
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Overheating, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .131, 133

P
Park
Shifting Into . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Shifting Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Parking
Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Brake and P (Park)
Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 237
Over Things That Burn . . . . . . . 181
Parking Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Perchlorate Materials
Requirements, California . . . . . . 213
Personalization
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118
Phone
Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Power
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Protection, Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Retained Accessory (RAP) . . . 179

341

Power (cont'd)
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Steering Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Pregnancy, Using Safety Belts . . . 52
Privacy
Vehicle Data Recording . . . . . . . 322
Program
Courtesy Transportation . . . . . . 317
Proposition
65 Warning,
California . . . . . . . . . . . .213, 233, 280

R
Radio Frequency Statement . . . . 321
Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Radios
AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Satellite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Rear Climate Control System . . . 159
Rear Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Rear Heating System . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . . 193
Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

342

Index

Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
Records
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
Recreational Vehicle Towing . . . . 284
Reimbursement Program,
GM Mobility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
Replacement Parts
Airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
Replacing Airbag System . . . . . . . . 65
Replacing LATCH System
Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Replacing Safety Belt System
Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Reporting Safety Defects
Canadian Government . . . . . . . . 322
General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
Restraints
Where to Put . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Retained Accessory
Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179

Ride Control Systems
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115
Roads
Driving, Wet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Roadside Assistance
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
Rotation, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . . 309
Running the Vehicle While
Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182

S
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
How to Wear Safety Belts
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Replacing after a Crash . . . . . . . . 54
Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . 52
Safety Defects Reporting
Canadian Government . . . . . . . . 322
General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Scheduling Appointments . . . . . . . 317

Seats
Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Power Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . 41
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Securing Child Restraints . . . . 79, 81
Security
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Service
Accessories and
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Climate Control System . . . . . . . 157
Doing Your Own Work . . . . . . . . 214
Engine Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . 305
Maintenance, General
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
Parts Identification Label . . . . . 306
Publications Ordering
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
Scheduling Appointments . . . . . 317
Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . .116
Services
Special Application . . . . . . . . . . . 299

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

Index
Servicing the Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Shift Lock Control Function
Check, Automatic
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Shifting
Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Side Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Sidemarker
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Signals, Turn and
Lane-Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Sliding Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Special Application Services . . . . 299
Specifications and
Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
StabiliTrak
OFF Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Start Vehicle, Remote . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Fluid, Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Storage Areas
Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84

Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . . . 84
Stuck Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Swing-out Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Switches
Airbag On-Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
System
Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Noise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234

T
Taillamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . 314
Theft-Deterrent Systems . . . . . . . . . 34
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
All-Season . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
All-Terrain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Dual Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
Full-Size Spare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263

343

Tires (cont'd)
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117
Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Pressure Monitor Operation . . 260
Pressure Monitor System . . . . . 259
Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
Terminology and Definitions . . 255
Uniform Tire Quality
Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Wheel Alignment and Tire
Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 269
When It Is Time for New
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Tow/Haul Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Tow/Haul Mode Light . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Towing
Driving Characteristics . . . . . . . . 201
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 201
Recreational Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 284
Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
Traction
Control System (TCS)/
StabiliTrak® Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 104

Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159230) - 2016 - crc - 6/17/15

344

Index

Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Trailer
Tow Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Transmission
Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Fluid, Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117
Transportation Program,
Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Turn and Lane-Change
Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126

U
Uniform Tire Quality Grading . . . 268
Using This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

V
Vehicle
Canadian Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Identification Number (VIN) . . . 306
Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118
Reminder Messages . . . . . . . . . . .118
Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28

Vehicle (cont'd)
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
Vehicle Care
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
Vehicle Data Recording and
Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
Ventilation, Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Voltmeter Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98

W
Warning
Brake System Light . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Caution and Danger . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Warnings
Hazard Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Wheels
Alignment and Tire Balance . . 269
Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
When It Is Time for New
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . . 71
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Enhanced Technology Glass . . . 38

Windows (cont'd)
Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Swing-out Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Windshield
Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Winter
Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . . . 237

Source Exif Data:

File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.6
Linearized                      : Yes
Create Date                     : 2015:06:18 07:07:47-04:00
Creator                         : Arbortext Advanced Print Publisher 9.1.550/W Unicode
Keywords                        : null
Modify Date                     : 2016:01:08 10:23:40-06:00
XMP Toolkit                     : Adobe XMP Core 5.4-c005 78.147326, 2012/08/23-13:03:03
Format                          : application/pdf
Modified                        : 2015:08:19 10:58:31-04:00
Subject                         : null
Title                           : Owner's Manual
Size                            : 5106806
Extracted                       : 2015:08:19 10:57:27-04:00
Sha 1                           : 937daa94e9737ed0a6f0c31d951ae59dbdccc5f2
Metadata Date                   : 2016:01:08 10:23:40-06:00
Creator Tool                    : Arbortext Advanced Print Publisher 9.1.550/W Unicode
Producer                        : Arbortext Advanced Print Publisher 9.1.550/W Unicode
Instance ID                     : uuid:59122e76-b776-4319-b73f-3f5c3ad243b3
Document ID                     : uuid:23a7e7f5-c319-45bd-8900-cab17739bc63
Tags                            : OwnerCenter:GMNA/2016/chevrolet/express_cargo_van, OwnerCenter:GMNA/2016/chevrolet/express_passenger, OwnerCenter:GMNA/asset_type/owner_manual
Page Mode                       : UseOutlines
Page Count                      : 345

EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools

Owner's Manual 2016 Expresscargo

Navigation menu

Versions of this User Manual:

Views

Navigation